No category

Download as-interface limit switches proximity switches photoelectric switches

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

177

178

179

Transcript

D&C05 hyo 1, 4 Black
DIC174
05
AS-INTERFACE
LIMIT SWITCHES
PROXIMITY
SWITCHES
PHOTOELECTRIC
SWITCHES
INDIVIDUAL
CATALOG
from D&C CATALOG 19th Edition Revised
INDIVIDUAL
CATALOG
5-7, Nihonbashi Odemma-cho, Chuo-ku, Tokyo 103-0011, Japan
URL http://www.fujielectric.co.jp/fcs/eng
Information in this catalog is subject to change without notice.
05
from D&C CATALOG 19th Edition
Revised
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd.
Printed on 100% recycled paper using soy-based ink
Printed in Japan 2006-3 FIS DEC1905a
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd.
AS-i gateway
Limit switches
AS-i cables
Proximity switches
Analog slaves
Proximity switches
A/B slaves
Photoelectric switches
7-segment display
LOW
VOLTAGE
EQUIPMENT
Up to 600 Volts
D&C05 hyo 2, 3 Black
D & C CATALOG DIGEST INDEX
Individual
catalog No.
LOW VOLTAGE PRODUCTS Up to 600 Volts
01
Magnetic Contactors and Starters
Thermal Overload Relays, Solid-state Contactors
02
DUO series
Manual Motor Starters and Contactors
Combination Starters
03
Industrial Relays, Industrial Control Relays
Annunciator Relay Unit, Time Delay Relays
Electronic Counters
04
Pushbuttons, Selector Switches, Pilot Lights
Rotary Switches, Cam Type Selector Switches
Panel Switches, Terminal Blocks, Testing Terminals
05
AS-Interface, Limit Switches
Proximity Switches
Photoelectric Switches
06
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
07
Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers
Earth Leakage Protective Relays
08
Circuit Protectors
Low Voltage Current-Limiting Fuses
Air Circuit Breakers
09
Measuring Instruments, Arresters, Transducers
Power Factor Controllers
Power Monitoring Equipment (F-MPC)
10
AC Power Regulators
Noise Suppression Filters
Control Power Transformers
HIGH VOLTAGE PRODUCTS Up to 36kV
11
Disconnecting Switches, Power Fuses
Air Load Break Switches
Instrument Transformers — VT, CT
12
Vacuum Circuit Breakers, Vacuum Magnetic Contactors
Protective Relays
Catalog Disclaimer
The information contained in this catalog does not constitute an express or implied warranty of quality, any warranty of
merchantability of fitness for a particular purpose is hereby disclaimed.
Since the user's product information, specific use application, and conditions of use are all outside of Fuji Electric FA
Components & Systems'control, it shall be the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability of any of the
products mentioned for the user's application.
One Year Limited Warranty
The products identified in this catalog shall be sold pursuant to the terms and conditions identified in the
"Conditions of Sale" issued by Fuji Electric FA with each order confirmation.
Except to the extent otherwise provided for in the Conditions of Sale issued by Fuji Electric FA, Fuji Electric FA warrants
that the Fuji Electric FA products identified in this catalog shall be free from significant defects in materials and
workmanship provided the product has not been: 1) repaired or altered by others than Fuji Electric FA; 2) subjected to
negligence, accident, misuse, or damage by circumstances beyond Fuji Electric FA's control; 3) improperly operated,
maintained or stored; or 4) used in other than normal use or service. This warranty shall apply only to defects appearing
within one (1) year from the date of shipment by Fuji Electric FA, and in such case, only if such defects are reported to
Fuji Electric FA within thirty (30) days of discovery by purchaser. Such notice should be submitted in writing to Fuji
Electric FA at 5-7 Nihonbashi Odemma-cho, Chuo-ku, Tokyo, Japan. The sole and exclusive remedy with respected to the
above warranty whether such claim is based on warranty, contract, negligence, strict liability or any other theory, is
limited to the repair or replacement of such product or, at Fuji Electric FA's option reimbursement by Fuji Electric FA of
the purchase price paid to Fuji Electric FA for the particular product. Fuji Electric FA does not make any other
representations or warranties, whether oral or in writing, expressed or implied, including but not limited to any
warranty regarding merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Except as provided in the Conditions of Sale, no
agent or representative of Fuji Electric FA is authorized to modify the terms of this warranty in writing or orally.
In no event shall Fuji Electric FA be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages, including but not limited to, loss
of use of the product, other equipment, plant and power system which is installed with the product, loss of profits or
revenues, cost of capital, or claims against the purchaser or user of the product by its customers resulting from the use
of information, recommendations and descriptions contained herein. The purchaser agrees to pass on to its customers
and users, in writing at the time inquiries and orders are received by buyer, Fuji Electric FA's warranty as set forth above.
Caution "Safety precautions"
• Operate (keep) in the environment specified in the operating instructions and manual. High temperature, high humidity,
condensation, dust, corrosive gases, oil, organic solvents, excessive vibration or shock might cause electric shock, fire,
erratic operation or failure.
• Follow the regulations of industrial wastes when the product is to be discarded.
• The products covered in this catalogs have not been designed or manufactured for use in equipment or systems which,
in the event of failure, can lead to loss of human life.
• If you intend to use the products covered in this catalog for special applications, such as for nuclear energy control,
aerospace, medical, or transportation, please consult tour Fuji Electric FA agent.
• Be sure to provide protective measures when using the product covered in these catalogs in equipment which, in the
event of failure, may lead to loss of human life or other grave results.
• Follow the directions of the operating instructions when mounting the product.
05
AS-Interface
Limit Switches
Proximity Switches
Photoelectric Switches
As-Interface
Limit switches, Proximity switches
Photoelectric switches
Page
General information ...................................................................................... 05/1
Features ....................................................................................................... 05/7
System conﬁguration .................................................................................... 05/12
Quick reference guide .................................................................................. 05/14
Safety at Work .............................................................................................. 05/21
Cables .......................................................................................................... 05/28
Masters
NP1L-AS2 ......................................................................... 05/29
NP1L-AS1 ......................................................................... 05/31
NJ-ASL .............................................................................. 05/32
NB6 basic unit ................................................................... 05/33
Gateway FC2LA-DL .......................................................... 05/35
FC2L-TL ............................................................. 05/37
Slaves
FM6D1/6DB1 ..................................................................... 05/39
FM6D2 ............................................................................... 05/47
FM6A, analog .................................................................... 05/53
FM4D/4DB ......................................................................... 05/57
FM4D1/4DB1 ..................................................................... 05/64
FM2D1 ............................................................................... 05/70
FM1D ................................................................................. 05/72
FE16D ............................................................................... 05/74
FM4DP .............................................................................. 05/78
FRN ................................................................................... 05/81
Power supply FP1 ...................................................................................... 05/82
Repeater and extender ................................................................................. 05/84
Addressing unit ............................................................................................. 05/86
Accessories .................................................................................................. 05/89
Related products .......................................................................................... 05/92
General information ...................................................................................... 05/98
AL and AL-S.................................................................................................. 05/99
K244 ............................................................................................................. 05/113
K244 reversing roller .................................................................................... 05/118
HK244 and WK244 ....................................................................................... 05/120
General information ...................................................................................... 05/122
Inductive type PE-U12D and PE-U25NT .................................................. 05/125
PE1-C, PE1-Y.................................................................... 05/126
PE-B .................................................................................. 05/130
PE-X15D ........................................................................... 05/133
PE-T .................................................................................. 05/134
PE1B2P ............................................................................. 05/136
PE-L................................................................................... 05/138
PE2-C ................................................................................ 05/142
PE-X3D ............................................................................. 05/146
PE-G4D ............................................................................. 05/147
Magnetically operated reed switch type
PM ..................................................................................... 05/148
PM1U ................................................................................ 05/149
AES ................................................................................... 05/151
AER ................................................................................... 05/152
General information ...................................................................................... 05/153
PH21A-PRN, PGN, PIN ................................................................................ 05/155
PH1C ............................................................................................................ 05/163
PH4C ............................................................................................................ 05/168
PH8AU .......................................................................................................... 05/172
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
AS-Interface
General Information
AS-Interface
■ Description
The Actuator-Sensor-Interface (AS-i) bus system is a two-core
serial wiring system that can transfer data and supply power to
modules and sensors simultaneously. This system is an open
and standardized network positioned at the lowest level of an
FA network system. AS-i conforms to EN 50295, which covers
sensors and actuators from all major manufacturers.
Using a standardized AS-i cable enables many manufacturers'
sensors and actuators to be connected freely and reliably, with
less wiring and superior environmental resistance.
05
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/1
AS-Interface
General information
■ The simplest automation solution as the industrial standard
Power supply
MICREX-SX series: IP30
AS-i power supply: IP20
NP1L-AS2
FP1AA-JNW072
FLEX-PC NJ series: IP30
NJ-ASL
AS-i communications
cable
External power supply
24V DC
Module outside control panel
Flat waterproof slave: IP67
Module inside control panel
FM6D 1-40XX
(mounting plate:
FM6B -04FK)
FM6D1-22T
(mounting plate:
FM6B -04FE)
FM6D1-04T X
FM6A
FM6DB1-03T X (mounting plate:
(mounting plate: FM6B -04FE)
FM6B -04FE)
Terminal block type slave: IP20
FM1D-22
P
FM2D1-04RQX
2-input/2-output
4-output
4-input
2-input/2-output
External power cable
or equivalent
Current IN/OUT
Voltage IN/OUT
Res. bulb input
AS-i communications cable
AS-i cables
Two-core cables are used to connect devices.
One AS-i communications cable supplies
power and transfers data.
4-output
3-output
Slim waterproof
slave: IP67
FM6D2-40XX
FM6D2-22T
FM6D2-04T X
AS-i communications cable
FX3CAEY
FX3CATY
3RX9010-0AA00
3RX9013-0AA00
3RX9015-0AA00
External power cable
FX3CAEB
FX3CATB
3RX9020-0AA00
3RX9023-0AA00
3RX9025-0AA00
05/2
4-input
2-input/2-output
4-output
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
General information
Master
FLEX-PC NB6: IP20
NB6P26T-14
DeviceNet/AS-i gateway: IP20
FC2LA-DL
T-link/AS-i gateway: IP20
FC2L-TL
Module inside control panel
Repeater: IP67
FX9R031
AS-i power supply: IP20
Flat dustproof slave: IP20
FM4D-22TN
FM4D -40XX
4-input
2-input/2-output
Slim dustproof
slave: IP40
FM4D1 -40XXN
FM4D-04TNX
FM4DB-03TNX
FP1AA-JNW072
4-output
3-output
FM4D1-04TXN
FM4DB1-03TNX
Inverter bulit-in
AS-i slave
FRN
05
Digital picking slave
FM4DP -
1
C1S- AJ
AS-i motor starter
slave: IP65
4-input
FE16D-SJ13RG E12
4-output
3-output
External power supply
24V DC
Addressing tool
External power cable or equivalent
Used to set slave addresses
Addressing unit
FL1HA-E
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/3
AS-Interface
General information
■ Connects to up to 62 slaves
• Connects to up to 62 slaves provided with an ID code A (called
A/B slaves here) compatible with AS-interface version 2.1.
• Conventional addresses 1 to 31 added with sub address A or B
are assigned to the A/B slaves.
• Addresses 1A to 31A, and 1B to 31B are used.
• An A/B slave uses one of the output data bits of the PLC to select
sub address A or B. Therefore, each slave has a maximum of
four input points and three output points.
• A slaves (slaves with sub address A) are processed at the ﬁrst
cycle and B slaves (slaves with sub address B) are processed at
the second cycle.
Therefore, the required cycle time is approximately 10ms, which
is twice as long as the conventional cycle time.
• If there is only a single A slave or B slave connected at an
address, the slave will be processed each cycle.
KK04-006
KKD05-248
■ Connects to analog slaves
• Analog slaves with an S7.3 or S7.4 slave proﬁle compatible with
AS-interface version 2.1 can be connected automatically.
• A single master connects to up to 31 analog slaves.
• Data for each channel is transmitted in seven blocks.
■ Peripheral error function added
• This new function enables the AS-i/FAULT indicator of the slave
to display internal slave errors. The errors are reported to the
master as well.
• Reported error data varies with the speciﬁcations of the slave. (This
function supports only analog slaves.)
This function makes it possible to display the supply status of an
auxiliary power supply and the conditions of I/O devices, such as
short-circuiting or disconnection of the I/O device. (This function
supports only analog slaves.)
KK04-005
■ Compatibility of Ver 2.1 and Ver 2.0 masters and slaves
Ver.2.1 master
Ver.2.0 master
Standard slave
Yes
31
Yes
Analog slave
Yes
31
A/B slave
Safety slave
Connection No.of Connectable slaves Connection No.of Connectable slaves
Yes
Yes
62
Yes*
_
31
Yes
HK104-004
31
31
0
31
* Applicable if settings are made to use A slaves only.
■ Main speciﬁcations
Ver.2.1
Ver.2.0
Number of connectable slaves 62
31
Number of I/O points
434 points max. (248 input points and 186 output
248 points max. (124 input points and 124 output
points) with A/B slaves used. *1
points) with standard slaves used. *2
Topology
Tree, line, and star
Max. cable length
100m max. (300m using repeater, 600 using Extention Plug)
Transmission media
AS-i cable or parallel cables (2 x 1.5mm2)
Max. cycle time
Approximately 5ms: With 31 standard slaves used.
Approximately 5ms: With 31 standard slaves used.
Approximately 10ms: With 62 A/B slaves used.
Note *1 Up to 62 A/B slaves are connectable. When each slave uses four input and three output points, up to 434 points are available.
*2
Up to 31 standard slaves are connectable. When each slave uses four input and four output points, up to 248 points are available.
05/4
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
General information
■ Conﬁguration examples
Example 1: 31 standard slaves
1
2
3
4
5
28
29
30
31
1A
2A
3A
4A
5A
28A
29A
30A
31A
1B
2B
3B
4B
5B
28B
29B
30B
31B
28
29A
Ver 2.1 master
AS-i power
supply
Example 2: 62 A/B slaves
Ver 2.1 master
05
AS-i power
supply
Example 3:
Standard slaves, A/B slaves, and analog slaves used together
1
2A
3
4A
5A
4B
5B
31
Ver 2.1 master
2B
30B
AS-i power
supply
Standard
slave
A/B
slave
Analog
slave
(A/B slaves cannot be connected.)
* The above illustration shows the allocation of slaves for easy reference. Actual connections do not require allocation in address order.
■ Communication cycle
As shown in example 1, where only standard slaves are used,
the slaves are refreshed every cycle. The required cycle time
is approximately 5ms.
As shown in example 2, where only A/B slaves are used,
the A slaves are refreshed at the ﬁrst cycle and the B slaves
are refreshed at the second cycle. The required cycle time is
approximately 10ms.
As shown in example 3, where three types of slaves are
used together, the standard slaves and the A/B slaves not in
pairs are refreshed every cycle. The required cycle time is
approximately 5ms. As for the A/B slaves in pairs, the A slaves
are refreshed at the ﬁrst cycle and the B slaves are refreshed
at the second cycle. The required cycle time is approximately
10ms.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Seven cycles are required to refresh the data of a single
channel of the analog slaves. The required cycle time is
approximately 70ms for two channels.
05/5
AS-Interface
General information
■ FA network hierarchy
System components
PC or higher level
Workstations, computers
Enterprise level
PLC and upper level PC
PCs, PLCs
Control level
Servo system
Inverters
Solenoid valves
Message indicators
PLC-I/O level
Field bus level
FA sensors
Pushbutton switches
Indication lamps
Magnetic motor starters
NR1SX-1606DT
IN
OUT
I/O level
Asi
Actuators, sensor level
Asi
Most suitable
area for AS-i
■ Superior open network
AS-i is an open network that is supported worldwide because
it conforms to various international standards.
• A wide variety of peripheral devices can be used irrespective
of vendors of PLC or higher level.
• Various devices may be procured from all over the world
through a multivendor system. This simpliﬁes procurement.
■ Wiring
• AS-International Association:
Established in 1991
• Japan AS-i Association:
Established in 2001
Self-certiﬁed
Conforms to IEC 62026-2,
EN 50295, EMC Directive
Conforms to GB/T 18858.2
Certiﬁed by a third party
(The AS-i is not subject to CCC.)
(The AS-i is not subject to UL standard
because 30V DC or less is applied to it.)
Introduction of AS-i simpliﬁes conventional wiring and does not
cable and wiring cost normally required each time the system
require remote I/O and I/O terminal installation. The increase in
is upgraded, can thus be reduced.
Conventional centralized wiring, remote I/O and I/O terminal system
Reduced-wiring AS-i system
PLC
Control panel
PLC
Control panel
Remote I/O
PLC
Control panel
I/O terminal box
PLC
Control box
Drastically reduced
PLC I/O points
AS-i power supply
Proximity
limit switch
I/O terminal
Remote panel
Photoelectric
switch
AS-i slaves
AS-i motor
starter slave
Motor
Limit switch
Motor
Motor
Greater cost savings by reducing wiring
05/6
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Features
■ Flexible wiring method
AS-i enables highly ﬂexible wiring. Three kinds of network
topology, tree, line, and star, are available. Conventional wiring
and cable quantities can be greatly reduced.
No terminating resistors are required.
• Tree structure
• Line structure
AS-i master
Slave
AS-i master
T-branch
H-branch
Slave
• Star structure
M12
branch
connector
Slave
AS-i master
05
H and T-branches using AS-i cables are possible
for 4-input flat waterproof slaves (FM6D1-40XX ,
FM6DB1-40XX ).
■ High-speed response
• The data transmission time (cycle time) is approx. 5ms.
when connecting 31 slaves, 10ms when connecting 62 slaves.
• Self diagnosis is performed simultaneously on slave
conﬁguration information.
With 31 slaves (124 I/O) connected
PC/PLC
AS-i master
Cycle time
5ms max./
31 slaves
PLC-CPU
Slave response
Master request
Slave response
I/F • DP dual port RAM
User
program
Master request
Master request
Slave response
Req config
Response
AS-i slave-1
AS-i slave-2
Sensor
AS-i slave-31
AS-i slave-n
1 to 31
Receive and send configuration information
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/7
AS-Interface
Features
■ Reduced installation and wiring time
A single AS-i cable (2-core) can send data and supply
power. Waterproof-type slaves and AS-i cables can be easily
connected by tightening a screw on the actual slave, using
piercing technology.
• The asymmetrical cross-section of the AS-i cable facilitates
polarity conﬁrmation and prevents connection error.
• After a slave is removed, the pin holes are blocked by the
elasticity of the cable to recover insulation.
Conventional method
Cable cutting
Cable stripping
Terminal tightening
Attach crimp terminal
and marking tube
*The actuators and sensors (I/O devices) are connected to slaves via connectors by snapping action.
This helps reduce man-hour and prevent connection error.
Connection via AS-i cable
Actual slave
M12 *
connector
AS-i flat cable
Insert AS-i cable
Attach mounting plate
Mount actual slave, I/O device
■ Superior communications
• The standard transmission distance of 100m can be
extended to up to 300m using repeaters.
• AS-i features a rapid cycle time of approx. 5ms when
connecting 31 standard slaves, and 5ms when connecting
62 A/B slaves.
• In AS-i system of version 2.1, up to 434 I/O signals (62
slaves) for sensors and actuators can be sent on 2-core
serial wiring.
Insulation piercing connection
• In protected mode, the address of a failed slave is indicated
on a master (except NB6). After the slave is replaced, the
automatic addressing function automatically assigns the
original address to the new slave (when replacing only one
slave).
Max. 300m
Up to 100m
Up to 100m
Up to 100m
PS
R
PS
PS
R
PS
R
M : AS-i master
R : Repeater
M
PS: AS-i power supply
Up to 100m
05/8
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Features
■ Superior environmental resistance
Slaves now have outstanding environmental resistance (IP65,
67). This reduces the number of relay boxes required and
contributes to downsizing.
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
05
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
■ Excellent noise immunity
Transmission signals employing a sin2 waveform have
superior noise immunity.
��
��
��
��
��
��
�
�
�
�
�
�
��
��
��
��
��
��
In AS-i, data signals are ﬁrst encoded in Manchester II code,
and are then sent out on AS-i cable in sin2 waveform using
alternating pulse modulation (APM). APM has the following
advantages.
• Immunity
As APM has good regularity and redundancy, very effective
error detection is possible to ensure highly reliable data.
• Emission
As the sin2 waveform has a narrow spectrum bandwidth,
noise radiated from AS-i cables does not affect other devices
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/9
AS-Interface
Features
■ Cost savings with AS-i
Example of a conveyance line
Conventional
(Centralized wiring)
AS-i method
Device cost *
Minus 5-10%
Assembly, installation cost
100%
Minus 50%
55%
* Cost includes controllers, I/O devices, cables, sensors,
relay boxes, etc.
-45%
■ Man-hour savings
The ﬁgure on the left is an example of lower man-hours for
one of our customers. The man-hours include the following:
by screw
by connector
Man-hour reduction <screw to connector connection>
Screw connection
(25min/pt)
Man-hours (hours)
4 points slave
1. Measuring cable length (tape measure)
2. Cutting cable (nipper)
3. Skinning sheath (wire stripper)
4. Attaching crimp terminal (crimping tool)
5. Connecting cable to terminal (screwdriver)
6. Checking connections
40.0H
26.6H
13.3H
The ﬁgure on the left is an example of the cost savings for
one of our customers. On average, about 30% can be saved
with most equipment by introducing AS-i. Though the cost of
introducing AS-i devices may be higher, most 15% to 30%
savings can be expected in most cases.
Connector
connection by AS-i
(5min/pt)
* Tools in parentheses for each task are not required for
AS-i connector connection.
Number of I/O points
The more I/O points and the higher the pay, the greater the
cost savings.
■ Smaller control panel
PLC centralized wiring
PLC
Component
Work required
Building control panel
Enlarging, many man-hours
PLC I/O card
Tightening screws
for I/O points
Cable inside panel
Cutting, skinning,
crimping,
marking tube fittings
Terminal block
Tightening screws
Cable duct
Building, fitting
Multi-core cable
Cutting, skinning,
crimping,
marking tube fittings
Relay box
Building, fitting
AS-i method
AS-i power
supply
AS-i
2-core
cable
05/10
Termination,
tightening screws
Connector (Molex)
for maintenance
Using special tools
(cutting, skinning, crimping,
marking tube fittings)
• Smaller control panel,
reduced wiring
• Greatly reduced PLC I/O points
• No duct and relay box
• Greatly reduced cable handling
AS-i cable
simple connection
One-touch connection
of connector
Large cost savings with AS-i
Sensor cable
PLC
AS-i
slave
Sensors
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Features
Applications
The above-mentioned conventional machines are equipped
with numerous I/O devices and complex cabling from the
control panels, making it difﬁcult to reduce the lead time
required for the facility, downsize the control panels, ﬂexibly
adopt to changes on the lines, and/or to locate and quickly
restore failures. Under AS-i, however, the mounting of slaves
with high environmental resistance outside the panel enables
the elimination of terminals inside the control panel, leading to
dramatically smaller control panels.
1. Automotive manufacturing equipment
By employing a wiring system without restriction, not only
can the cable volume be signiﬁcantly reduced, but so can the
time required for starting up the facility coupled with greater
ﬂexibility in responding to changes on the lines. In addition,
the excellent fault diagnostics afforded by AS-i enables you to
pinpoint and quickly restore failures.
2. Machine tools
05
3. Semiconductor manufacturing equipment
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
4. Food manufacturing equipment
05/11
AS-Interface
System conﬁguration
■ System conﬁguration using waterproof slaves
System configuration using AS-i master
1. AS-i master
PS
System configuration through Gateway
T-link, DeviceNet, CC-Link
24V DC
CPU
4. External
power supply
2I/2O
2. Gateway
3. AS-i power
supply
AS-i
5. AS-i communications cable,
yellow
4. External
24V DC
power supply
7. Waterproof slave
7. Waterproof slave
& T-branch
(H-branch
also available) *
4I
Branch
connector
3. AS-i power supply
8. Waterproof
slave
4O(3O)
8. Waterproof
slave
2I/2O
8. Waterproof
slave
2I/2O
4I
Valve
6. AS-i external
power cable,
black
Proximity
limit switch
Proximity PBS box Pushbutton Control relay
limit switch
switch
9. Analog slave
Limit switch
9. Analog slave
Pilot lights
9. Analog slave
* AS-i communications
cable is available up
to 100m per segment.
When repeater or
extender is used, it is
available up to 300m.
Transducer
Panel instrument
Sensor
■ Devices required for system conﬁguration
Device When using AS-i master
No.
Input only Input/ Output
AS-i master
1
Gateway
2
—
—
AS-i power supply
3
External power supply, 24V DC
4
—
AS-i communications cable, yellow 5
AS-i external power cable, black
6
—
Slave (4I)
7
Slave (2I/2O, 3O, 4O)
8
—
Analog slave
9
Addressing unit
—
Others
Device
05/12
When using Gateway
Input only
—
—
—
See
Remarks
page(s)
Input/ Output
—
29-34
35-38
82
—
28
28
39-80
53-56
86-88
89
Max.31 standard and analog slaves
Max.62 A/B slaves
One unit is required per one segment.
—
Up to 100m per segment
—
Addressing cable is required.
To the unused sockets of waterproof
slaves, ﬁt waterproof caps.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
System conﬁguration
■ Protection of AS-i cable
• As the insulation voltage of AS-i cable sheath is 1500V,
mechanical and electrical protective measures such as
conduit pipes or ducts are not necessary, unless mechanical
damage is anticipated to the cable.
• Shielding and grounding to the cable are not required. No
terminating resistors are required.
■ Measures against noise
• To prevent inductive noise, AS-i cables and sensor cables
should be wired as far as from high-voltage cables and
power lines. 100mm on above is recommended. Attach a
surge suppressor to a device that could generate noise.
For details of this product, see User's Manual No.FEH705.
■ Concept of segment
The following shows a conﬁguration example that uses extenders and repeaters.
AS-i power supply
AS-i power supply
AS-i power supply
!
AS-i master
Extender
slave
slave
Repeater
slave
slave
05
slave
!
Up to 100m per
segment
Up to 100m per
segment
Up to 100m per
segment
Max. 31 standard and analog slaves (or Max. 62 A/B slaves)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/13
AS-Interface
Quick reference guide
■ AS-Interface master
Type
AS-i version
NP1L-AS2
V2.1
Series
No. of slots occupied
Max. connectable slaves
AS-i
speciﬁcation
Max. No. of input/output points
MICREX-SX series
1
A/B slave : 62
Standard slave : 31
A/B slave : 434 *2
Standard slave : 248 *1
IP30
Yes (base unit required)
—
—
Approx. 180g
CE
Page 05/29
NP1L-AS1
V2.0
AF00-196
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
IEC rail/screw dual mounting
Mounting
method
Rail mounting only
Screw mounting only
Mass
Approval
Refer to
NJ-ASL
V2.0
AF00-112
AF99-95
MICREX-SX series
1
31
FLEX-PC NJ series
1
31
248 *1
248 *1
IP30
Yes (base unit required)
—
—
Approx. 180g
CE
Page 05/31
IP30 (excluding terminal section)
—
—
Yes (base unit required)
Approx. 230g
—
Page 05/32
Notes: *1 Max. 124 input points, max.124 output points
*2
Max. 248 input points, max.186 output points
■ AS-i conformed PLC
Type
AS-i version
NB6P26T-14
V2.0
AF99-92
Series
Input/output speciﬁcations
FLEX-PC NB6 series
Input: 24V DC, 16 points
Output: Transistor, 10 points
Max. connectable slaves
31
AS-i
speciﬁcation Max. No. of input/output points 248 *1
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
IP20
IEC rail/screw dual mounting
Yes
Mounting
method
Rail mounting only
—
Screw mounting only
—
Mass
Approx. 1kg
Approval
—
Refer to
Page 05/33
Notes: *1 Max. 124 input points, max.124 output points
05/14
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Quick reference guide
■ Gateway
Type
AS-i version
DeviceNet/AS-i gateway
FC2LA-DL
V2.1
T-link/AS-i gateway
FC2L-TL
V2.0
Upper level network Network name
Transmission speed/distance
DeviceNet
125bps/500m, 250kbps/250m
500kbps/100m
64 stations with numbers from 01 to 63, but
no overlaps of number
A/B slave : 62
Standard : 31
A/B slave : 434 *2
Standard : 248 *1
24V DC
Max. 3.3W
IP20
Yes
—
—
Approx. 320g
CE
Page 05/35
AF00-14
Station number setting
AS-Interface
Max. connectable slaves
Max. No. of input/output points
Supply voltage
Input power
speciﬁcations
Power consumption
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
IEC rail/screw dual mounting
Mounting method
Rail mounting only
Screw mounting only
Mass
Approval
Refer to
KK01-298A
T-link
500kbps/1000m
0 to 99
31 per gateway
248 *1
05
24V DC
Max. 3.3W
IP20
Yes
—
—
Approx. 320g
—
Page 05/37
Notes: *1 Max. 124 input points, max.124 output points
*2
Max. 248 input points, max.186 output points
■ AS-i power supply
Type
AS-i communication
FP1AA-JNW072
Rated voltage
Allowable voltage range
Rated frequency
Output
Type of output
Rated voltage
Output power
Output current (current range)
Operating temperature
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
IEC rail/screw dual mounting
Mounting
method
Rail mounting only
Screw mounting only
Mass
Approval
Refer to
100 to 230V AC
85 to 253V AC
50/60Hz (47 to 63Hz)
Output 1 (for communications)
30V DC
2W
2.4A (0 to 2.4A)
–10 to +55˚C
IP20
—
Yes
—
Approx. 700g
CE, UL, cUL
Page 05/82
Input
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
KK01-242A
05/15
AS-Interface
Quick reference guide
■ Slave
Kind of slave
Slave type
Type
Flat waterproof slave
Standard slave
FM6D1-40XX *1
FM6D1-40XX CM *1
Input/output
Current consumption (including sensors)
Sensor power Sensor voltage
supply
range
Current carrying
capacity
4I (NPN, PNP)
245mA DC or less
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
18 to 27V (I 200mA)
200mA (Ta 25˚C)
160mA (Ta = 45˚C)
80mA (Ta = 80˚C)
Output
(per point)
External power supply
Type of output
Current carrying
capacity, typical
Applicable I/O connector
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Mounting
Rail
method
Screw
Mass
Approval
Refer to
KKD05-248
—
—
—
FM6D1-04T
X *1
4O (NPN, PNP)
45mA DC or less
—
KKD05-242
—
24V DC
NPN, PNP
1A
FM6D1-22T
AF01-75
2I/2O (NPN, PNP)
245mA DC or less
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
18 to 27V (I 200mA)
200mA (Ta 25˚C)
160mA (Ta = 45˚C)
80mA (Ta = 80˚C)
24V DC
NPN, PNP
1A
M12 connector (IEC 60947-5-2) See page 91
IP67 (with M12 connectors, mounting plate and cable)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Approx. 115g (mounting plate: Approx. 35g included)
CE
CE
CE
Page 05/40
Page 05/40
Page 05/40
Kind of slave
Slave type
Type
Flat waterproof slave
A/B slave
FM6DB1-03T X *1
Input/output
Current consumption (including sensors)
Sensor power Sensor voltage
supply
range
Current carrying
capacity
3O (NPN, PNP)
45mA DC or less
—
4I (NPN, PNP)
205mA DC or less
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
—
Output
(per point)
24V DC
NPN, PNP
1A
160mA (Ta 25˚C) —
130mA (Ta = 40˚C)
70mA (Ta = 70˚C)
Note: *1
05/16
KKD05-246
—
—
—
Yes
Yes
CE
Page 05/41
AF01-81
AF01-80
4O (NPN, PNP)
45mA DC or less
—
24V DC
NPN
0.5A
*1
4I (NPN, PNP)
245mA DC or less
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
18 to 27V (I 200mA)
200mA (Ta 25˚C)
160mA (Ta = 45˚C)
130mA (Ta = 60˚C)
X *1
—
—
—
M12 connector (IEC 60947-5-2) See page 91
IP67 (with M12 connectors, mounting plate and cable)
Yes
Yes
Approx. 115g (mounting plate: Approx. 35g included)
CE
Page 05/41
A/B slave
FM6DB1-40XX
Slim waterproof slave
Standard slave
FM6D2-40XX *1 FM6D2-04T
KKD05-246
External power supply
Type of output
Current carrying
capacity, typical
Applicable I/O connector
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Mounting
Rail
method
Screw
Mass
Approval
Refer to
*1
FM6D2-22T
*1
AF01-82
2I/2O (NPN, PNP)
205mA DC or less
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
160mA (Ta 25˚C)
130mA (Ta = 40˚C)
70mA (Ta = 70˚C)
24V DC
NPN
0.5A
M8 connector (IEC 60947-5-2) See page 91
IP67 (with M12, M8 connectors)
—
—
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
Approx. 70g
CE
CE
CE
Page 05/48
Page 05/48
Page 05/48
: "N" for NPN model, "P" for PNP model
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Quick reference guide
■ Slave
Kind of slave
Slave type
Type
Flat dustproof slave
Standard slave
FM4D-40XX *1
FM4D-04TNX
Input/output
Current consumption (including sensors)
Sensor power
Sensor voltage range
supply
Current carrying
capacity
4I (NPN, PNP)
245mA DC or less
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
18 to 27V (I 200mA)
200mA (Ta 25˚C)
160mA (Ta = 45˚C)
110mA (Ta = 70˚C)
KK01-265A
External power supply
Type of output
Current carrying
capacity, typical
Applicable I/O connector
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Rail
Mounting
method
Screw
Mass
Approval
Refer to
Output
(per point)
—
—
—
FM4D-22T
KK01-266A
4O (NPN)
45mA DC or less
—
—
24V DC
NPN
0.2A
*1
A/B slave
FM4DB-40XXN
KK01-267A
2I/2O (NPN, PNP)
245mA DC or less
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
18 to 27V (I 200mA)
200mA (Ta 25˚C)
160mA (Ta = 45˚C)
110mA (Ta = 70˚C)
24V DC
NPN, PNP
0.2A
KK04-005
4I (NPN)
245mA DC or less
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
18 to 27V (I 200mA)
200mA (Ta 25˚C)
160mA (Ta = 45˚C)
130mA (Ta = 60˚C)
—
—
—
QZ-61-H4SFUT1 (for 0.08 to 0.2mm2), QZ-61-H4SFUT2 (for 0.3mm2) *2
IP40 (excluding terminal section)
—
—
—
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Approx. 60g
CE
CE
CE
CE
Page 05/58
Page 05/58
Page 05/58
Page 05/59
Kind of slave
Slave type
Type
Slim dustproof slave
Standard slave
FM4D1-40XXN
FM4D1-04TNX
Input/output
Current consumption (including sensors)
Sensor power
Sensor voltage range
supply
Current carrying
capacity
4I (NPN, PNP)
205mA DC or less
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
160mA (Ta 25˚C)
130mA (Ta = 45˚C)
107.5mA (Ta = 60˚C)
FM4DB-03TNX
3O (NPN)
45mA DC or less
—
—
24V DC
NPN
0.2A
—
Yes
CE
Page 05/59
A/B slave
FM4DB1-40XXN
FM4DB1-03TNX
4O (NPN)
45mA DC or less
—
4I (NPN)
205mA DC or less
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
3O (NPN)
45mA DC or less
—
—
160mA (Ta 25˚C)
130mA (Ta = 45˚C)
107.5mA (Ta = 60˚C)
—
KK02-211A
External power supply
Type of output
Current carrying
capacity, typical
Applicable I/O connector
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Rail
Mounting
method
Screw
Mass
Approval
Refer to
Output
(per point)
Notes: *1
—
—
—
24V DC
NPN
0.2A
KK04-006
—
—
—
QZ-61-H4SFUT1 (for 0.08 to 0.2mm2), QZ-61-H4SFUT2 (for 0.3mm2) *2
IP40
Yes
Yes
Approx. 60g (including mounting plate)
CE
CE
CE
Page 05/65
Page 05/65
Page 05/66
: "N" for NPN model, "P" for PNP model
*2
05
24V DC
NPN
0.2A
CE
Page 05/66
For details, see page 91.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/17
AS-Interface
Quick reference guide
■ Slave
Kind of slave
Slave type
Type
Digital picking slave
Standard slave
FM4DP2-GR1 *1,RR1
Input/output
Current consumption (including sensors)
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Rail
Mounting
method
Screw
Mass
Approval
Refer to
—
75mA DC or less
IP40
—
Yes
Approx. 72g (including mounting plate)
—
—
Page 05/78
Page 05/78
Kind of slave
Slave type
Type
Terminal block type slave
Standard slave
FM2D1-04RQX
FM1D-22TPP
*1
FM4DP2-GR1 S *1,RR1 S *1
A/B slave
FM4DP0-001 S *1
FM4DP0-001
*1
KK04-009
KK05-219
—
65mA DC or less
IP40
—
Yes
Approx. 72g (including mounting plate)
—
—
Page 05/79
Page 05/79
AS-i motor starter slave
FM1D-22RQP
KK03-042
Input/output
4O (Relay)
Current consumption (including sensors) 60mA DC or less
Sensor power
Sensor voltage range —
supply
—
Current carrying
capacity
External power supply 200V AC/24V DC
Output
Type of output
Relay contact
(per point)
Current carrying
5A
capacity, typical
Applicable I/O connector
Screw connection
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
IP20
Rail
Yes
Mounting
method
Screw
Yes
Mass
Approx. 70g
Approval
CE
Refer to
Page 05/70
Notes: *1
*2
05/18
: Illuminated pushbutton color "G" for green, "R" for red
: Motor capacity and thermal overload relay range
FE16D-SJ13RGNE12
FE16D-SJ13RGEE12
AF99-102
*2
*2
KK01-136A
2I/2O (PNP)
2I/2O (Relay)
4I/4O (PNP)
50mA DC or less
50mA DC or less
50mA DC or less
20 to 30V (25mA or less) 20 to 30V (25mA or less) 20 to 30V (25mA or less)
25mA (Ta
70˚C)
25mA (Ta
70˚C)
25mA (Ta
55˚C)
24V DC
PNP
2A
230V AC
Relay contact
6A
24V DC
PNP
0.3A
Screw connection
IP20
Yes
—
Approx. 150g
CE
Page 05/72
Screw connection
—
IP65
—
Yes
Approx. 2.2kg (including mounting plate)
CE
Page 05/74
CE
Page 05/72
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Quick reference guide
■ Slave
Kind of slave
Type
Water proof slave (analog slave)
FM6A11-20
FM6A21-20
Input/output
Current consumption
External power Operating voltage
Sensor voltage range
Current consumption
Current input
Voltage input
2-channel
2-channel
50mA DC or less
24V DC
21.6 to 30V
Max. 25mA + sensor supply current
Input/output range (chahged by
parameter)
Current tolerance
Voltage tolerance
Supply to external sensor
Output current
Output voltage
Applicable I/O connector
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Rail
Mounting
method
Screw
Mass
Approval
Refer to
4 to 20mA
0 to 10V
Pt100:-200 to +850˚C
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
JPt100:-200 to +500˚C
Max. 40mA
—
—
—
±25V
—
500mA or less (total of 2-channel)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
M12 connector (IEC 947-5-2)
IP67
Yes
Yes
Approx. 120g (mounting plate:Approx. 35g included)
CE
Page 05/53
FM6A51-20
FM6A31-02
FM6A41-02
KK104-004
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Resistance bulb input Current output
2-channel
2-channel
50mA DC or less
24V DC
21.6 to 30V
Max. 25mA
Max. 40mA + output
load current
Voltage output
2-channel
Max. 35mA + output
load current
4 to 20mA
0 to 10V
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
—
—
—
—
—
—
Max. 24mA
—
—
Max. 12V
M12 connector (IEC 947-5-2)
IP67
Yes
Yes
Approx. 120g (mounting plate:Approx. 35g included)
05/19
05
AS-Interface
Quick reference guide
■ AS-i Safety
Description
Type
Safety monitor
3RK1105-1AE04-0CA0
Current consumption
No. of channels
Input
Start input
150mA or less
200mA or less
150mA or less
1
2
1
Photocoupler input (high active)
Approx. 10mA (at 24V DC)
Photocoupler input (high active)
Approx. 10mA (at 24V DC)
PNP transistor output:200mA
Short-circuit protection and polarity changeover protection
3RK1105-1BE04-0CA0
Safety monitor with enhanced functionality
3RK1105-1AE04-2CA0 3RK1105-1BE04-2CA0
KK04-119
Output
Protective control
(EDM) input
Message output
Safety output rated
control current
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Rail
Mounting
method
Screw
Mass
Approval
Refer to
Description
Slave type
Type
200mA or less
2
Nonpotential NO contact le/AC-12: 2A at 250V AC max. le/AC-15: 2A at 115V AC, 2A at 230V AC
le/DC-12: 2A at 24V DC max. le/DC-13: 1A at 24V DC, 0.1A 115V DC, 0.05A at 230V DC
IP20
Yes
—
Approx. 350g
Approx. 450g
Approx. 350g
Approx. 450g
UL, CSA, Marine
Page 05/21
K45F safe compact module
Standard slave
3RK1205-0BQ00-0AA3
Description
Slave type
Type
AS-Interface EMERGNCY STOP
pushbuttons
Standard slave
3SF5811-0AA08 3SF5811-0AB08
KK03-039
Input/output
Current consumption
Input type
Input sensor
Low signal range
4I
45mA or less
PNP (sink)
Mechanical contact
Contact open
Contact closed
High signal range
Input current Ipeak 5mA
Applicable I/O connector
M12 connector (IEC 60947-5-2)
Degree of protection (IEC 60529) IP67
Rail
Yes
Mounting
method
Screw
Yes
Mass
Approx. 135g (mounting plate: Approx.35g included)
Approval
UL, CSA, Marine
Refer to
Page 05/21
05/20
KK05-001
Current consumption
Low signal range
High signal ange
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Mounting Rail
method
Screw
Mass
Approval
Refer to
KK05-002
60mA or less
Contact open
(Emergency stop button OFF)
Contact closed
(Emergency stop button ON)
Input current Ipeak 5mA
IP65
—
Yes
Approx. 250g
UL, CSA, Marine
Page 05/21
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Safety at Work
AS-Interface Safety at Work, which transfers safetyrelated signals and I/O signals over a single bus.
Safety monitor
AS-Interface Safety at Work (AS-i Safety) is an open network
that can be added to existing AS-i systems to support EN954-1
category 4 (the highest safety class). With the globalization
of both enterprises and standards (e.g., JIS), there is an
increasing worldwide tendency to attach greater importance to
safety in order to prevent labor accidents caused by machines.
Against this background, FUJI has decided to market Siemens'
AS-i Safety products.
■ Features
• AS-i Safety makes it possible to unify the safety components
that handle all binary signals.
Examples: Emergency pushbutton switches, safety door
switches, safety limit switches, safety area sensors, and
output circuit conﬁgurations.
• The simultaneous operation of a number of safety
components is possible over standard AS-i cable.
• No safety PLC or special master is required for AS-i Safety.
• Quickly and easily expands existing systems.
• Safety signals can be grouped.
• System diagnosis is possible through a standard AS-i master
and standard PLC.
KK04-119
Safety slave
Emergency stop pushbuttons
KK03-039
KK05-001
• Supports up to EN954-1 category 4 (ISO 13849-1/JIS
B9705-1).
• Functional safety: Supports up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508)
• High speed with a maximum response time of 40ms.
• Approved by TÜV and BIA (Institution for Statutory Accident
Insurance and Prevention in Germany).
• Compatible with all AS-i components (IEC 62026-2 and EN
50295).
• The standard AS-i protocol is used to transfer safety signals.
• Connects to up to 30 safety slaves. (The number of safety
slaves varies with the programming in the safety monitor.)
• Allows setting of stop categories 0 and 1 (EN 60204-1).
■ Types
Description
Safety monitor
Safety monitor with enhanced functionality
Sealable cap
K45F safe compact module
K45F mounting plate
One 2-channel circuit
Two 2-channel circuits
One 2-channel circuit
Two 2-channel circuits
Rail/screw dual mounting
Exclusive screw mounting
Input jumper for K45F
Conﬁguration software
Cable set (Safety monitor to personal computer)
AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton Yellow cover
Yellow cover with protective collar
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Type
3RK1105-1AE04-0CA0
3RK1105-1BE04-0CA0
3RK1105-1AE04-2CA0
3RK1105-1BE04-2CA0
3RP1902
3RK1205-0BQ00-0AA3
3RK1901-2DA00
3RK1901-2EA00
3RK1901-1AA00
3RK1802-2FB06-0GA0
3RK1901-5AA00
3SF5811-0AA08
3SF5811-0AB08
05/21
05
AS-Interface
Safety at Work
■ Description
AS-i Safety added to the standard AS-i system allows the transmission of safety signals.
Standard PLC, standard AS-i master
Safety
monitor
Standard
slave
Standard
slave
Safety
slave
Standard
slave
Standard
slave
Safety
slave
AS-i
power supply
Safety network easily conﬁgured with safety monitor and safety slaves.
The safety monitor receives a signal from each safety slave in a cycle. The receiving signal continuously
changes according to the deﬁned algorithm. If a fault or alarm condition occurs and no signal is received,
the safety monitor automatically switches off via the 2-channel operating circuit after waiting a maximum
of 40 ms. Safety-related signals can be grouped when multiple safety monitors are installed on a network.
It is also possible to view safety-related events via a human machine interface, etc. on a display.
■ Comparison between safety systems
Cost-effective I/O level network can be conﬁgured using AS-i safety system, compared with safety relays or safety PLCs.
Input
Safety I/O
Relay
logic
circuit
Control
method
Safety bus
AS-i Safety
Safety PLC
Safety relay
Output
L/t
L/t
K1
K1
K2
K2
M
1.Y1
L/t
K1
K2
M
1.Y1
M
1.Y1
■ Conﬁguration of typical safety systems and advantages
(Where Safety Category Type 3 or 4 is requested.)
Wiring
Technical issues
Maintenance
Scalability
Total cost
05/22
Relay sequence using Safety
Relays
NG: Complicated relay wiring
Safety PLCs + Safety I/O terminals AS-i Safety
Ordinary
NG: Relay maintenance
Low
Ordinary: Much expensive for
complicated logic circuit
Hard
Excellent
Ordinary
Expensive: Expensive hardware
Ordinary: Centralized wiring
Excellent: Common wiring to safety
signals and control signals
Easy
Excellent
Scalable: Easy expansion
Low
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Safety at Work
Safety devices
■ Safety monitor
The safety monitor is the core device of AS-i Safety (Safety at
Work).
The conﬁguration of safety-related devices connected to the
safety monitor is deﬁned by the PC.
A unique control mode according to the combination is
selectable with the deﬁnition on the PC.
For example, emergency stop, electromagnetic lock safety
door switch, two-handed operation, and category 0 or category
1 stop can be selected.
The monitor can be controlled using the AS-i address in order
to make full use of the AS-i diagnostic function.
The following two types of monitor control are possible.
• A safety monitor with one 2-channel operating circuit.
• A safety monitor with two 2-channel operating circuits.
■ Safety slave
The safety slave is a compact module with two safety input
terminals.
Two inputs can be used for applications extending up to
category 3 safety class.
For category 4, one input point can be used.
■ AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons
Safety communications technology makes it possible to
connect emergency stop devices directly to the standard AS-i.
The emergency pushbutton can be mounted inside or on the
surface of the panel.
05
Beneﬁts
• Safety-related signals and I/O signals are transmitted over a single bus cable.
• No fail-safe PLC or special master is required.
• Safety-related signals can be grouped.
• A simple system structure making use of standardized AS-i technology.
• Existing systems can be quickly expanded.
• Safety-related signals can be built into plant diagnostic functions.
• Supports EN954-1 up to category 4
• AS-i Safety (Safety at Work) has been certiﬁed by TÜV (the German Association for Technical Inspection) and BIA (a German
Institution for Statutory Accident Insurance and Prevention).
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/23
AS-Interface
Safety at Work
Speciﬁcations
■ Speciﬁcations
Safety monitor
• General speciﬁcations
Item
Rated voltage
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Speciﬁcation
24V DC
20.4 to 27.6V DC
One 2-channel circuit type: 3.6W max.
Two 2-channeli circuit type: 4.8W max.
Power-off retentive time 20ms
Response time
40ms max.
Start delay time
10s max.
Operating temperature 0 to +60˚C (No icing or no condensation)
Storage temperature
−30 to +70˚C (No icing or no condensation)
Degree of protection
Panel mounted type IP20
Cooling method
Natural cooling
Mass
One 2-channel circuit type: Approx. 350g
Two 2-channel circuit type: Approx. 450g
• AS-i speciﬁcations
Item
Proﬁle
ID code
IO code
Voltage range
Current consumption
Safety monitor
• Setting interface speciﬁcations
Speciﬁcation
Monitor 7F
7
F
18.5 to 31.6V
45mA max.
Item
Interface
Communications
speciﬁcations
Speciﬁcation
RS-232C
9600bps with no parity
Start bit: 1, End bit: 1, Data bit: 8
• Input speciﬁcations
• LED indication
Item
Start input
LED
AS-i 1
Speciﬁcation
Photocoupler input (high active)
Approx. 10mA (at 24V DC)
Protective control (EDM) Photocoupler input (high active)
input
Approx. 10mA (at 24V DC)
• Output speciﬁcations
Item
Message output
(Safety on)
Safety output rated
control current
Durability
Fuse
Overvoltage category
05/24
KK04-119
Speciﬁcation
PNP transistor output: 200mA
Short-circuit protection and polarity
changeover protection
Nonpotential NO contact
le/AC-12: 2A at 250V AC
le/AC-15: 2A at 115V AC, 2A at 230V AC
le/DC-12: 2A at 24V DC
le/DC-13: 1A at 24V DC, 0.1A at 115V DC
0.05A at 230V DC
AS-i 2
1READY
(each channel)
2ON
(each channel)
3OFF/FAULT
(each channel)
State
OFF
Green LED ON
OFF
Red LED ON
OFF
Yellow LED ON
Yellow LED
ﬂashing
OFF
Green LED ON
Green LED
ﬂashing
OFF
Red LED ON
Red LED
ﬂashing
Description
No power
AS-i power supply
Normal
Communication error
—
Start/Restart lock ON
External test required
Safety output connection open
Safety output connection closed
Delay time operating in stop
category 1
—
Safety output connection open
Error
Mechanical: 10x106 operation
Electrical :100x103 operation (230V AC,
3A, AC-15)
Constant-speed breaking type (MT) with
a maximum breaking current of 4A used
externally.
3: Conforming to VDE0110 part 1 at a rated
operating voltage of 300V AC.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Safety at Work
Speciﬁcations
K45F safe compact module
2 safe inputs
• Speciﬁcations
Item
ID code
IO conﬁguration
Operating voltage
Total current consumption
Input type
Input sensor
Low signal range
High signal range
Pin assignment of
socket 1
Pin assignment of
socket 2
Socket 3
Socket 4
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Degree of protection
Cooling method
Mass
Approval
Speciﬁcation
B
0
26.5 to 31.6V
45mA max.
PNP (sink)
Mechanical contact
Contact open
Contact closed
Input current Ipeak≥5mA
Pin 1 and pin 2: acts on bits D0 and D1 =
channel 1
Pin 3 and pin 4: acts on bits D2 and D3 =
channel 2
Pin 5:
not used
Pin 1 and pin 2: not used
Pin 3 and pin 4: acts on bits D2 and D3 =
channel 2
Pin 5:
not used
Not used
Not used
−20 to +85˚C (No icing or no condensation)
−40 to +85˚C (No icing or no condensation)
IP67
Natural cooling
Approx. 135g (mounting plate (optional):
Approx. 35 included)
UL, CSA, Marine
K45F safe
compact module
KK03-039
• LED indication
LED
AS-i/FAULT
F-IN1
F-IN2
State
Green LED ON
OFF
Red LED ON
(Red/Yellow)
ON alternately
OFF
Yellow LED ON
OFF
Yellow LED ON
Description
Normal
No power
Communication error
Address set to 0
05
No input
With input
No input
With input
AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton
Two NC contacts
• Speciﬁcations
Item
ID code
IO conﬁguration
Operating voltage
Total current consumption
Low signal range
zHigh signal range
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Degree of protection
Cooling method
Mass
Approval
Speciﬁcation
B
0
26.5 to 31.6V
60mA max.
Contact open (Emergency stop button OFF)
Contact closed (Emergency stop button ON)
Input current: Ipeak≥5mA
−25 to +70˚C (No icing or no condensation)
−40 to +80˚C (No icing or no condensation)
IP65
Natural cooling
Approx. 250g
UL, CSA, Marine
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
EMERGENCY STOP
pushbutton
Yellow cover
KK05-001
Yellow cover
with protective
collar
KK05-002
05/25
AS-Interface
Safety at Work
Speciﬁcations
■ Dimensions, mm
• Safety monitor
81.1
104.2
102
86.4
63.2
7.2 (5x)
5
90.9
120
45
• K45F safe compact module
Actual slave
Mounting plate
Rail/screw dual mounting
45
Exclusive screw mounting
4.3
20
5.2
33
5.2
31
45
9
14
4.5
7
4.3
40
45
80
73
5.1
80
66
80
5.1
5
33
39
45
5
10
• AS-Intarface EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton
Yellow cover
85
54
105
Mounting hole 4-M4
85
106
60
71
Yellow cover with protective collar
54
85
105
Mounting hole 4-M4
85
05/26
106
60
71
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Safety at Work
Speciﬁcations
■ Wiring diagrams
• Safety monitor with one 2-channel circuit
L/+
1.Y1
External PELV power supply
electrically isolated
• Safety monitor with 2 two-channel circuits
L/+
L/+
1.Y1
1.Y1
External PELV power supply
electrically isolated
L
L
N
N
05
■ Product overview
Item
Description
Conﬁguration software
This software is used to conﬁgure and set up the safety monitor on the PC (IBM PC/AT or compatible). A separately
sold connection cable (3RK1901-5AA00) is required to make settings.
(PC requirements)
• A Pentium® or newer Intel® processor or a compatible AMD® or Cyrix® processor
• CD-ROM drive
• Mouse (recommended)
• RS-232C serial interface (9-pin D-sub plug)
• OS: Microsoft® Windows 95/98/ME/2000/XP®
Cable set
This cable connects the safety monitor and PC (IBM PC/AT or compatible). The PC connects with the RS-232C serial
interface (9-pin D-sub plug).
This input jumper makes one channel of the safety slave always ON.
This input jumper is used one when only channel out of two channels is used.
With this jumper, Pin 1 and Pin 2 in K45F are connected internally.
This cap is the spare of the protective cover for the conﬁguration interface of the safety monitor. Each bag contains ﬁve
caps. The safety monitor is provided with a single sealable cap.
Input jumper for K45F
Sealable cap
* Intel® and Pentium® are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation of the USA.
Microsoft® and Windows 95®, Windows 98®, Windows ME®, Windows 2000®, and Windows XP® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation of the USA.
Other companies and product names described are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/27
AS-Interface
Cables
AS-Interface cables, FX3C
■ Description
The AS-i cable is a two-core cable specially designed to
connect AS-i devices. The yellow AS-i cable supplies 30V DC
power to sensors and transfers data. The black AS-i cable can
be used for 24V DC actuators (e.g., solenoid valves).
• A trapezoidal cross section is adopted to prevent polarity
reversal.
• Both kinds of cable are available to suit environmental
conditions: general-purpose (EPDM) and oil-tight (TPE) use.
• The connection uses the insulation piercing technology (IEC
60352-6).
• The cable’s insulation recovers after the connected slaves
are detached.
• Conforms to IEC 62026-2
• Approved by UL and CSA (Oil-tight (TPE) cable).
• RoHS compliant products.
FX3CA
Y(Yellow)
FX3CA
B (Black)
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
Application
Environmental condition
FX3CAEY
FX3CATY
AS-i communications, 30V DC
General-purpose use
Oil-tight use
FX3CAEB
FX3CATB
24V DC external power supply
General-purpose use
Oil-tight use
Cable color
Cable sheath material
(DIN VDE 0207)
Yellow
Ethylene Propylene
Diene Monomer
(EPDM)
Black
Ethylene Propylene
Diene Monomer
(EPDM)
Sheath color of core
Core cross-section
(IEC 60228)
Cable length per packing
Operating temperature
Smallest permissible bending
radius (DIN VDE 0298 Part 300)
Brown (AS-i (+)), Blue (AS-i (–))
2 x 1.5mm2
Brown (24V DC (+)), Blue (0V)
2 x 1.5mm2
100m roll
–25 to +85˚C
Fixed installed: 12mm
Freely movable: 24mm
100m roll
–25 to +85˚C
Fixed installed: 12mm
Freely movable: 24mm
Bending performance
(IEC 60227)
Behavior in ﬁre (UL 1581)
Ozone and weather
resistance
Oil resistance
Water soluble cutting ﬂuid
resistance
Approval
Thermoplastic
Elastomers (TPE)
–30 to +105˚C
No break after 30,000 back and forward movements
Thermoplastic
Elastomers (TPE)
–30 to +105˚C
No break after 30,000 back and forward movements
Flammable
Non-resisting
Flame-resistant
Resisting
Flammable
Non-resisting
Flame-resistant
Resisting
Non-resisting
Resisting
Resisting
Non-resisting
Non-resisting
Resisting
Resisting
Non-resisting
—
UL758, cUL,
AWM style 2376
—
UL758, cUL,
AWM style 2376
■ Dimensions, mm
10
2.5
4
0.5
Blue (–)
05/28
3.6
6.5
Brown (+)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Masters
AS-Interface master, NP1L-AS2
■ Description
The NP1L-AS2 AS-i master, mounted on the base unit of the
MICREX-SX series of SPH, communicates with devices on the
AS-i bus.
• Up to 12 AS-i masters can be connected to one SX-bus
conﬁguration.
• Up to 62 A/B slaves can be connected.
• Up to 31 analog slaves can be connected.
• Addition of notiﬁcation function of peripheral error.
• The slaves’ conﬁguration can be registered by a switch on
the front of the AS-i master.
• The status of the AS-i bus is indicated by the LEDs on the
AS-i master, e.g., showing disconnection of slaves, AS-i
power supply failure, and automatic addressing availability.
• The 7-segment LED indicates the addresses of disconnected
slaves (in protect mode) and conﬁgured slaves (in
conﬁguration mode).
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.1
AF00-112
NP1L-AS2
05
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
Communications speciﬁcations
Maximum connectable slaves
Maximum No. of input/output points
Network topology
Max. cable length
Transmission speed
Transmission cable
Cycle time
Power supply for communications
AS-i current consumption
NP1L-AS2
62 A/B slaves for V2.1 (addresses 1A to 31A, 1B to 31B)
31 standard slaves for V2.0 (addresses 1 to 31, Analog slaves are treated in the
same way as standard slaves.)
434 points (When connecting A/B slaves: 248 input and 186 output points)
248 points (When connecting standard slaves: 124 input and 124 output points)
Tree, line, and star structure
Up to 100m (extendable up to 300m via repeater)
167kbps
AS-i cable (yellow), or parallel cable (2 x 1.5mm2)
Approx. 10ms (with 62 slaves connected), Approx. 5ms (with 31 slaves connected)
AS-i power supply (30V DC)
100mA or less
Function speciﬁcations
No. of slots occupied
Maximum connectable AS-i masters
Internal current consumption (at 24V)
1
12 per conﬁguration
100mA or less
General speciﬁcations
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Pollution degree
Atmosphere
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Noise immunity
Electrostatic discharge resistance
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Cooling method
Mass
Approval
10M or more with 500V DC megger, between external terminals and FG
445V AC for 1min, between external terminals and FG
0 to +55˚C (no icing or no condensation)
–25 to +70˚C (no icing or no condensation)
20 to 95% RH (no condensation)
2 (no conductive dust)
No corrosive gases, no organic solvent adhering to the master
Amplitude: 0.15mm, constant acceleration: 19.6m/s2 for 2 hours in each direction
147m/s2 for 3 times in each direction (Peak acceleration)
Noise simulator method: Rise time 1ns, pulse width 1µs, 1.5kVp-p
Contact discharge method: ±6kV, Aerial discharge method: ±8kV
IP30 (installation inside panel)
Natural cooling
Approx. 180g
CE
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/29
AS-Interface
Masters
■ Dimensions, mm
34.8
ONL
AUP
CM
ERR
APF
CER
(19)
90
105
SET
DISPLAY
AS–i+
AS–i–
AS–i+
AS–i–
LG
NP1L–
AS1
■ LED indication
LED (G:Green, R:Red)
LED indication
ONL (G)
AUP (G)
CM (G)
ERR (R)
APF (R)
CER (R)
7-segments LED
05/30
Description
ON under normal operation
Flashing during SX bus setup
ON where automatic addressing is possible under protect mode
ON where AS-i operation is under conﬁguration mode
On under protect mode
ON when the module is faulty
ON where AS-i bus voltage is off or dropped (failure of AS-i power supply)
ON where the current and conﬁguration-registered slaves are different (any of LPS, ID code or I/O
conﬁguration is different)
Indicates the factor of error by codes when error has occurred
Indicates the station address of AS-i slave where error has occurred.
Indicates the address of AS-i slave connected by using the setting switch
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Masters
AS-Interface master, NP1L-AS1
■ Description
The NP1L-AS1 AS-i master, mounted on the base unit of the
SX-bus in the MICREX-SX series of SPH, communicates with
devices on the AS-i bus.
• Up to 19 AS-i masters can be connected to one SX-bus
conﬁguration.
• The slaves’ conﬁguration can be registered by a switch on
the front of the AS-i master.
• The status of the AS-i bus is indicated by the LEDs on the
AS-i master, e.g., showing disconnection of slaves, AS-i
power supply failure, and automatic addressing availability.
• The 7-segment LED indicates the addresses of disconnected
slaves (in protect mode) and conﬁgured slaves (in
conﬁguration mode).
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.0
AF00-112
NP1L-AS1
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
Communications speciﬁcations
Maximum connectable slaves
Maximum No. of input/output points
Network topology
Max. cable length
Transmission speed
Transmission cable
Cycle time
Power supply for communications
AS-i current consumption
NP1L-AS1
05
31 (Max. points per slave: 4 inputs, 4 outputs)
248 points (Input: 124/Output: 124)
Tree, line, and star structure
Up to 100m (extendable up to 300m via repeater)
167kbps
AS-i cable (yellow), or parallel cable (2 x 1.5mm2)
Max. 5ms (with 31 slaves)
AS-i power supply (30V DC)
100mA or less
Function speciﬁcations
No. of slots occupied
Maximum connectable AS-i masters
Internal current consumption (at 24V)
1
19 per conﬁguration
100mA or less
General speciﬁcations
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Pollution degree
Atmosphere
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Noise immunity
Electrostatic discharge resistance
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Cooling method
Mass
Approval
10M or more with 500V DC megger, between external terminals and FG
445V AC for 1min, between external terminals and FG
0 to +55˚C (no icing or no condensation)
–25 to +70˚C (no icing or no condensation)
20 to 95% RH (no condensation)
2 (no conductive dust)
No corrosive gases, no organic solvent adhering to the master
Amplitude: 0.15mm, constant acceleration: 19.6m/s2 for 2 hours in each direction
147m/s2 for 3 times in each direction (Peak acceleration)
Noise simulator method: Rise time 1ns, pulse width 1µs, 1.5kVp-p
Contact discharge method: ±6kV, Aerial discharge method: ±8kV
IP30 (installation inside panel)
Natural cooling
Approx. 200g
CE
■ Dimensions, mm
34.8
ONL
AUP
CM
ERR
APF
CER
(19)
90
105
SET
DISPLAY
AS–i+
AS–i–
AS–i+
AS–i–
LG
NP1L–
AS1
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
For details of this product, see User’s Manual No. FEH231.
For details of the MICREX-SX series of SPH, see catalog No. LEH982.
05/31
AS-Interface
Masters
AS-Interface master, NJ-ASL
■ Description
The NJ-ASL AS-i master, mounted on the CPU base unit of
the FLEX-PC NJ series PLC, communicates with devices on
the AS-i bus.
• The slaves’ conﬁguration can be registered by a toggle
switch on the front of the AS-i master.
• The status of the AS-i bus is indicated by the LEDs on the
AS-i master, e.g., showing disconnection of slaves, AS-i
power supply failure, and automatic addressing availability.
• The 7-segment LED indicates the addresses of disconnected
slaves (in protect mode) and conﬁgured slaves (in
conﬁguration mode).
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.0
AF99-95
NJ-ASL
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
NJ-ASL
Type
AS-i communications
Maximum connectable slaves
Maximum No. of input/output points
Network topology
Max. cable length
Transmission speed
Transmission cable
Cycle time
Power supply for communications
AS-i current consumptions
31 (Max. points per slave: 4 inputs, 4 outputs)
248 points (Input: 124/Output: 124)
Tree, line, and star structure
Up to 100m (extendable up to 300m via repeaters)
167kbps
AS-i cable (yellow), or parallel cable (2 x 1.5mm2)
Max. 5ms (with 31 slaves)
AS-i power supply (30V DC)
100mA or less
NJ series interface
No. of slots occupied
Internal current consumption (at 5V)
1 (mountable on the CPU base unit)
250mA or less
General speciﬁcations
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Pollution degree
Atmosphere
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Noise immunity
Electrostatic discharge resistance
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Cooling method
Mass
Approval
10M or more with 500V DC megger, between external terminals and FG
1500V AC for 1min, between external terminals and FG
0 to +55˚C (no icing or no condensation)
–20 to +70˚C (no icing or no condensation)
20 to 95% RH (no condensation)
2 (no conductive dust)
No corrosive gases, no organic solvent adhering to the master
Amplitude: 0.15mm, constant acceleration: 19.6m/s2 for 2 hours in each direction
294m/s2 destruction threshold (Peak acceleration)
Noise simulator method: Rise time 1ns, pulse width 1µs, 1.5kVp-p
Contact discharge method: ±8kV, aerial discharge method: ±15kV
IP30 (installation inside panel)
Natural cooling
Approx. 230g
—
■ Dimensions, mm
119.7
107.5
37
ASL
RUN
ERR
APF
CER
AUP
CM
SET
AS–i+
DISPLAY
135
AS-i
128.5
0.8
AS–i–
LG
05/32
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Masters
AS-Interface master, NB6 basic unit
■ Description
This is a basic unit of the FLEX-PC NB series compact
PLC, incorporating with the AS-i master function enhancing
distributed I/O control. It can be used as a cell or line level PLC
in FA or CIM systems, reducing wiring between equipment
or machinery and saving installation space, to conﬁgure
economical system.
• AS-i master function provided as standard.
• The status of the AS-i bus is indicated by the LED, such
as disconnection of slaves, AS-i power supply failure, and
automatic addressing availability.
• Various system conﬁguration is available using 8-point
expansion cassette, N-bus expansion unit, and NB series
function units in addition to AS-i master function
• Program capacity 4K steps (RAM)
• EPROM and EEPROM operation supported (1K/4K steps)
• The AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.0
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
General speciﬁcations
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Pollution degree
Atmosphere
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Noise immunity
Electrostatic discharge
resistance
Degree of protection
Mounting method
Mass
Approval
5M or more with 500V DC megger,
between external terminals and FG
1500V AC for 1min, between external
terminals and FG
0 to +55˚C (no icing or no condensation)
–20 to +70˚C (no icing or no condensation)
20 to 95% RH (no condensation)
Pollution degree 2 (no conductive dust)
No corrosive gases, no organic solvent
adhering to the master
Amplitude: 0.15mm, constant
acceleration: 19.6m/s2 for 2 hours in
each direction
294m/s2 destruction threshold (Peak
acceleration)
Noise simulator method: Rise time 1ns,
pulse width 1µs, 1.5kVp-p
Contact discharge method: ±4kV, Aerial
discharge method: ±8kV
IP20 (installation inside panel)
Rail/screw dual mounting
Approx. 1kg
—
AF99-92
NB6P26T-14
Performance
NB6P26T-14
Stored program cyclic operation system
Batched refreshing/direct refreshing
method
Programming language Mnemonic/ladder
Program capacity
4K steps (0 to 3965)
No. of input/output
26 points (basic unit)
points
Up to 512 points with expansion cassettee/
units
Type
Control system
I/O control system
No. of instructions
Program memory and
capacity
Data memory element
Input/output relay X,Y
Internal relay
Keep relay
Special relay
Timer
Counter
Data register
Special register
Pointer
M
K
V
T
C
D
Z
High speed counter
Parameter
Self-diagnosis function
RAS
Available tool
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Sequence instruction: 33 (0.61μs per step)
Data instruction: 39 (average 100μs per
step)
C-MOS RAM, 4K steps (with built-in lithium
battery backup)
C-MOS RAM (with lithium battery backup)
512 points (basic unit: 26 points, AS-i: 248
points)
1024 points
1024 points
512 points
512 points
256 points
1024 words
256 words
For branch P: 256 points
For interrupt I: 20 points
1-phase: 8 points (1.2kHz – 8 points)
2-phase: 4 points (1.2kHz – 4 points)
• Time setting of user watchdog timer
• Setting of constant scanning time
• Specifying operation under normal
condition
• Specifying high speed counter operation
• Setting of input ﬁltering time
Program check, watchdog timer, detection
of battery voltage, etc.
System RAS area, instruction RAS area,
error notiﬁcation area, nonfatal fault relay
area, fatal fault relay area, system message
area, user message area
Handy program loader N-HLD012, handy
monitor N-HLD022, common loader
05/33
05
AS-Interface
Masters
Input/output speciﬁcations
Item
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
OFF ON
ON OFF
Input current
Output current
Min. load current
Response time
OFF ON
ON OFF
Polarity
Switching element
Protection of switching
element
Leakage current
(ON state)
Voltage drop (ON state)
No. of points
AS-i communication speciﬁcations
Input section
24V DC input
24V DC (19 to 30V)
Output section
Transistor output
24V DC (19 to 30V)
—
19 to 30V DC
0 to 3V DC
7mA/24V
—
—
—
0.5A per point
1mA
0.5ms *
0.5ms *
Source
—
—
Approx. 1ms or less
Approx. 1ms or less
Sink
Transistor
Diode
—
0.1mA (24V DC)
—
1V or less
16 points, 16 points 10 points, 10 points
common
common
Operation indicator
LED indication for all points
External wire connection Screw terminal with washer
Internal circuit
Maximum connectable
slaves
31 (Max. points per slave: 4 inputs,
4 outputs)
Cycle time
Power supply for
communications
AS-i current consumption
120mA or less
Maximum No. of I/O
points
Network topology
Max. cable length
Transmission speed
Transmission cable
N-bus communication speciﬁcations
No. of connectable units
Transmission Distance
Cable
Speed
■ Dimensions, mm
1 basic unit + 3 expansion units + 4
function units
Up to 10m
Dedicated cable
76.8kbps
Input power speciﬁcations
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Retention at power failure
Inrush current
External power supply
Note: * Response time can be adjusted by changing parameters.
248 points (max. 124 inputs,
max. 124 outputs)
Tree, line, star structure
Up to 100m (up to 300m via repeaters)
167kbps
AS-i cable (yellow), or parallel cable (2 x
1.5mm2)
Max 5ms (with 31 slaves)
AS-i power supply (30V DC)
24V DC
19 to 30V DC
Max. 15W
5ms or more
Approx. 150A
None
■ External wiring diagram
11
110
15-pin D-SUB connector for programming tool
24V DC
24V+ 0V RUN RUN NC C
4
6
AS-i+ AS-i- NC NC NC P
0
2
Note:
D-SUB connector for common loader
is provided as standard.
But N-HLD and common loader
cannot be connected together.
Common
loader
8-point
8-point expansion cassette (I/O free)
add-on
AS-i
power
supply
AS-i cable
AS-i master
(NB6 basic unit)
Input: 16 points
Output: 10 points
05/34
0
9
8
B
D
F
C E
A
Terminal
No.
105
Handy program loader
N-HLD012
Handy monitor
N-HLD022
NB2-E36
Input: 18 points
Output: 18 points
N-bus cable
7
Space for connector,
approx. 70
■ System conﬁguration
N-bus
expansion unit
5
3
2
FG NC NC NC C
165
1
AS-i
slave
AS-i
slave
AS-i
slave
AS-i
slave
NC
NC NC
AS-i+ AS-i- NC NC NC P 1
L
4
3
8 M
6
5
7
9
M
Terminal
No.
L L
N-bus cable
AS-i cable
AS-i+ terminals are internally connected. AS-i – terminals are internally connected.
Use these terminals for branch connection to AS-i power supply.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Masters
DeviceNet/AS-i gateway, FC2LA-DL
■ Description
The DeviceNet/AS-i gateway converts data between the open
network DeviceNet and the AS-Interface protocol. DeviceNet
was developed and is supported by the Open DeviceNet
Vendor Association (ODVA).
• Up to 62 A/B slaves can be connected.
• Up to 31 analog slaves can be connected.
• Addition of notiﬁcation function of peripheral error.
• Being upward compatible with the conventional FC2L-DL
conforming to AS-i speciﬁcations V2.0, replacement is easy.
• The slaves' conﬁguration can be registered by a pushbutton
switch on the front of the gateway.
• The status of the AS-i bus is indicated by the LEDs on the
DeviceNet/AS-i gateway, e.g., showing disconnection of
slaves, AS-i power supply failure, and automatic addressing
availability.
• The 7-segment LED indicates the addresses of disconnected
slaves (in protected mode) and conﬁgured slaves (in
conﬁguration mode).
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.1
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
General speciﬁcations
Type
Insulation resistance
(Communication sections
excluded)
Dielectric strength
(Communication sections
excluded)
Operating temperature
FC2LA-DL
10M or more with 500V DC
megger, between external terminals
connected together and FG
445V AC for 1min, between
external terminals connected
together and FG
0 to +55˚C (no icing or no
condensation)
Storage temperature
–20 to +70˚C (no icing or no condensation)
Relative humidity
20 to 90% RH (no condensation)
Pollution degree
Pollution degree 2 (no conductive
dust)
Atmosphere
No corrosive gases and massive
dust
Vibration resistance *
Amplitude: 0.15mm
Constant acceleration: 19.6m/s2
for 2 hours in each direction
Shock resistance *
294m/s2 destruction threshold
(Peak acceleration)
Noise immunity
Noise simulator method: Rise
time 1ns, pulse width 1μs,
1.5kVp-p
Electrostatic discharge resistance Contact discharge method: ±6kV,
Aerial discharge method: ±8kV
Degree of protection (IEC 60529) IP20 (installation inside panel)
Mounting method
IEC rail/screw dual mounting
Cooling method
Natural cooling
Mass
Approx. 320g
Approval
CE
Note: * Resistance where the DeviceNet/AS-i gateway is screw-mounted. Less
vibration and shock are permitted when IEC rail-mounted.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
KK03-044
FC2LA-DL
DeviceNet communications
Applicable DeviceNet speciﬁcation Release 2.0
Power supply for communication 24V DC (operating voltage range:
11 to 25V DC)
Current consumption
80mA or less
Type of node
Group2 Only Server
Vendor ID
0x13F (Fuji Electric)
Device type
Communication adapter (Code: 0x0C)
Station number setting (MAC
64 stations with numbers from 01
address)
to 63, but no overlaps of number
Transmission speed 500kbps 250kbps 125kbps
Cable
length
Trunk line
100m
250m
500m
Drop line
6m
6m
6m
Total drop line
39m
78m
156m
No. of message connection
No. of I/O connection
No. of Transmission data
(fragmentized)
No. of Receiving data
(frgmentized)
Cable
1 (Pre-deﬁned master/slave
connection set)
1 (Polling)
8/16/32/26/42 bytes (Mode 0 to 4
changeable)
8/16/32/26/42 bytes (Mode 0 to 4
changeable)
Dedicated DeviceNet cable
AS-i communications
Maximum connectable slaves
Maximum No. of input/output
points
Network topology
Maximum cable length
Transminssion speed
Transmission cable
Cycle time
Power supply for communication
AS-i current consumption
62 A/B slaves for V2.1 (addresses
1A to 31A, 1B to 31B)
31 standard slaves for V2.0
(addresses 1 to 31, Analog slaves
/standard slaves.)
434 points (When connecting A/B
slaves: 248 input and 186 output points)
248 points (When connecting
standard slaves: 124 input and
124 output points)
Tree, line, and star structure
Up to 100m (extendable up to
300m via Repeaters)
167kbps
AS-i cable (yellow) or parallel
cable (2 x 1.5mm2)
Approx. 10 (5) ms (with 62 (31)
slaves connected)
AS-i power supply (30V DC)
120mA or less
05/35
05
AS-Interface
Masters
Input power speciﬁcations
Supply voltage (permissible
range)
Power consumption
Retention at power failure
Inrush current
24V DC (19 to 30V DC)
Max. 3.3W
—
Approx. 8A
Panel drilling
■ Dimensions, mm
105
NC NC NC NC NC
8.8
115
NC NC NC
NC
6.5
7.62
0V
NS
MS
24+
PULL
FC2LA-DL DeviceNet/AS-i
0
1
0
9
1
APF
CER
AUP
CM
28
0
6
1
5
4
37
0
2
1
2
Details of terminal section
3
6
5
4
2
3
4
MODE
NC NC NC NC NC
NC
+
–
■ External wiring diagram
+
–
NC
Tightening torque
Applicable crimp terminal
Data Rate
NC
AS-i–
AS-i+
NS (G/R)
AS-i–
APF (R )
AS-i
To AS-i To AS-i
CER (R)
The two “AS-i +” terminals are connected internally. The same is true for the
two “AS-i –” terminals. Use these terminals for branch connection to the AS-i
power supply.
The recommended tightening torque of the supplied DeviceNet connectors is
0.5 to 0.6N·m for 5 wire mounting screws and 0.4N·m for 2 connector screws.
■ Mounting method
DeviceNet/AS-i gateways can be mounted in a control panel
using either IEC rail mounting or screw mounting.
IEC rail mounting
Mount the DeviceNet/AS-i gateway on a 35mm IEC rail (IEC
60715) and ﬁx it with mounting brackets (type: TS-XT) (sold
separately) on both sides.
35mm IEC rail
Type
TH35-7.5
TH35-7.5AL
TH35-15AL
Height (mm)
7.5
7.5
15
Length (mm)
900
900
900
6.2 or less
LED (G: Green, R: Red)
DeviceNet MS (G/R)
Red (V+24V)
White (CAN_H) DeviceNet/AS-i
Shield
gateway
Blue (CAN_L)
Black (V – 0V)
AS-i
AS-i+
0.5 to 0.7N•m
Mounting hole,
2-M4 screw
■ LED indication
24V DC
24V 0V
To DeviceNet
5
5
M3 screw with washer
70
20
80
8
80
AUP (G)
CM (G)
Address
7-segment
2-digit LED
Description
OFF
No power
(G) ON
Device operational
(R) ON
Unrecoverable fault
OFF
Not powered/not on-line
(G) ﬂashing On-line, not connected
(G) ON
Link OK (on-line, connected)
(R) ﬂashing Connection time-out
(R) ON
Critical Link failure
ON at voltage drop or power failure of
AS-i power
ON where the current and registered
conﬁguration are different.
ON where automatic addressing is
possible under protect mode
ON: in conﬁguration mode,
OFF: in protect mode.
Address of AS-i slave where error has
occurred, error number, "88" indication
where the AS-i power is off or during
initializing.
• The DeviceNet/AS-i gateway is in conﬁguration mode at factory shipment.
• The slave's conﬁguration information registered at factory shipment is based
on the delivery inspection which was carried out by connecting the minimum
number of slaves. When the slaves has to be connected to the gateway for
the ﬁrst time, the red "CER" LED will go on as the conﬁguration information is
different. To reset the error, press the "SET" switch for more than 5 seconds to
register a new conﬁguration.
Material
Iron
Aluminum
Aluminum
Screw mounting
Drill two mounting holes in the control panel and ﬁx the
gateway with two M4 x 16 screws.
Tightening torque: 1.2 to 1.4 N.m.
05/36
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Masters
T-link/AS-i gateway, FC2L-TL
■ Description
The FC2L-TL T-link/AS-i gateway converts data between a
proprietary network T-link and the AS-i protocol. The T-link was
developed and is supported by Fuji Electric Co., Ltd.
• The slaves' conﬁguration can be registered by a pushbutton
switch on the front of the gateway.
• The status of the AS-i bus is indicated by the LEDs on
the T-link/AS-i gateway, e.g., showing disconnection of
slaves, AS-i power supply failure, and automatic addressing
availability.
• The 7-segment LED indicates the addresses of disconnected
slaves (in protected mode) and conﬁgured slaves
(in conﬁguration mode).
• Simple connection reduces man-hours.
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.0
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
General speciﬁcations
Type
Insulation resistance
(Communication sections
excluded)
Dielectric strength
(Communication sections
excluded)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Pollution degree
Atmosphere
Vibration resistance *
Shock resistance *
Noise immunity
KK01-298A
FC2L-TL
T-link communication
FC2L-TL
5M or more with 500V DC
megger, between external terminals
connected together and FG
1500V AC for 1min, between
external terminals connected
together and FG
0 to +55˚C (no icing or no
condensation)
–20 to +70˚C (no icing or no
condensation)
20 to 90% RH (no condensation)
Pollution degree 2 (no conductive
dust)
No corrosive gases and massive
dust
Amplitude: 0.15mm
Constant acceleration: 19.6m/s2
for 2 hours in each direction
294m/s2 destruction threshold
(Peak acceleration)
Noise simulator method: Rise time
1ns, pulse width 1µs, 1.5kVp-p
Electrostatic discharge resistance Contact discharge method: ±6kV,
Aerial discharge method: ±8kV
Degree of protection (IEC60529) IP20 (installation inside panel)
Mounting method
IEC rail/screw dual mounting
Cooling method
Natural cooling
Mass
Approx. 320g
Approval
—
Station number setting
Transmission speed
Maximum transmission distance
No. of words occupied
Network topology
Cable
00 to 99
500kbps
1000m with T-link cable
Input 8W/output 8W = Total 16
words
Daisy chain
Shielded twist pair cable
AS-interface communications
Maximum connectable slaves
Maximum No. of input/output
points
Network topology
Maximum cable length
Transmission speed
Transmission cable
Cycle time
Power supply for communication
AS-i current consumption
31 (with addresses from 1 to 31)
Max. points per slave: 4 inputs, 4 outputs
248 points (Input: 124/Output:
124)
Tree, line, and star structure
100m (extendable up to 300m via
Repeater)
167kbps
AS-i cable (yellow) or parallel
cable (2 x 1.5mm2), (also used as
power cable)
Max. 5ms (with 31 slaves)
Use of AS-i power supply (30V DC)
120mA or less
Input power speciﬁcations
Supply voltage (permissible
range)
Power consumption
Retention at power failure
Inrush current
24V DC (19 to 30V DC)
Max. 3.3W
—
Approx. 8A
Note: *Resistance where the T-link/AS-i gateway is screw-mounted. Less
vibration and shock are permitted when IEC rail-mounted.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/37
05
AS-Interface
Masters
Dimensions, mm
8
Panel drilling
20
115
105
M3 screw with washer
NC NC NC 24+
6.5
7.62
APF
CER
AUP
CM
80
ALM
RUN
0V
PULL
70
NC NC NC NC
FC2L-TL T-LINK/AS-i
8.8
NC NC
5
5
80
T-LINK
T1 T2 T1R SD NC NC
+
–
AS-i
+
–
Details of terminal section
NC NC
4+2
Tightening torque
External wiring diagram
Applicable crimp terminal
6.2 or less
LED indication
LED (G: Green, R: Red)
RUN (G)
T-link
ALM (R)
APF (R)
AS-i
24V 0V
T-link/AS-i gateway
CER (R)
AUP (G)
AS-i+ AS-i– AS-i+ AS-i–
CM (G)
To T-link
Address
To AS-i To AS-i
Two "AS-i +" terminals are connected internally. The same is true for
two "AS-i –" terminals. Use these terminals for branch connection to
the AS-i power supply.
Notes: • If the T-link/AS-i gateway is removed during T-link communication, the
transmission line will be split into two. When it is necessary to attach or
remove a gateway during communication, tighten the two cables on
both sides using crimp terminals.
• A terminating resistor is built into the gateway. To connect the
T-link/AS-i gateway at the end of a T-link transmission line, connect
terminals T1 and T1R with jumper wire.
Mounting method
T-link/AS-i gateways can be mounted in a control panel using
either IEC rail mounting or screw mounting.
IEC rail mounting
Mount the T-link/AS-i gateway on a 35mm IEC rail (IEC60715)
and ﬁx it with mounting brackets (type: TS-XT) (sold
separately) on both sides.
35mm IEC rail
Type
TH35-7.5
TH35-7.5AL
TH35-15AL
Height (mm)
7.5
7.5
15
Length (mm)
900
900
900
Material
Iron
Aluminum
Aluminum
Screw mounting
Drill two mounting holes in the control panel and ﬁx the
gateway with two M4 x 16 screws.
Tightening torque: 1.2 to 1.4 N.m.
05/38
Mounting hole, 2-M4 screw
Indication
24V DC
T1 T2 T1R SD
0.5 to 0.7N•m
7-segment 2-digit
LED
Description
Status. See the table below.
ON at voltage drop or power failure
of AS-i power
ON where the current and registered
conﬁguration are different.
ON where automatic addressing is
possible under protect mode
ON: in conﬁguration mode,
OFF: in protect mode.
Address of AS-i slave where error
has occurred, error number, "88"
indication where the AS-i power is
off or during initializing.
Details of RUN, ALM LED indication
RUN (G) ALM (R) Status
Flashing OFF
Normal
ON
OFF
Normal
ON
ON
Error
OFF
ON
Error
OFF
OFF
Error
Description
No masters are connected to T-link.
(Communication ready)
Under normal communication with
T-link
Communication shut down with "hold"
request. AS-i section in the T-link/AS-i
gateway is faulty.
Station number setting switch
changed under communication.
Hardware of T-link/AS-i gateway is
faulty.
No power input to T-link/AS-i gateway
• The DeviceNet/AS-i gateway is in conﬁguration mode at factory shipment.
• The slave's conﬁguration information registered at factory shipment is based
on the delivery inspection which was carried out by connecting the minimum
number of slaves. When the slaves has to be connected to the gateway for
the ﬁrst time, the red "CER" LED will go on as the conﬁguration information is
different. To reset the error, press the "SET" switch for more than 5 seconds to
register a new conﬁguration.
• For the function of the "SET" switch, refer to User's Manual No. FH701 (Japanese
only).
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
Waterproof slave (Flat type), FM6D1/FM6DB1
■ Description
The slave inclueds an upper section, which is the actual slave,
and a lower section, which is the mounting plate. The IP67
structure provides excellent environmental resistance. By
allowing use outside the control panel, the slave eliminates the
need for relay boxes and contributes to downsizing. The slave
is also ﬂatter than conventional slaves and reduces restrictions
on installation.
• The depth, including the mounting plate, is only 30mm,
which is 15mm ﬂatter than conventional models.
• The actual slave can be easily ﬁxed to the mounting plate
using one screw.
• Mounting plates are available in two types: IEC rail/screw
dual mounting and exclusive screw mounting.
• Slave addressing is done by connecting an addressing unit
to the front of the slave.
• LED indication of external power supply (2I/2O and 4O
models only)
• Both NPN and PNP models are available.
• The slave can be easily connected to the AS-i ﬂat cable by
insulation piercing connection.
• The FM6D1-40XX CM can be mounted side-by side
together with output slaves having 2 input/2 outputs or 4
outputs.
• Short-circuit protection is provided for the sensor power
supply and output circuit.
• Actuators and sensors can be easily connected by singleaction M12 connectors (IEC60947-5-2).
• Two outputs or inputs per M12 connector.
• Conforms to EC Directive
ENC Directive (No. 89/336/EEC); EN50081-1, EN61000-6-2
(EN50082-2).
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.0, V2.1
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
KKD05-248
Actual slave
FM6D1-40XXN
FM6D1-04TPX
KKD05-242
KKD05-244
FM6D1-40XXNCM
05
AF01-78
KKD05-246
FM6DB1-40XXN
Mounting plate
FM6B1-04FK
05/39
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
(actual slave)
NPN model
PNP model
Slave type
Number of inputs/outputs
Applicable mounting plate
AS-Interface proﬁle (I/O, ID)
Operating voltage (in accordance with AS-i speciﬁcation)
Current
Slave only
consumption
Including sensors
LED
AS-i (G/R)
indication
G: Green
EXT POWER (G)
R: Red
IN1 to IN4 (or 2) (Y)
Y: Yellow
OUT1 (or 3) to OUT4 (Y)
Input
NPN On voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
Off voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
On current (sorurce)
Off current
PNP
On voltage (Power supply (-) - Input)
Off voitage (Power supply (-) - Input)
On current (sink)
Off current
Sensor power
supply via
AS-i cable
Short-circuit and overload protection
Sensor voltage range
Output
(per point)
External power supply 24V DC
Operating voltage range
NPN model
PNP model
Current carrying capacity per point
Voltage drop
Short-circuit protection
Inductive surge protection
Output status on communication error
Current carrying capacity for all inputs *
Degree of protection (IEC60529)
Rated temperature
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Supply method of external power
Electrical
Reverse polarity protection
protection for
Electrostatic discharge resistance
AS-i connection
Vibration
resistance
Shock
resistance
CE marking
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise immunity
Burst noise
Rail mounting (IEC 68-2-6)
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-6)
Rail mounting (IEC 68-2-27)
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-27)
Low Voltage Directive (No.: 73/23/EEC)
EMC Directive (No.: 89/336/EEC)
Mass
Addressing method
(Addresses: between 1 and 31)
Approval
FM6D1-40XXN
FM6D1-04TNX
FM6D1-22TNN
FM6D1-40XXNCM
FM6D1-40XXP
FM6D1-04TPX
FM6D1-22TPP
FM6D1-40XXPCM
Standard slave
4 inputs
4 outputs
2 inputs/2 outputs
FM6B -04FK
FM6B -04FE
0, 1
8, 1
3, 1
26.5 to 31.6V DC
45mA DC or less
45mA DC or less
45mA DC or less
245mA DC or less
—
245mA DC or less
G on: Normal operation, R on: Communication error, R on and Orange (G+R) on alternating: Slave
has address = 0, R ﬂashing: Input power overload, Off: AS-i power off
—
On/off: 24V DC external power on/off
On/off: Input on/off
—
On/off: Input on/off
—
On/off: Output on/off
On/off: Output on/off
10V or more
—
10V or more
6V or less
—
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
—
Approx. 5mA
—
1.5mA or less
1.5mA or less
10V or more
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
Built-in
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
18 to 27V (I 200mA)
200mA (Ta 25˚C)
160mA (Ta = 45˚C)
80mA (Ta = 80˚C)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Via black AS-i ﬂat cable
20 to 30V DC
NPN transistor
PNP transistor
Approx. 1A
0.8V or less
Built-in
Built-in
Off
10V or more
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
Built-in
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
18 to 27V (I 200mA)
200mA (Ta 25˚C)
160mA (Ta = 45˚C)
80mA (Ta = 80˚C)
Via black AS-i ﬂat cable
20 to 30V DC
NPN transistor
PNP transistor
Approx. 1A
0.8V or less
Built-in
Built-in
Off
IP67 (with M12 connectors, slave mounting plate and AS-i cable)
25˚C
−25 to +85˚C (no icing or no condensation)
−25 to +85˚C (no icing or no condensation)
—
Via mounting plate
Built-in
Contact discharge method: ±4kV
Aerial discharge method: ±8kV, IEC 61000-4-2 (Class B)
80MHz to 1000MHz, Electric ﬁeld strength: 10V/m, IEC 61000-4-3 (Class A)
2kV (Class B)/1kV (Class A), IEC 61000-4-4
10 to 55Hz, 0.5mm one-way amplitude
10 to 55Hz, 1mm one-way amplitude
150m/s2 (11ms)
300m/s2 (18ms)
—
EN50081-1, EN61000-6-2 (EN50082-2)
Approx. 115g (including mounting plate, approx. 35g, sold separately)
Can be done with an addressing unit (FL1HA-E) via an addressing cable (FX9Y002) connected
to the addressing jack on the front of the slave. Connecting the addressing cable to a slave will
disconnect the slave from the AS-i connection.
CE
Note: * If a sensor with power consumption of more than 200mA is connected to the sensor power supply of the slave, the overload and short-circuit protective function
will operate and the sensor power supply will be stopped even when 0.5ms has passed after the inrush current is generated. If a connected sensor has a high
inrush current, make sure that current consumption with a lapse of 0.5 ms after the inrush current is 200 mA or less.
05/40
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type (actual slave) NPN model
PNP model
Slave type
Number of inputs/outputs
AS-Interface proﬁle (I/O, ID, ID2) *1
Operating voltage (in accordance with AS-i speciﬁcation)
Current
Slave only
consumption
Including sensors
LED indication
AS-i (G/R)
G: Green
R: Red
Y: Yellow
EXT POWER (G)
Input
IN1 to IN4 (Y)
OUT1 to OUT3 (Y)
NPN
On voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
Off voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
On current (sorurce)
Off current
PNP
On voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
Off voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
On current (sink)
Off current
Sensor power
supply via
AS-i cable
Short-circuit and overload protection
Sensor voltage range
Output
(per point)
External power supply 24V DC
Oprating voltage range
NPN model
PNP model
Current carrying capacity per point
Residual voltage
Short-circuit protection
Inductive surge protection
Output status on communication error
Current carrying capacity for all inputs *2
Degree of protection (IEC60529)
Rated temperature
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Supply method of external power
Electrical
Reverse polarity protection
protection for AS-i Electrostatic discharge resistance
connection
Vibration
resistance
Shock resistance
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise immunity
Burst noise
Rail mounting (IEC 68-2-6)
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-6)
Rail mounting (IEC 68-2-27)
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-27)
Mass
Addressing method
(Addresses: between 1A (1B) and 31A (31B))
FM6DB1-40XXN
FM6DB1-03TNX
FM6DB1-40XXP
FM6DB1-03TPX
A/B slave
4 inputs
3 outputs
0, A, 2
8, A, 2
26.5 to 31.6V DC
45mA DC or less
45mA DC or less
245mA DC or less
—
G on: Normal operation, R on: Communication error, R on and Orange (G+R) on alternating:
Slave has address = 0, R ﬂashing: Input power overload,
Off: AS-i power off
—
On/off: Input on/off
—
10V or more
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
On/off: 24V DC external power on/off
—
On/off: Output on/off
—
—
—
—
Built-in
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
18 to 27V (I 200mA)
200mA (Ta 25˚C)
160mA (Ta = 45˚C)
130mA (Ta = 60˚C)
—
—
10V or more
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
05
—
Via black AS-i ﬂat cable
20 to 30V DC
NPN transistor
PNP transistor
Approx. 1A
0.8V or less
Built-in
Built-in
Off
IP67 (with M12 connectors, slave mounting plate and AS-i cable, sold separately)
25˚C
−25 to +60˚C (no icing or no condensation)
−25 to +85˚C (no icing or no condensation)
—
Built-in
Via mounting plate
Contact discharge method: ±4kV
Aerial discharge method: ±8kV, IEC 61000-4-2 (Class B)
80MHz to 1000MHz, Electric ﬁeld strength: 10V/m, IEC61000-4-3 (Class A)
2kV (Class B)/1kV (Class A), IEC 61000-4-4
10 to 55Hz, 0.5mm one-way amplitude
10 to 55Hz, 1mm one-way amplitude
150m/s2 (18ms)
300m/s2 (11ms)
Approx. 115g (including mounting plate, approx. 35g, sold separately)
Can be done with an addressing unit (FL1HA-E) via an addressing cable (FX9Y002) connected
to the addressing jack on the front of the slave. Connecting the addressing cable to a slave will
disconnect the slave from the AS-i connection.
Notes: *1 The initial value of ID1 is 7 (variable from 0 to 7).
*2
If a sensor with power consumption of more than 200mA is connected to the sensor power supply of the slave, the overload and short-circuit protective
function will operate and the sensor power supply will be stopped even when 0.5ms has passed after the inrush current is generated. If a connected sensor
has a high inrush current, make sure that current consumption with a lapse of 0.5 ms after the inrush current is 200 mA or less.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/41
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Connector pin assignment
NPN model
Pin No. FM6D1-40XXN, 40XXNCM
FM6DB1-40XXN
Socket 1 1
Sensor power supply (+)
2
Signal input 2 (source)
3
Sensor power supply (–)
4
Signal input 1 (source)
FM6D1-04TNX
FM6DB1-03TNX
FM6D1-22TNN
External power supply +24V DC
Switch output 2 (sink)
Not connected
Switch output 1 (sink)
External power supply +24V DC
Switch output 2 (sink)
Not connected
Switch output 1 (sink)
Sensor power supply (+)
Signal input 2 (source)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 1 (source)
Socket 3 1
2
3
4
External power supply +24V DC
Switch output 4 (sink)
Not connected
Switch output 3 (sink)
External power supply +24V DC
Not connected
Not connected
Switch output 3 (sink)
External power supply +24V DC
Switch output 4 (sink)
Not connected
Switch output 3 (sink)
Socket 2 1
2
3
4
Sensor power supply (+)
Not connected
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 2 (source)
Sensor power supply (+)
Signal input 4 (source)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 3 (source)
Socket 4 1
2
3
4
Sensor power supply (+)
Not connected
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 4 (source)
PNP model
External power supply +24V DC
Not connected
Not connected
Switch output 2 (sink)
External power supply +24V DC
Not connected
Not connected
Switch output 4 (sink)
External power supply +24V DC
Not connected
Not connected
Switch output 2 (sink)
–
Sensor power supply (+)
Not connected
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 2 (source)
External power supply +24V DC
Not connected
Not connected
Switch output 4 (sink)
Pin No. FM6D1-40XXP, 40XXPCM
FM6DB1-40XXP
Socket 1 1
Sensor power supply (+)
2
Signal input 2 (sink)
3
Sensor power supply (–)
4
Signal input 1 (sink)
FM6D1-04TPX
FM6DB1-03TPX
FM6D1-22TPP
Not connected
Switch output 2 (source)
External power supply 0V
Switch output 1 (source)
Not connected
Switch output 2 (source)
External power supply 0V
Switch output 1 (source)
Sensor power supply (+)
Signal input 2 (sink)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 1 (sink)
Socket 3 1
2
3
4
Not connected
Switch output 4 (source)
External power supply 0V
witch output 3 (source)
Not connected
Not connected
External power supply 0V
witch output 3 (source)
Not connected
Switch output 4 (source)
External power supply 0V
Switch output 3 (source)
Socket 2 1
2
3
4
Sensor power supply (+)
Not connected
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 2 (sink)
Sensor power supply (+)
Signal input 4 (sink)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 3 (sink)
Socket 4 1
2
3
4
Sensor power supply (+)
Not connected
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 4 (sink)
Socket 1
Not connected
Not connected
External power supply 0V
Switch output 2 (source)
Not connected
Not connected
External power supply 0V
Switch output 2 (source)
Not connected
Not connected
External power supply 0V
Switch output 4 (source)
–
Sensor power supply (+)
Not connected
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 2 (sink)
Not connected
Not connected
External power supply 0V
Switch output 4 (source)
Socket 2
■ Termination of AS-i cable
• No terminating resistors are required
• Perform any of the following actions to prevent live parts from being exposed.
Socket 3
Where waterproof is not required
Logic
assignment
Data bit D1
Data bit D0
Data bit D1
Data bit D3
Data bit D2
Data bit D3
Logic
assignment
Data bit D1
Data bit D0
Data bit D1
Data bit D3
Data bit D2
Data bit D3
Where waterproof is required (IP65, IP67, etc.)
Socket 4
Addressing jack
Insert a rubber
spacer (supplied)
3
4
2
1
Pin No. (M12 socket)
The supplied rubber spacer is not water-resistant.
Attach a cable-end
piece (3RK1901-1MN00)
■ Precautions on wiring
• Care should be taken to avoid mis-wiring like reverse-wiring with regard to connection to
external power supply (24V DC).Products might be damaged or burnt out.
05/42
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Dimensions, mm
Actual slave
Mounting plate
FM6D1-40XXN, 40XXNCM, 40XXP, 40XXPCM
FM6D1-04TNX, 04TPX, 22TNN, 22TPP
FM6DB1-40XXN, 40XXP, 03TNX, 03TPX
Rail/screw dual mounting type
FM6B1-04FK, 04FE
Exclusive screw mounting type
FM6B2-04FK, 04FE
45
+
73
80
4
20
31
5
R2.25
14
45
3
33
45
4.5
8.7
2- 5
Connection pin
(except for FM6D1-40XXNCM,
40XXPCM)
9.6
EXT
POWER
ASi
ADDR
R2.25
80
80
66
R4.2
10
05
■ Mounting plate (sold separately)
Type (slave mounting Rail/screw dual mounting type
plate)
Screw mounting type
Applicable actual slave NPN model
PNP model
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Rated temperature
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Mass
FM6B1-04FK
FM6B2-04FK
FM6D1-40XXN, 40XXNCM, FM6DB1-40XXN
FM6D1-40XXP, 40XXPCM, FM6DB1-40XXP
IP67
25°C
−25 to +85°C (no icing or condensation)
−40 to +85°C (no icing or condensation)
Approx. 35g
■ Advantage of side-by-side installation
Although FM6D1-40XX or FM6DB1-40XX 4-input type
has a great advantage of communication cable branching,
side-by-side mounting is not possible where input slaves and
output slaves are positioned alternatively.
Type FM&D1-40XX CM, being capable of side-by-side
4-output
4-input
4-input
FM6B1-04FE
FM6B2-04FE
FM6D1-04TNX, 22TNN, FM6DB1-03TNX
FM6D1-04TPX, 22TPP, FM6DB1-03TPX
mounting, helps reduce mounting space.
With abundant lineups, both branch connection and side-byside mounting are allowed in our AS-i slaves.
4-input
4-input
4-input
FM6D1-40XX CM
Can be mounted with output
slaves side-by-side.
200
160
80
25 45
–20 0 20 40 60 80
Ambient temperature (˚C)
Supply current (mA)
Supply current (mA)
■ Current carrying capacity for all inputs (per slave)
• Standard slave
•A/B slave
200
160
130
25 45
–20 0 20 40 60
Ambient temperature (˚C)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/43
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Wiring diagrams
FM6D1-40XXN, -40XXNCM, FM6DB1-40XXN
Sensor
power
supply (+)
(D0)
Signal input 1
Socket 1
1
2
4
3
(D1)
Signal input 2
Brown
White
Black
Blue
No connection
where 4-wire
sensor is
connected to
socket 1
3
(D2)
Signal input 3
3
Short-circuit/
overload detection
circuit
(D3)
Signal input 4
4
4
3
3
3
Blue
3-wire sensor
2-wire sensor
4 Black
4
4
3
3
3
Blue
2-wire sensor
Contact
1 Brown
Blue
4 Black
4
4
3
3
3
Blue
3-wire sensor
4-wire sensor
No connection
where 4-wire
sensor is
connected to
socket 3
3
Contact
1 Brown
3-wire sensor
Brown
White
Black
Socket 4
1
2
4
Sensor
power
supply (-)
4 Black
4-wire sensor
Socket 2
1
2
4
Socket 3
1
2
4
1 Brown
2-wire sensor
Contact
1 Brown
4 Black
4
3
3
Blue
3-wire sensor
Pin No.
4
3
2-wire sensor
Contact
FM6D1-40XXP, -40XXPCM, FM6DB1-40XXP
Sensor
power
supply (+)
(D0)
Signal input 1
Socket 1
1
Brown
1Brown
1
1
2
4
White
Black
4 Black
4
4
3
Blue
4-wire sensor
Socket 2
1
(D1)
Signal input 2
No connection
where 4-wire
sensor is
connected to
socket 1
2
4
3
(D2)
Signal input 3
Short-circuit/
overload detection
circuit
Sensor
power
supply (-)
Contact
2-wire sensor
1
1
4 Black
4
4
3 Blue
3-wire sensor
2-wire sensor
Contact
Brown
1Brown
1
1
2
4
White
Black
4 Black
4
4
3
2
4
3
Pin No.
05/44
4-wire sensor
3-wire sensor
1Brown
Socket 3
1
Socket 4
1
(D3)
Signal input 4
3 Blue
Blue
3 Blue
4-wire sensor
No connection
where 4-wire
sensor is
connected to
socket 3
4-wire sensor
3-wire sensor
2-wire sensor
Contact
1Brown
1
1
4 Black
4
4
3 Blue
3-wire sensor
2-wire sensor
Contact
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Wiring diagrams
FM6D1-22TNN
Sensor
power
supply (+)
(D0)
Signal input 1
Socket 1
1 Brown
2 White
4 Black
3
Short-circuit/
overload detection
circuit
(D1)
Signal input 2
Sensor
power
supply (-)
Blue
Socket 2
1
2
4
3
External
power
supply + 24V DC
1 Brown
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
3-wire sensor
4-wire sensor
No connection
where 4-wire
sensor is
connected to
socket 1
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
3-wire sensor
1
1
2
4
2
4
3
Contact
4
Socket 3
(D2)
Switch output 3
2-wire sensor
1 Brown
Load
2-wire sensor
Contact
Load
Socket 4
05
1
(D3)
Switch output 4
External
power
supply 0V
2
4
3
Load
Pin No.
FM6D1-22TP
Sensor
power
supply (+)
Short-circuit/
overload detection
circuit
(D0)
Signal input 1
1 Brown
1
1
2 White
4 Black
4 Black
4
4
3
Blue
Socket 2
1
(D1)
Signal input 2
Sensor
power
supply (-)
External
power
supply + 24V DC
Socket 1
1 Brown
2
4
3
Blue
3-wire sensor
4-wire sensor
No connection
where 4-wire
sensor is
connected to
socket 1
Socket 3
1
(D2)
Switch output 3
1
4 Black
4
4
Blue
(D3)
Switch output 4
3-wire sensor
2
4
3
3
Load
Contact
1
3
2
4
2-wire sensor
1 Brown
4-wire sensor
Socket 4
1
External
power
supply 0V
3
2-wire sensor
Contact
Load
2
4
3
Pin No.
Load
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/45
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Wiring diagrams
FM6D1-04TNX
External
power
supply
+ 24V DC
(D0)
Switch output 1
FM6D1-04TPX
Socket 1
1
1
2
4
2
4
3 Load
External
power
supply
+ 24V DC
Load
Socket 1
1
(D0)
Switch output 1
Socket 2
1
(D1)
Switch output 2
(D2)
Switch output 3
(D1)
Switch output 2
3 Load
External
power
supply
0V
1
2
4
2
4
(D2)
Switch output 3
Load
2
4
(D3)
Switch output 4
3 Load
External
power
supply
0V
(D2)
Switch output 3
External
power
supply 0V
05/46
2
4
2
4
3
3
Load
2
4
3
Load
Pin No.
FM6DB1-03TPX
Socket 1
1
1
2
4
2
4
3 Load
External
power
supply
+ 24 V DC
Load
Socket 1
1
(D0)
Switch output 1
(D1)
Switch output 2
3 Load
3
Load
Load
2
4
3
Socket 3
1
1
2
4
4
Pin No.
2
4
Socket 2
1
2
4
3 Load
2
4
3
Socket 2
1
(D1)
Switch output 2
Load
2
4
Load
Socket 2
1
Pin No.
(D0)
Switch output 1
3
Load
Socket 1
1
FM6DB1-03TNX
External
power
supply
+ 24 V DC
3
3
Socket 3
1
Socket 4
1
(D3)
Switch output 4
2
4
Load
Socket 2
1
2
4
3 Load
2
4
Load
Socket 3
1
Load
(D2)
Switch output 3
External
power
supply 0V
2
4
4
3
3
Load
Pin No.
Load
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
Waterproof slave (Slim type), FM6D2 (Standard
slave)
■ Description
The IP67 structure provides excellent environmental
resistance. By allowing use outside the control panel, the
FM6D2 eliminates the need for a relay box and contributes
to downsizing. The FM6D2 is also more compact than
conventional slaves and reduces restrictions on installation.
• Actuators and sensors can be easily connected by singleaction M8 connectors (IEC 60947-5-2).
The depth is only 30mm, which is 15mm thinner than
conventional models, and the width is 25mm, which is 20mm
slimmer than conventional models.
• Screw mounting in both vertical and horizontal directions.
• Short-circuit protection is provided for the sensor power
supply and output circuit.
• Conforms to EC Directive
EMC Directive (No. 89/336/EEC); EN50081-1, EN61000-6-2
(EN50082-2).
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.0
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AF01-81
FM6D2-40XXN
AF01-80
FM6D2-04TNX
05
05/47
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
NPN model
PNP model
Slave type
Number of inputs/outputs
AS-Interface proﬁle (I/O, ID)
Operating voltage (in accordance. with AS-i speciﬁcation)
Current consumption
Slave only
Including sensors
LED indication
AS-i (G/R)
G: Green
R: Red
Y: Yellow
EXT POWER (G)
Input
IN1 to IN4 (or 2) (Y)
OUT1 to OUT4 (or 2) (Y)
NPN
On voltage (power supply (+) - Input)
Off voltage (power supply (+) - Input)
On current (sorurce)
Off current
PNP
On voltage (power supply (+) - Input)
Off voltage (power supply (+) - Input)
On current (sink)
Off current
FM6D2-40XXN
FM6D2-04TNX
FM6D2-22TNN
FM6D2-40XXP
FM6D2-04TPX
FM6D2-22TPP
Standard slave
4 inputs
4 outputs
2 inputs/2 outputs
0, 0
8, 0
3, 0
26.5 to 31.6V DC
45mA DC or less
45mA DC or less
45mA DC or less
205mA DC or less
—
205mA DC or less
G on: Normal operation, R on: Communication error, R on and Orange (G+R) on
alternating: Slave has address = 0, R ﬂashing: Input power overload, Off: AS-i
power off
—
On/off: Input on/off
—
10V or more
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
On/off: 24V DC external power on/off
—
On/off: Input on/off
On/off: Output on/off
On/off: Output on/off
—
10V or more
—
6V or less
—
Approx. 5mA
—
1.5mA or less
—
—
—
10V or more
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
Sensor power supply via
black AS-i cable
Short-circuit and overload protection
Sensor voltage range
Current carrying capacity for all inputs *
Built-in
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
160mA (Ta 25˚C)
130mA (Ta = 40˚C)
70mA (Ta = 70˚C)
Output
External power supply 24V DC
—
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Rated temperature
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Supply method of external power
Electrical protection for
Reverse polarity protection
AS-i connection
Electrostatic discharge resistance
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
CE marking
Mounting method
Mass
Addressing method
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise immunity
Burst noise
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-6)
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-27)
Low Voltage Directive (No.: 73/23/EEC)
EMC Directive (No.: 89/336/EEC)
Approval
Note: * If a sensor with power consumption of more than 200mA is connected
to the sensor power supply of the slave, the overload and short-circuit
protective function will operate and the sensor power supply will be
stopped even when 0.5ms has passed after the inrush current is
generated. If a connected sensor has a high inrush current, make sure
that current consumption with a lapse of 0.5 ms after the inrush current
is 200 mA or less.
10V or more
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
Built-in
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
160mA (Ta 25˚C)
130mA (Ta = 40˚C)
70mA (Ta = 70˚C)
Via M12 connector
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20 to 30V DC
NPN transistor
PNP transistor
Approx. 0.5A
0.8V or less
Built-in
Built-in
Off
Approx. 0.5A
0.8V or less
Built-in
Built-in
Off
IP67 (with M12 and M8 connectors)
25˚C
–25 to +70˚C (no icing or no condensation)
–25 to +85˚C (no icing or no condensation)
—
Supplied by M12 socket
Built-in
Contact discharge method: ±4kV, Aerial discharge method: ±8kV, IEC61000-4-2
(Class B)
80 to 1000MHz, Electric ﬁeld strength: 10V/m, IEC61000-4-3 (Class A)
2kV (Class B)/1kV (Class A), IEC61000-4-4
10 to 55Hz, 1mm one-way amplitude
300m/s2 (18ms)
—
EN50081-1, EN61000-6-2 (EN50082-2)
Screw mounting
Approx. 70g
15 times, After the 15th address, the slave keeps the last address (in accordance
with slave ASIC (SAP4.0) speciﬁcations).
CE
Current carrying capacity for all inputs
Supply current (mA)
Range of operating voltage
NPN model
PNP model
Current carrying capacity, per point
Voltage drop
Short-circuit protection
Inductive surge protection
Output status on communication error
—
—
—
—
160
130
70
0
–20
25
0 20 40 60 80
Ambient temperature (˚C)
05/48
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Connector pin assignment
NPN model
Socket 0
Socket 1
Socket 2
Socket 3
Socket 4
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
FM6D2-40XXN
AS-i (+)
Not connected
AS-i (–)
Not connected
FM6D2-04TNX
AS-i (+)
External power supply 0V
AS-i (–)
External power supply +24V DC
FM6D2-22TNN
AS-i (+)
External power supply 0V
AS-i (–)
External power supply +24V DC
1
3
4
Sensor power supply (+)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 2 (source)
External power supply +24V DC
Not connected
Switch output 2 (sink)
Sensor power supply (+)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 2 (source)
1
3
4
1
3
4
1
3
4
Sensor power supply (+)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 1 (source)
Sensor power supply (+)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 3 (source)
Sensor power supply (+)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 4 (source)
External power supply +24V DC
Not connected
Switch output 1 (sink)
Sensor power supply (+)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 1 (source)
External power supply +24V DC
Not connected
Switch output 3 (sink)
External power supply +24V DC
Not connected
Switch output 3 (sink)
External power supply +24V DC
Not connected
Switch output 4 (sink)
External power supply +24V DC
Not connected
Switch output 4 (sink)
Logic assignment
Data bit D0
Data bit D1
Data bit D2
Data bit D3
PNP model
Socket 0
Socket 1
Socket 2
Socket 3
Socket 4
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
FM6D2-40XXP
AS-i (+)
Not connected
AS-i (–)
Not connected
FM6D2-04TPX
AS-i (+)
External power supply 0V
AS-i (–)
External power supply +24V DC
FM6D2-22TPP
AS-i (+)
External power supply 0V
AS-i (–)
External power supply +24V DC
1
3
4
Sensor power supply (+)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 2 (sink)
Not connected
External power supply 0V
Switch output 2 (source)
Sensor power supply (+)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 2 (sink)
1
3
4
1
3
4
1
3
4
Sensor power supply (+)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 1 (sink)
Sensor power supply (+)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 3 (sink)
Sensor power supply (+)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 4 (sink)
Not connected
External power supply 0V
Switch output 1 (source)
Sensor power supply (+)
Sensor power supply (–)
Signal input 1 (sink)
Not connected
External power supply 0V
Switch output 3 (source)
Not connected
External power supply 0V
Switch output 3 (source)
Not connected
External power supply 0V
Switch output 4 (source)
Plug 0
Socket 1
Not connected
External power supply 0V
Switch output 4 (source)
Logic assignment
Data bit D0
Data bit D1
Data bit D2
Data bit D3
■ Dimensions, mm
FM6D2-40XXN, 04TNX, 22TNN
FM6D2-40XXP, 04TPX, 22TPP
30
25
Socket 2
Socket 3
Socket 4
80
90
80
2
EXT-PWR ASi
for AS-i communication cable/AS-i
1
external power cable
4
Pin No. (M12 plug)
3
4
1
for Input/output connector
3
Pin No. (M8 socket)
30
2- 4.5
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
2- 4.5
* For connecting AS-i cable, use the
SAC-4P-M12MS relaying cable (page 05/92)
to be inserted to the socket 0 (M12).
05/49
05
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Wiring diagrams
FM6D2-40XXN
Sensor
power
supply (+)
Socket 1
1
Brown
(D0)
Signal input 1
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
2-wire sensor
3-wire sensor
Socket 2
1
Brown
(D1)
Signal input 2
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
3-wire sensor
Socket 3
Brown
1
(D2)
Signal input 3
Short-circuit/
overload detection
circuit
Sensor
power
supply (-)
Contact
2-wire sensor
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
3-wire sensor
Socket 4
Brown
1
(D3)
Signal input 4
Contact
2-wire sensor
4
Black
4
3
Blue
3
Pin No.
3-wire sensor
Contact
4
3
Contact
2-wire sensor
FM6D2-40XXP
Sensor
power
supply (+)
(D0)
Signal input 1
(D1)
Signal input 2
(D2)
Signal input 3
Short-circuit/
overload detection
circuit
Sensor
power
supply (-)
05/50
(D3)
Signal input 4
Socket 1
1
Brown
1
1
Black
4
4
3-wire sensor
Socket 2
Brown
1
1
1
Black
4
4
3-wire sensor
Socket 3
Brown
1
1
1
Black
4
4
3-wire sensor
Socket 4
Brown
1
1
1
Black
4
4
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
Pin No.
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
3-wire sensor
2-wire sensor
Contact
2-wire sensor
Contact
Contact
2-wire sensor
2-wire sensor
Contact
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Wiring diagrams
FM6D2-22TNN
Sensor power
supply (+)
Socket 1
1
Brown
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
(D0)
Signal input 1
Short-circuit/
overload detection
circuit
Contact
Brown
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
(D1)
Signal input 2
Sensor power
supply (-)
2-wire sensor
3-wire sensor
Socket 2
1
Socket 3
2-wire sensor
3-wire sensor
Contact
1
External power
supply + 24 V DC
(D2)
Switch output 3
4
3
Load
Socket 4
05
1
(D3)
Switch output 4
External power
supply 0V
4
3
Load
Pin No.
FM6D2-22TPP
Sensor power
supply (+)
(D0)
Signal input 1
Short-circuit/
overload detection
circuit
(D1)
Signal input 2
Sensor power
supply (-)
Socket 1
1
Brown
1
1
4
Black
4
4
Socket 2
1
Brown
1
1
4
Black
4
4
3
3
Blue
2-wire sensor
3-wire sensor
Blue
3-wire sensor
2-wire sensor
Contact
Contact
Socket 3
1
External power
supply + 24 V DC
(D2)
Switch output 3
4
3
Socket 4
1
(D3)
Switch output 4
External power
supply 0V
Load
4
3
Pin No.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Load
05/51
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Wiring diagrams
FM6D2-04TNX
External power supply + 24V DC
(D0)
Switch output 1
FM6D2-04TPX
Socket 1
1
External power supply + 24V DC
(D0)
Switch output 1
4
3 Load
(D1)
Switch output 2
4
3 Load
External power supply 0V
4
3
Load
Socket 3
1
(D2)
Switch output 3
4
3 Load
4
3
Socket 4
1
(D3)
Switch output 4
Load
Socket 2
1
Socket 3
1
(D2)
Switch output 3
4
3
Socket 2
1
(D1)
Switch output 2
Socket 1
1
Load
Socket 4
1
(D3)
Switch output 4
4
3 Load
4
3
External power supply 0V
Pin No.
Load
Pin No.
■ Precautions on wiring
• Care should be taken to avoid mis-wiring like reverse-wiring
with regard to connection to external power supply (24V DC).
Products might be damaged or burnt out.
• Connection with external devices
A relaying cable or the like are necessary as shown below to
connect with this slave.
For details, refer to the User’s Manual, “Construction
Process” No. FEH705.
Relaying cable (male-female)
Branch
connector
05/52
Addressing unit
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
Analog slave, FM6A
■ Description
The FM6A is an analog slave that complies with the ASInterface speciﬁcation: Ver. 2.1 (Slave proﬁle: S7.3).
• The FM6A is a ﬂat and compact slave which is provided with
2 channels, similar to FM6D1.
• Mounting plates are available in two types :IEC rail/screw
dual mounting and exclusive screw mounting.
• The actual slave can be easily ﬁxed to the mounting plate
using one screw.
• Actuators and sensors can be easily connected by singleaction M12 connectors (IEC60947-5-2).
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.1
KK104-004
AF01-78
Actual slave
FM6A31-02
Mounting plate
FM6B1-04FK
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
Slave type
AS-i power
External power
LED indication
G: Green
R: Red
Operating voltage
(in accordance with AS-i
speciﬁcation)
Current consumption
Operating voltage
Current consumption
AS-i FAULT(G/R)
EXT POWER(G)
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Reference temperature
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Supply of method external power
Reverse polarity protection
Electrical protection
Electrostatic discharge
for AS-i connection
resistance
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise
immunity
Burst noise
Rail mounting(IEC 68-2-6)
Vibration resistance
Screw mounting(IEC 68-2-6)
Shock resistance
Rail mounting(IEC 68-2-27)
Screw mounting(IEC 68-2-27)
Mass
Addressing method
Approval
FM6A11-20
FM6A21-20
Analog slave
26.5 to 31.6V DC
FM6A51-20
FM6A31-02
FM6A41-02
05
Max. 50mA
24V DC (21.6 to 30V DC)
Max. 25mA + sensor Max. 25mA
Max. 40mA + output Max. 35mA + output
supply current
load current
load current
G on: Normal operation, R on: Communication error
R on and Orange (G+R) on alternating: Slave has address=0
R and G alternating on: Peripheral fault, R ﬂashing: Hardware major fault, Off: Power off
On/off: 24V auxiliary power on/off
IP67
25˚C
–20 to 60˚C (no icing or no condensation)
–25 to 85˚C (no icing or no condensation)
Via mounting plate
Built-in
Contact discharge method: ±4kV
Aerial discharge method: ±8kV, IEC 61000-4-2 (Class B)
80 to 1000MHz, Electric ﬁeld strength:10V/m, IEC 61000-4-3 (Class A)
2kV (Class B) / 1kV (Class A), IEC 61000-4-4
10 to 55Hz, 0.5mm one-way amplitude
10 to 55Hz, 1mm one-way amplitude
150m/s2 (11ms)
300m/s2 (18ms)
Approx. 120g (including mounting plate: Approx. 35g)
Can be done with an addressing unit (FL1HA-E) via an addressing cable (FX9Y002)
connected to the addressing jack on the front of the slave. Connecting the addressing
cable to a slave will disconnect the slave from the AS-i connection.
CE
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/53
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Input slave
Type (actual slave)
Mounting plate (sold separately)
AS-Interface proﬁle (I/O, ID, ID2)
Number of channel
Input range
(changed by a parameter.)
Input impedance
Current tolerance
Voltage tolerance
Supply to external sensor
Resolution
Overall accuracy (for full scale)
wiring
FM6A11-20
FM6A21-20
FM6B1-04FE (Rail/screw dual mounting type)
FM6B2-04FE (Screw mounting type)
7, 3, D
2
4 to 20mA
0 to 10V
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
250
100k
Max. 40mA
—
—
±25V
Max. 500mA (total of 2 channels)
16bit (0.49µA)
16bit (0.245mV)
±0.2% (25˚C)
4-wire(differential) / 2-wire 4-wire(differential)
FM6A51-20
Pt100: –200 to +850˚C
JPt100: –200 to +500˚C
—
—
—
—
16bit
4-wire
Output slave
Type (actual slave)
Mounting plate (sold separately)
AS-Interface proﬁle (I/O, ID, ID2)
Number of channel
Output range
(changed by a parameter.)
Load impedance
Output current
Output voltage
Resolution
Overall accuracy (for full scale)
Wiring
05/54
FM6A31-02
FM6A41-02
FM6B1-04FE (Rail/screw dual mounting type)
FM6B2-04FE (Screw mounting type)
7, 3, 5
2
4 to 20mA
0 to 10V
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
Max. 500 (Max. 0.1mH)
Min. 1k (Max. 0.1µF)
Max. 24mA
—
—
Max. 12V
12bit (6µA)
12bit (3mV)
±0.5% (–20 to 60˚C)
2-wire
2-wire
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Wirings
Current input slave
FM6A11-20
Pin assignment
2-wire sensor
1: L +24V
2: IN+
Parameter setting
3: GND
for 2-wire connection
4: IN–
1
5: N.C.
2
1
4
2
5
Voltage input slave
FM6A21-20
Pin assignment
4-wire sensor
1: L +24V
2: IN+
Supply from
3: GND
analog slave
4: IN–
5: N.C.
4-wire sensor
Supply from
analog slave
1
2
4
4
3
3
1
3
4
3
3
2-wire sensor
4-wire sensor
4-wire sensor
Parameter setting
for 4-wire connection
Supply from
external power supply
Supply from
external power supply
1
2
4
3
Current output slave
FM6A31-02
Pin assignment
1: OUT
2: N.C.
3: GND
4: N.C.
5: N.C.
short
1
1
2
2
4
4
3
short
3
Voltage output slave
FM6A41-02
Pin assignment
1: OUT
2: N.C.
3: GND
4: N.C.
5: N.C.
Wiring
2
1
3
1
4
2
5
2
4
2
5
1
05
short
Wiring
2
1
3
1
4
3
4
2
5
4
3
Resistance temperature sensor input slave
FM6A51-20
Pin assignment
1: Iconst+
2: IN+
3: Iconst–
4: IN–
5: N.C.
1
4
2
5
4-wire sensor
3-wire sensor
2-wire sensor
1
1
2
2
4
4
4
3
3
3
short
1
2
short
short
3
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/55
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Dimensions mm
Actual slave
Mounting plate
Rail/screw dual mounting type
FM6B1-04FE
45
Screw mounting type
FM6B2-04FE
+
R4.2
73
4
80
66
80
20
R2.25
80
FM6A11-20, FM6A21-20
FM6A51-20
FM6A31-02, FM6A41-02
2- 5
31
5
9.6
AUX
POWER
AS-i
FAULT
14
45
R2.25
3
33
45
4.5
8.7
ADDR
10
■ Connection conﬁguration
• The connection between this slave and AS-i cable (yellow
cable and black cable) employs insulation piercing
connection.
：Yellow cable (communication)
AS-i communication
power supply
：Black cable (external power supply)
：M12 connector
AS-i master
Current/
voltage
input slave
24V DC
External
power
supply
IN1
Sensor
Pt input
slave
Current/
voltage
output
slave
IN2
Sensor
OUT
Actuator
…
…
OUT
Actuator
IN1
Pt sensor
IN2
Pt sensor
External power supply is essential to use this slave.
Care shall be taken to avoid miswiring like reverse wiring.
■ Termination of AS-i cable
• No terminating resistors are reguired.
• For live parts exposure prevention, hide the AS-i cable end,
inserting the rubber spacer supplied with the mounting plate.
■ Precaution on wiring
• Care should be taken to avoid miswiring like reverse wiring
with regard to connection to external power supply (24V
DC). Products might be damaged or burnt out.
• The analog processor in this slave operates by 24V DC
external power supply. Excess noise to external power
supply may affect the accuracy. Connect the external power
cable to the external power supply separately installed from
noise generating devices.
05/56
■ Cautions on connecting external power supply
If voltage output type slaves or current output type slaves
are kept supplied with external power supply, not connected
with AS-i power supply, erroneous output prevention circuit
in analog slave will be activated, thus, a short-circuit in the
internal output circuit may result.
Turn on and off the AS-i power supply and external power
supply simultaneously. Failure may result.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
Dustproof slave (Flat type), FM4D/FM4DB
■ Description
The slave inclueds an actual slave and a top section which is
the slave cover. The IP40 (except aux. terminal-block) structure
shuts out dust to provide excellent environmental resistance.
By allowing use outside the control panel, in locations that do
not require water resistance, the slave eliminates the need for
relay boxes and contributes to downsizing.
• Flat, compact slaves can be installed in virtually any location.
• The slave can be easily connected to the AS-i ﬂat cable by
insulation piercing connection.
• Short-circuit protection and overload protection are provided
for the sensor power supply.
• Actuators and sensors can be easily connected by singleaction insulation displacement connectors.
• The 24V DC sensor power is supplied from the AS-i ﬂat
cable.
• The slave is addressed with an addressing jack located on
the side of the slave.
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.0, V2.1
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
FM4D-40XXN
KK01-265A
KK01-265A
FM4DB-40XXN
05
05/57
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Ratings and specifications
Type
NPN model
PNP model
Slave type
Number of inputs/outputs
AS-Interface profile (I/O, ID)
Operating voltage (in accordance. with AS-i specification)
Current
Slave only
consumption
Including sensors
LED indication
AS-i (G/R)
G: Green
R: Red
IN1 to IN4 (or 2) (Y)
Y: Yellow
OUT1 to OUT4 (or 2) (Y)
Input
NPN On voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
Off voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
On current (sorurce)
Off current
—
—
—
—
10V or more
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
Built-in
20 to 26.5V (I 160mA)
18 to 26.5V (I 200mA)
Current carrying capacity for all inputs 200mA (Ta 25˚C)
160mA (Ta = 45˚C)
110mA (Ta = 70˚C)
—
—
Built-in
20 to 26.5V (I 160mA)
18 to 26.5V (I 200mA)
200mA (Ta 25˚C)
160mA (Ta = 45˚C)
110mA (Ta = 70˚C)
External power supply 24V DC
Operating voltage range
NPN model
PNP model
Current carrying capacity, per point
Voltage drop
Inductive surge protection
Output status on communication error
Via black AS-i flat cable
20 to 30V DC
NPN transistor
—
Max. 200mA
1.5V or less
Built-in
Off
PNP
Sensor power
supply via AS-i
cable
Output *
On voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
Off voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
On current (sink)
Off current
FM4D-40XXN
FM4D-04TNX
FM4D-22TNN
FM4D-40XXP
—
FM4D-22TPP
Standard slave
4 inputs
4 outputs
2 inputs/2 outputs
0, 0
8, 0
3, 0
26.5 to 31.6V DC
45mA DC or less
45mA DC or less
45mA DC or less
245mA DC or less
—
245mA DC or less
G on: Normal operation, R on and Orange (G+R) on alternating: Slave has address = 0,
R on: Communication error, R flashing: Input power overload, Off: AS-i power off
On/off: Input on/off
—
On/off: Input on/off
—
On/off: output on/off
On/off: output on/off
10V or more
—
10V or more
6V or less
—
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
—
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
—
1.5mA or less
10V or more
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
Short-circuit and overload protection
Sensor voltage range
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Electrical protection Reverse polarity protection
for AS-i connection Electrostatic discharge resistance
Electromagnetic field noise immunity
Burst noise
Vibration resistance Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-6)
Shock resistance
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-27)
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Mass
Addressing method
(Addresses: between 1 and 31)
Approval
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Via black AS-i flat cable
20 to 30V DC
NPN transistor
PNP transistor
Max. 200mA
1.5V or less
Built-in
Off
–25 to +70˚C (no icing or no condensation)
–25 to +85˚C (no icing or no condensation)
35 to 85% RH (no condensation)
Built-in
Contact discharge method: ±4kV, Aerial discharge method: ±8kV,
IEC 61000-4-2 (Class A)
80 to 1000MHz, Electric field strength: 10V/m, IEC 61000-4-3 (Class A)
2kV (Class B)/1kV (Class A), IEC 61000-4-4
10 to 55Hz, double amplitude 1.5mm for 2 hours in each direction of X, Y, Z
500m/s2 for 3 times in each direction of X, Y, Z
IP40 (excluding terminal section)
Approx. 60g
Can be made with an addressing unit (FL1HA-E) via addressing cable (FX9Y002)
connected to the addressing jack on the side of the slave. Connecting the
addressing cable to a slave will disconnect the slave from the AS-Interface.
CE
Note: * Short-circuit protection is not built-in.
05/58
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
NPN model
Slave type
Number of inputs/outputs
AS-Interface proﬁle (I/O, ID, ID2) *1
Operating voltage (in accordance. with AS-i speciﬁcation)
Current consumption Slave only
Including sensors
LED indication
AS-i (G/R)
G: Green
R: Red
IN1 to IN4 (Y)
Y: Yellow
OUT1 to OUT3 (Y)
Input
NPN On voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
Off voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
On current (sorurce)
Off current
Sensor power supply
via AS-i cable
Short-circuit and overload protection
Sensor voltage range
Current carrying capacity for all inputs
Output *2
External power supply 24V DC
Operating voltage range
NPN model
Current carrying capacity, per point
Voltage drop
Inductive surge protection
Output status on communication error
Degree of protection (IEC60529)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Supply method of external power
Electrical protection
Reverse polarity protection
for AS-i connection
Electrostatic discharge resistance
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise immunity
Burst noise
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-6)
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-27)
Mass
Addressing method
(Addresses: between 1A (1B) and 31A (31B))
Approval
FM4DB-40XXN
FM4DB-03TNX
A/B slave
4 inputs
3 outputs
0, A, 0
8, A, 0
26.5 to 31.6V DC
45mA DC or less
45mA DC or less
245mA DC or less
—
G on: Power on, R on and Orange (G+R) on alternating: Slave has address = 0,
R on: Communication error, R ﬂashing: Input power overload, Off: AS-i power off
On/off: input on/off
—
—
On/off: output on/off
10V or more
—
6V or less
—
Approx. 5mA
—
1.5mA or less
—
Built-in
20 to 26.5V (I 160mA)
18 to 26.5V (I 200mA)
200mA (Ta 25˚C)
160mA (Ta = 45˚C)
130mA (Ta = 60˚C)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
05
—
Via black AS-i ﬂat cable
20 to 30V DC
NPN transistor
Max. 200mA
1.5V or less
Built-in
Off
IP40 (except terminal section)
–25 to +60˚C (no icing or no condensation)
–25 to +85˚C (no icing or no condensation)
35 to 85% RH (no condensation)
—
via external power supply terminal
Built-in
Contact discharge method: ±4kV, Aerial discharge method: ±8kV,
IEC 61000-4-2 (Class A)
80 to 1000MHz, Electric ﬁeld strength: 10V/m, IEC 61000-4-3 (Class A)
2kV (Class B)/1kV (Class A), IEC 61000-4-4
10 to 55Hz, double amplitude 1.5mm for 2 hours in each direction of X, Y, Z
500m/s2 for 3 times in each direction of X, Y, Z
Approx. 60g
Can be made with an addressing unit (FL1HA-E) via addressing cable
(FX9Y002) connected to the addressing jack on the side of the slave.
Connecting the addressing cable to a slave will disconnect the slave from the
AS-Interface.
CE
Notes: *1 The initial value of ID1 is 7 (variable from 0 to 7).
*2
Short-circuit protection is not built-in.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/59
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Wiring diagrams
FM4D-40XXN, FM4DB-40XXN
Socket 1
1
Brown
Sensor power supply (+)
(D0)
Signal input 1
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
2
3-wire sensor
Socket 2
Brown
1
(D1)
Signal input 2
2-wire sensor
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
2
2-wire sensor
3-wire sensor
Socket 3
1
Brown
(D2)
Signal input 3
(D3)
Signal input 4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
2
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
2
Pin No.
3-wire sensor
Socket 1
1
Brown
Sensor power supply (+)
(D0)
Signal input 1
2
4
3
Black
Blue
3-wire sensor
Socket 2
1
Brown
(D1)
Signal input 2
2
4
3
Black
Blue
3-wire sensor
Socket 3
1
Brown
(D2)
Signal input 3
2
4
3
Black
Blue
3-wire sensor
Socket 4
Brown
1
Short circuit/
overload
detection circuit
Sensor power supply (-)
05/60
(D3)
Signal input 4
Contact
2-wire sensor
4
Sensor power supply (-)
FM4D-40XXP
Contact
4
3-wire sensor
Socket 4
Brown
1
Short circuit/
overload
detection circuit
Contact
2
4
3
Pin No.
Black
Blue
3-wire sensor
2-wire sensor
Contact
1
1
4
4
Contact
2-wire sensor
1
1
4
4
2-wire sensor
Contact
1
1
4
4
Contact
2-wire sensor
1
1
4
4
2-wire sensor
Contact
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Wiring diagrams
FM4D-22TNN
Sensor
power
supply (+)
Short circuit/
overload
detection circuit
Connector 1
1
Brown
(D0)
Signal input 1
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
2
3-wire sensor
Connector 2
1
Brown
(D1)
Signal input 2
Sensor
power
supply (-)
External
power
supply
+ 24V DC
4
2-wire sensor
Contact
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
2
Connector 3
3-wire sensor
Contact
2-wire sensor
1
(D2)
Switch output 3
2
4
3
Load
Connector 4
05
1
(D3)
Switch output 4
External
power
supply 0V
2
4
3
Load
Pin No.
FM4D-22TPP
Sensor
power
supply (+)
Short-circuit/
overload
detection circuit
Sensor
power
supply (-)
External
power
supply
+ 24V DC
Connector 1
1
Brown
(D0)
Signal input 1
2
4
3
Black
Blue
3-wire sensor
Connector 2
1
Brown
(D1)
Signal input 2
2
4
3
Black
Blue
3-wire sensor
1
1
4
4
2-wire sensor
Contact
1
1
4
4
2-wire sensor
Contact
Connector 3
1
(D2)
Switch output 3
2
4
3
Connector 4
1
(D3)
Switch output 4
External
power
supply 0V
Load
2
4
3
Pin No.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Load
05/61
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Wiring diagrams
FM4D-04TNX
FM4DB-03TNX
Connector 1
1
External
power
supply
+ 24V DC
External
power
supply
+ 24V DV
2
4
(D0)
Switch output 1
3 Load
Connector 1
1
(D0)
Switch output 1
3 Load
Connector 2
1
Connector 2
1
2
4
(D1)
Switch output 2
(D1)
Switch output 2
3 Load
2
4
3 Load
Connector 3
1
Connector 3
1
2
4
(D2)
Switch output 3
2
4
(D2)
Switch output 3
3 Load
External
power
supply 0V
Connector 4
1
2
4
3 Load
2
4
(D3)
Switch output 4
3 Load
External
power
supply 0V
Pin No.
Data bit
FM4D-40XX
FM4D-22T
FM4D-04TNX
FM4DB-40XXN
FM4DB-03TNX
Pin number:
D0
Input 1
Input 1
Output 1
Input 1
Output 1
1 2 3 4
D1
Input 2
Input 2
Output 2
Input 2
Output 2
D2
Input 3
Output 1
Output 3
Input 3
Output 3
Applicable connector
• Manufacturer: Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.
• Type: QZ-61-H4SFUT1, T3 (applicable wire size: 0.08 to
0.2mm2)
• Type: QZ-61-H4SFUT2, T4 (applicable wire size: 0.3mm2)
D3
Input 4
Output 2
Output 4
Input 4
-
See page 05/92, "Connectors for dustproof slaves."
Connector
■ Current carrying capacity for all input (per slave)
• Standard slave
• A/B slave
200
160
110
0
–20
25 45
0 20 40 60 80
Ambient temperature (˚C)
05/62
Supply current (mA)
Supply current (mA)
200
160
130
25 45
0
–20 0 20 40 60
Ambient temperature (˚C)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Dimensions, mm
2- 4.2
19
10
42
50
AS-i cable
10
1.5
MAX.12.5
6.9
AS-i
Auxiliary terminal M3.5
(see the table below.)
4.3
Addressing jack
Input/output connector See page 05/92, "Connectors for dustproof slaves."
QZ-61-H4SFUT1, QZ-61-H4SFUT3 (0.08–0.2mm2)
QZ-61-H4SFUT2, QZ-61-H4SFUT4 (0.3mm2)
69
77
Input/output connector
Max.10.5
Slave type
Auxiliary terminal-block
FM4D-40XX
AS-i cable branch use
FM4DB-40XXN
FM4D-22T
External power supply +24V DC use
FM4D-04TNX
FM4DB-03TNX
05
■ Precautions on installation and wiring
Slave cover
A
Actual slave
AS-i cable
Addressing plug
50 to 60mm
10mm
Cabtire cables or robot
cables of 0.75 to 2.2 mm2
can be used.
• To connect the AS-i cable, tighten the screws (marked A)
until the slave cover and actual slave ﬁt together completely.
Operating the slave with the cover and actual slave not
completely ﬁt may result in poor contact.
• To connect the FM4D-22T
, FM4D-04TNX or FM4DB03TNX to output devices for load control, connect the +24V
DC external power supply to the auxiliary terminal. The
auxiliary terminal of the FM4D-40XX or FM4DB-40XXN is
for use with the AS-i cable branch terminal. Do not connect
an external power supply to it.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
• If a sensor with power consumption of more than 200mA
is connected to the sensor power supply of the slave, the
overload and short-circuit protective function will operate
and the sensor power supply will be stopped even when
0.5ms has passed after the inrush current is generated. If a
connected sensor has a high inrush current, make sure that
current consumption with a lapse of 0.5 ms after the inrush
current is 200 mA or less.
05/63
AS-Interface
Slaves
Dustproof slave (Slim type), FM4D1/FM4DB1
■ Description
While offering excellent IP40 environmental resistance, the
slave minimizes installation space with its vertical mounting
conﬁguration. By using the desired number of slaves closely
mounted, empty I/Os can be reduced and installation space
greatly decreased in comparison with the use of I/O units.
• The slim 17.5mm width contributes to space saving.
• The mounting plates are IEC rail/screw dual mounting type.
• The slave can be easily connected to the AS-Interface ﬂat
cables by insulation piercing connection.
• Short-circuit protection and overload protection are provided
for the sensor power supply.
• Actuators and sensors can be easily connected by singleaction insulation displacement connectors.
• The 24V DC sensor power is supplied from the AS-i ﬂat
cable.
• The slave is addressed with an addressing jack located on
the front of the slave.
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.0, V2.1
05/64
KK02-211A
FM4D1-40XXN
KK04-006
FM4DB1-40XXN
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
NPN model
Slave type
Number of inputs/outputs
AS-Interface proﬁle (I/O, ID)
Operating voltage (in accordance. with AS-i speciﬁcation)
Current consumption Slave only
Including sensors
LED indication
AS-i (G/R)
G: Green
R: Red
External power supply (G)
Y: Yellow
IN1 to IN4 (Y)
OUT1 to OUT4 (Y)
FM4D1-40XXN
FM4D1-04TNX
Standard slave
4 inputs (NPN)
4 outputs (NPN)
0, 0
8, 0
26.5 to 31.6V DC
45mA DC or less
45mA DC or less
205mA DC or less
—
G on: Power on, R on and Orange (G+R) on alternating: Slave has address = 0,
R on: Communication error, R ﬂashing: Input power overload, Off: AS-i power off
—
On: External power supply on
On/off: Input on/off
—
—
On/off: Output on/off
Sensor power supply
(per slave)
Built-in
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
160mA (Ta 25˚C)
130mA (Ta = 45˚C)
107.5mA (Ta = 60˚C)
Input
Output *
On Voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
Off voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
On current (sorurce)
Off current
Short-circuit and overload protection
Sensor voltage range
Current carrying capacity for all inputs
External power supply 24V DC
Operating voltage range
Type of output
Current carrying capacity
Voltage drop
Inductive surge protection
Output status on communication error
Degree of protection (IEC60529)
Reference temperature
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Electrical protection
Reverse polarity protection
for AS-i
Electrostatic discharge resistance
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise immunity
Burst noise
Rail mounting (IEC 68-2-6)
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-6)
Rail mounting (IEC 68-2-27)
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-27)
Mass
Addressing method
(Addresses: between 1 and 31)
Approval
Note: *Short-cuicuit protection is not built-in.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
10V or more
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
05
Via black AS-i ﬂat cable
20 to 30V DC
NPN transistor
200mA per point
1.5V or less
Built-in
Off
IP40 (with connectors' and jack's hinges closed)
25˚C
−25 to +60˚C (no icing or no condensation)
−25 to +85˚C (no icing or no condensation)
35 to 85% RH (no condensation)
Built-in
Contact discharge method: ±4kV, Aerial discharge method: ±8kV,
IEC61000-4-2 (Class A)
80 to 1000MHz, Electric ﬁeld strength: 10V/m, IEC61000-4-3 (Class A)
2kV (Class B) /1kV (Class A), IEC61000-4-4
10 to 55Hz, 0.5mm one-way amplitude
10 to 55Hz, 1mm one-way amplitude
150m/s2 (11ms)
300m/s2 (18ms)
Approx. 60g (including mounting plate)
Can be done with an addressing unit (FL1HA-E) via an addressing
cable (FX9Y002) connected to the addressing jack on the slave front.
Connecting the addressing cable to a slave will disconnect the slave from
the AS-Interface.
CE
05/65
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
NPN model
Slave type
Number of inputs/outputs
AS-Interface proﬁle (I/O, ID, ID2) *1
Operating voltage (in accordance. with AS-i speciﬁcation)
Current consumption Slave only
Including sensors
LED indication
AS-i (G/R)
G: Green
R: Red
Y: Yellow
IN1 to IN4 (Y)
Input
Sensor power supply
(per slave)
Output *2
OUT1 to OUT3 (Y)
On voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
Off voltage (Power supply (+) - Input)
On current (sorurce)
Off current
On/off: Input on/off
—
10V or more
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
—
On/off: Output on/off
—
—
—
—
External power supply 24V DC
Range of operating voltage
Type of output
Current carrying capacity, per point
Voltage drop
Inductive surge protection
Output status on communication error
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Via black AS-i ﬂat cable
20 to 30V DC
NPN transistor
Max. 200mA
1.5V or less
Built-in
Off
Short-circuit and overload protection
Sensor voltage range
Current carrying capacity for all inputs
Degree of protection (IEC60529)
Reference temperature
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Electrical protection
Reverse polarity protection
for AS-i
Electrostatic discharge resistance
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
FM4DB1-40XXN
FM4DB1-03TNX
A/B slave
4 inputs (NPN)
3 outputs (NPN)
0, A, 0
8, A, 0
26.5 to 31.6V DC
45mA DC or less
45mA DC or less
205mA DC or less
—
G on: Power on, R on and Orange (G+R) on alternating: Slave has
address = 0, R on: Communication error, R ﬂashing: Input power
overload, Off: AS-i power off
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise immunity
Burst noise
Rail mounting (IEC 68-2-6)
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-6)
Rail mounting (IEC 68-2-27)
Screw mounting (IEC 68-2-27)
Mass
Addressing method
(Addresses: between 1 and 31)
Approval
Built-in
20 to 27V (I 160mA)
160mA (Ta 25˚C)
130mA (Ta = 45˚C)
107.5mA (Ta = 60˚C)
—
—
—
IP40 (with connectors' and jack's hinges closed)
25˚C
−25 to +60˚C (no icing or no condensation)
−25 to +85˚C (no icing or no condensation)
35 to 85% RH (no condensation)
Built-in
Contact discharge method: ±4kV, Aerial discharge method: ±8kV,
IEC61000-4-2 (Class A)
80 to 1000MHz, Electric ﬁeld strength: 10V/m, IEC61000-4-3 (Class A)
2kV (Class B) /1kV (Class A), IEC61000-4-4
10 to 55Hz, 0.5mm one-way amplitude
10 to 55Hz, 1mm one-way amplitude
150m/s2 (11ms)
300m/s2 (18ms)
Approx. 60g (including mounting plate)
Can be done with an addressing unit (FL1HA-E) via an addressing
cable (FX9Y002) connected to the addressing jack on the slave front.
Connecting the addressing cable to a slave will disconnect the slave
from the AS-Interface.
CE
Notes: *1 The initial value of ID1 is 7 (variable from 0 to 7).
*2
Short-cuicuit protection is not built-in.
05/66
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Great space-saving effect
One 16-point I/O terminal
(using common extension bar)
Four FM4D1 slaves
Reducing
installation
space
IP20: Finger protection
Installation space reduced
to approx. 72%
Upgrading
protection level
IP40: Dustproof
Use 3-wire type sensors for further space-saving.
05
■ Wiring diagrams
FM4D1-40XXN, FM4DB1-40XXN
Sensor
power
supply (+)
Socket 1
1
Brown
(D0)
Signal input 1
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
2
3-wire sensor
Socket 2
1
Brown
(D1)
Signal input 2
2-wire sensor
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
2
3-wire sensor
Socket 3
1
Brown
(D2)
Signal input 3
Short circuit/
overload
detection circuit
Sensor
power
supply (-)
Contact
2-wire sensor
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
2
3-wire sensor
Socket 4
1
Brown
(D3)
Signal input 4
Contact
Contact
2-wire sensor
4
Black
4
4
3
Blue
3
3
2
Pin No.
3-wire sensor
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
2-wire sensor
Contact
05/67
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Wiring diagrams
FM4D1-04TNX
FM4DB1-03TNX
Connector 1
1
External
power
supply
+ 24V DC
External
power
supply
+ 24V DC
2
4
3 Load
(D0)
Switch output 1
Connector 1
1
(D0)
Switch output 1
Connector 2
1
Connector 2
1
2
4
3 Load
(D1)
Switch output 2
(D1)
Switch output 2
Connector 3
1
(D2)
Switch output 3
External
power
supply 0V
Connector 4
1
2
4
3 Load
2
4
3 Load
(D3)
Switch output 4
External
power
supply 0V
2
4
3 Load
Connector 3
1
2
4
3 Load
(D2)
Switch output 3
2
4
3 Load
Pin No.
Pin number:
Input 1
Output 1
Input 1
Output 1
D0
Input 2
Output 2
Input 2
Output 2
D1
Applicable connector (applicable wire size)
• Manufacturer: Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.
• Type: QZ-61-H4SFUT1, T3 (0.08 to 0.2mm2)
• Type: QZ-61-H4SFUT2, T4 (0.3mm2)
Input 3
Output 3
Input 3
Output 3
D2
See page 05/92, "Connectors for dustproof slaves."
Input 4
Output 4
Input 4
-
D3
FM4D1-40XXN FM4D1-04TNX FM4DB1-40XXN FM4DB1-03TNX Data bit
1
2
3
4
Connector
Where 2-wire DC sensor is used
• Unnecessary to connect to No. 1 pin. Connect brown wire
to No. 2 or No. 4 pin.
• The leakage current should be 1.5mA or less
■ Current carrying capacity for al inputs (per slave)
Supply current (mA)
200
160
130
100
25
0
–20
05/68
45
0
20
40
60
Ambient temperature (˚C)
80
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Dimensions, mm
Max.1
Panel drilling (for screw mounting)
2- 4.2 or M4
4.2
Max.10
(57.5)
43.5
AS-i
78
37.5
EXT PWR LED
(FM4D1-04TNX,
FM4DB1-03TNX)
AS-i cable
87
50
17.5
AS-i LED
15.7
14
IN/OUT LED
AS-i communication cable
Input/output
connector
IEC rail
10
Mounting
plate
M4
4
4
Actual slave
Input/output connector
QZ-61-H4SFUT1,T3 QZ-61-H4SFUT2, T4
See page 05/92, "Connectors for dustproof slaves."
■ Precautions on installation and wiring
• If a sensor with power consumption of more than 200mA
is connected to the sensor power supply of the slave, the
overload and short-circuit protective function will operate
and the sensor power supply will be stopped even when
0.5ms has passed after the inrush current is generated. If a
connected sensor has a high inrush current, make sure that
current consumption with a lapse of 0.5 ms after the inrush
current is 200 mA or less.
• Connect both the AS-i communication cable and the AS-i
external power cable to the FM4D1-04TNX slave. There
is no need to connect the AS-i external power cable to the
FM4D1-40XXN. (As the FM4D1-40XXN's actual slave has
no pins to pierce the AS-i external power cable, no problems
will result even if you ﬁx the actual slave to the mounting
plate while placing the AS-i external power cable on the
mounting plate.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
External power cable
(FM4D1-04TNX,
FM4DB1-03TNX)
Addressing jack
• Care should be taken to avoid miswiring like reversewiring with regard to connection to external power supply
(DC 24V).
Products might be damaged or burnt out.
05/69
05
AS-Interface
Slaves
Compact terminal-block type slave, FM2D1
■ Description
Compact terminal-block type slave with same size of RS4N,
6N relay-and-terminal modules
• Being capable of controlling 100V AC or 200V AC devices
that have been in great demand than ever.
• Four relay outputs
• Extreme compact slave as its size is same as RS-4N, 6N
relay-and-terminal modules.
• IEC rail/screw dual mounting type
• Four highly-reliable card relays of FUJI’s RB104-DE (250V
AC, 5A) are built in. Card relays are replaceable.
• Provided with IP20 terminal cover (ﬁnger protection) of IEC
standards
• The 24V DC power source of the card relays is supplied
from AS-i communications cable.
• The LED indicators show the I/O device’s operation status.
• The slave’s faulty will be indicated by LED indicator.
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.0
KK03-042
FM2D1-04RQX
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
Slave type
Number of inputs/outputs
AS-Interface proﬁle (I/O, ID)
Operating voltage (in accordance with AS-i speciﬁcation)
Current consumption
LED indication
AS-i
Output (per point)
OUT1 to OUT4 (Yellow)
Type of built-in relay
Contact arrangement
Contact resistance (before use)
Contact material
Minimum operating voltage and current
Rated continuous current
Max. making and breaking capacities
Operating time (at rated voltage)
Reset time (at rated voltage)
Insulation resistance (initial)
Dielectric strength
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Mechanical durability
Electrical durability
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
Operating temperature
Relative humidity
05/70
FM2D1-04RQX
Standard slave
4 outputs (Relay)
8.0
26.5 to 31.6V
Max. 60mA
Green on: Normal operation, Red on: Communication error,
Red on and Orange (Green+Red) on alternating: Slave has address=0,
Off: Power Off
On/off: Output on/off
RB104-DE (NO)
1NO x 4-output
30m or less
Ag alloy (Au-plated)
0.1V DC, 0.1mA
5A (In the case of side-by-side mounting, derate the current down to 3A or less)
250V AC 5A, 30V DC 5A
10ms or less
10ms or less
100M or more with 500V DC megger
Between same pole contacts: 750V AC, 1min
Between different pole contacts: 2000V AC, 1min
10 to 55Hz, duble amplitude 1mm for 2 hours in each direction of X, Y, Z
100m/s2 for 3 times in each direction of X, Y, Z
20 million operations or more
100000 operations: 220V AC (ind. load), Making 2A (pf 0.7),
Breaking 2A (pf 0.3 to 0.4)
130000 operations: 220V AC (resistive load), Making 3A (pf 1), Breaking 3A (pf 1)
150000 operations: 24V DC (ind. load), Making 1A (L/R 15ms),
Breaking 1A (L/R 15ms)
100000 operations: 24V DC (res. load), Making 5A (L/R 1ms or less),
Breaking 5A (L/R 1ms or less)
IP20
–25 to 55˚C (no icing or no condensation)
85% or less RH (no condensation)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations (continued)
Electrical
protection for AS-i
connection
Reverse polarity protection
Electrostatic discharge resistance
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise immunity
Burst noise
Mass
Addressing method
Assignment od data bits
Data bit D0
Data bit D1
Data bit D2
Data bit D3
Built-in
Contact discharge method: ±4kV
Aerial discharge method: ±8kV, IEC 61000-4-2 (Class B)
80 to 1000MHz, Electric ﬁeld strength: 10V/m, IEC61000-4-3 (Class A)
2kV (Class B)/1kV (Class A), IEC61000-4-4
Approx. 70g
Can be done with an addressing unit (FL1HA-E) via an addressing cable
(FX9Y002) connected to the addressing jack on the front of the slave.
Connecting the addressing cable to a slave will disconnect the slave from the
AS-i connection.
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
Output 4
■ Dimensions, mm
34
(35)
6.8
Terminal cover
3
■ Relay remover
Use the relay remover (type TY3) for
exchanging relays. Remove and insert relays
perpendicularity to the socket surface.
Diagonal removing or insertion may bend the
relay terminals or damage the sockets.
Panel drilling
2 - 4.2
(M3 - M4)
1
5
85
69
77
IEC rail
12
9
16
13
11
15
14 10
25
No.AF93-206
TY3 (RZ3A)
Addressing jack
Terminal screw M3.5 x 6.5
(Applicable cable size: 0.25 to 1.5mm2)
■ Wiring diagram
1
AS-i +
9
OUT 1
Load
13
10
OUT 2
Load
14
11
OUT 3
Load
15
12
Load
OUT 4
5
AS-i –
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
16
05/71
05
AS-Interface
Slaves
Terminal block type slave, FM1D
■ Description
The screw terminal connection of the FM1D slave helps to
reduce control panel wiring.
• Short-circuit protection and overload protection are provided
for the sensor power supply.
• IEC rail mounting
• The slave is addressed with an addressing jack located on
the front of the slave.
• Conforms to EC Directive (No. 89/336/EEC); EN50081-1,
EN50082-2.
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.0
AF99-102
FM1D-22TPP
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
Slave
Number of inputs/outputs
AS-Interface proﬁle (I/O, ID)
Operating voltage (in acc. with AS-Interface speciﬁcation)
Current consumption (including sensors)
LED indication
AS-i (G/R)
G: Green
R: Red
IN1, IN2 (Y)
OUT1, OUT2 (Y)
Y: Yellow
Input
On voltage
On current (sink)
Off current
FM1D-22TPP
FM1D-22RQP
Standard
2 inputs / 2 outputs (PNP)
2 inputs / 2 outputs (Relay)
3, 0
3, 0
26.5 to 31.6V DC
50mA DC or less
50mA DC or less
G on: Power on, R on and G alternating: slave has address = 0,
R on: failure, R ﬂashing: input power overload
On/off: input on/off
On/off: input on/off
On/off: output on/off
On/off: output on/off
10V or more
5mA or less
1.5mA or less
Sensor power supply
via AS-Interface
—
—
20 to 30V (I 25mA)
20 to 30V (I 25mA)
25mA (Ta 75˚C)
25mA (Ta 60˚C)
Electronics (PNP)
Relay contact
24V DC (20 to 30V)
230V AC
2A
6A
1.4A (24V DC)
1A (24V DC), 0.1A (230V DC)
—
3A (230V AC)
0.8V or less
—
200Hz
20Hz
2Hz
1Hz
Built-in
—
Built-in
—
Off
Off
−25 to +70˚C (no icing or no condensation) −25 to +60˚C (no icing or no condensation)
−40 to +85˚C (no icing or no condensation)
Built-in
Contact discharge method: ±4kV, Aerial discharge method: ±8kV,
IEC61000-4-2 (Class B)
80 to 1000MHz, Electric ﬁeld strength: 10V/m, IEC61000-4-3 (Class A)
4kV (Class B) /1kV (Class A), IEC61000-4-4
150m/s2 (11ms)
10 to 55Hz, 0.5mm one-way amplitude
Approx. 150g
Can be done with an addressing unit (FL1HA-E) via addressing
cable (FX9Y002) connected to the addressing jack on the slave front.
Connecting the addressing cable to a slave will disconnect the slave
from the AS-i connection.
15 times. After the 15th address, the slave keeps the last address (in
accordance with Slave ASIC (SAP4.0) speciﬁcations).
CE
Output (per point)
Short-circuit and overload protection
Sensor voltage range
Current carrying capacity for all inputs
Type of output
External power supply (range)
Current carrying
Average
capacity, per point Minimum (DC12/DC13)
Minimum (AC15)
Residual voltage
Response
Res. load
frequency
Ind. load
Short-circuit and inductive surge protection
Inductive surge protection
Output status on communication error
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Electrical protection
Reverse polarity protection
for AS-i connection
Electrostatic discharge resistance
Shock resistance
Vibration resistance
Mass
Addressing
Approval
05/72
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise immunity
Burst noise
IEC rail mounting (IEC68-2-27)
IEC rail mounting (IEC68-2-6)
Method
Number of times
(Addresses: between 1 and 31)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Terminal arrangement and logic assignment
1
4
7
2
3
5
6
8
9
10 11 12
Terminal
Symbol
FM1D-22TPP
No. Description
AS-i−
+
+
1
2
3
AS-i +
IN1
IN2
AS-i power supply (−)
Power supply IN (+)
Power supply IN (+)
4
5
6
L24+
OUT1
OUT2
AS-i power supply (+)
Signal IN 1 (current sink)
Signal IN 2 (current sink)
7
8
9
M24
−
−
10
11
12
Logic
assignment
External power supply 24V DC (+)
OUT 1 (current source)
Data bit D2
OUT 2 (current source)
Data bit D3
L24 +
OUT
(current source) OUT1,2
M24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
NC2
C2
NO2
10
11
12
AS-i power supply (−)
Power supply IN (+)
Power supply IN (+)
AS-i power supply (+)
Signal IN1 (current sink)
Signal IN2 (current sink)
NC contact OUT1
OUT common 1
NO contact OUT1
NC contact OUT2
OUT common 2
NO contact OUT2
Logic
assignment
Data bit D0
Data bit D1
Data bit D2
Data bit D2
Data bit D3
Data bit D3
FM1D-22RQP
AS-i +
Signal IN
(current sink) IN1,2
AS-i –
AS-i−
+
+
NC1
C1
NO1
External power supply 0V
OUT common (−)
OUT common (−)
Power supply IN (+) +
AS-i +
FM1D-22RQP
No. Description
AS-i +
IN1
IN2
Data bit D0
Data bit D1
■ Wiring diagrams
FM1D-22TPP
Terminal
Symbol
OUT common (–)
–
AS-i –
Power supply IN (+)
Signal IN
(current sink) IN1,2
OUT common C1,2
Sensor
05
+
NO contact OUT NO1,2
Sensor
Load
NC contact OUT NC1,2
Load
AS-i slave
AS-i slave
■ Dimensions, mm
FM1D-22TPP, FM1D-22RQP
30
86
22.5
102
82
62
5
60
IEC
35mm rail
Addressing jack
Type of cable
Cable size
Cable insertion length
Tightening torque
Solid wire or stranded wire
0.5 to 2.5mm2
7mm
0.5 to 0.6N•m
■ Precaution on wiring
Core should be taken to avoid miswiring like reverse-wiring
with regard to connection to external power supply (24V DC).
Products might be damaged or burnt out.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/73
AS-Interface
Slaves
AS-i motor starter slave, FE16D
■ Description
The FE16D slave incorporates a reversing motor starter for
up to 2.2kW, having a sturdy IP65 structure to make it suitable
for severe environmental conditions. The FE16D can be used
outside the control panel, thus helping to reduce the number of
relay boxes and the size of the panel.
• The starter slave can be easily connected to the ASInterface ﬂat cable by insulation piercing connectors.
• The power cable can be easily connected by a single-action
connector.
• A translucent door, which can be padlocked, simpliﬁes
addressing and resetting.
• Designed for versatile application, with a motor range of 0.1
to 2.2kW at 200V AC and a thermal overload relay range of 0.1
to 7A.
• AS-i speciﬁcation: V2.0
KK01-136A
FE16D-SJ13RGNE12
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
Built-on thermal overload relay: *
Motor capacity:
…20 to 25 (0.1 to 2.2kW)
Heat element:
…A to V (0.1-0.15A to 7.0-11.0A) at 200V AC
Slave type
Number of inputs/outputs
AS-Interface proﬁle (I/O, ID)
Operating voltage (in acc. with AS-Interface speciﬁcation)
Current consumption
AS-i
LED indication
G: Green
R: Red
EXT POWER
Y: Yellow
MOTOR
TRIP
Input
On voltage
Off voltage
On current
Off current
Built-in power supply via Short-circuit and overload protection
Voltage range (contact input)
AS-Interface
Current carrying capacity for allinputs
External power supply
Built-in magnet driving
Type of output
output
Current carrying capacity
Voltage drop
Short-circuit protection
Inductive surge protection
Output status on communication error
05/74
FE16D-SJ13RG E12
N: TR-0NZ716, E: TK-0NZ716
0.1kW 0.1-0.15A
0.15-0.24A
0.24-0.36A
0.36-0.54A
0.48-0.72A
0.2kW 0.64-0.96A
0.8-1.2A
0.95-1.45A
20
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
A
C
E
G
H
J
K
L
0.4kW 1.4-2.2A
1.7-2.6A
0.75kW 2.2-3.4A
2.8-4.2A
1.5kW 4.0-6.0A
5.0-8.0A
2.2kW 6.0-9.0A
7.0-11.0A
22
22
23
23
24
24
25
25
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
Standard slave
4 inputs /4 outputs (IN3, IN4, OUT3, OUT4: not in use)
7, F
26.5 to 31.6V DC
50mA DC or less
G on: normal communication, R on and Orange (G+R) on alternating: slave
has address = 0, R on: Communication error, Off: AS-i power off
G on/off: External power on/off
Y on/off: Magnetic contactor non-excited/excited
Y on/off: Thermal overload relay tripped/normal
10V or more
6V or less
Approx. 5mA
1.5mA or less
—
20 to 30V (I 25mA)
25mA (Ta 55˚C)
24V DC (20.4 to 28.8V)
PNP transistor
0.2A
1.5V or less
—
Built-in
Off
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations (Continued)
Magnetic motor
starter
Input signal
Main circuit rating
Built-in magnetic motor starter *
Auxiliary contact arrangement
Coli rated voltage (range)
Power consumption
Life expectancy (AC3)
TOR heat element
Output signal
Degree of protection (IEC60529)
Connector for power cable
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Connection of communication cable
External power supply method
Electrical protection Reverse polarity protection
Electrostatic discharge resistance
for AS-Interface
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise immunity
Burst noise
Shock resistance (IEC68-2-27)
Vibration resistance (IEC68-2-6)
Mass
Addressing method
Approval
200V AC, 10A
N: SJ-06WGRM reversing type or E: SJ-06WGRM/2E reversing type
2 x (1NO+2NC)
24V DC (85 to 120% of rated voltage)
1.4W
1 million (electrically), 10 million (mechanically)
16 types, see page 84
IN1: MC coil exciting status (data bit: D0) 0: Exciting (FWD/REV), 1: Non exciting
IN2: TOR operation (data bit: D1) 0: Normal 1: Trip
IN3: Not in use (data bit: D2)
IN4: Not in use (data bit: D3)
OUT1: Coil drive (FWD) (data bit: D0) 0: Off, 1: On
OUT2: Coil drive (REV) (data bit: D1) 0: Off, 1: On
OUT3: Not in use (D2)
OUT4: Not in use (D3)
IP65
See page 05/93 for recommended cables.
0 to +55˚C (no icing or no condensation)
−25 to +70˚C (no icing or no condensation)
Via yellow AS-i cable by piercing connector
Via black AS-i cable by piercing connector
Built-in
Contact discharge method: ±4kV, Aerial discharge method: ±8kV, IEC61000-4-2
(Class B)
80 to 1000MHz, Electric ﬁeld strength: 10V/m, IEC61000-4-3 (Class A)
2kV (Class B)/1kV (Class A), IEC61000-4-4
50m/s2 (11ms)
10 to 55Hz, 0.25mm one-way amplitude
Approx. 2.2kg (including mounting plate)
Can be made with an addressing unit (FL1HA-E) via addressing cable (FX9Y002)
connected to the addressing jack on the slave front. Connecting the addressing
cable to a slave will disconnect the slave from the AS-Interface.
CE
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/75
05
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Dimensions, mm
144
130
120
AS-i cable
(Yellow)
Tightening torque :
0.43 to 0.48 N•m
Use a JIS B 4609
(4.5 x 50) screwdriver
or equivalent
220
External power
supply cable
(Black)
External power supply indication
(EXT POWER)
Base
M4*
φ4
.5
AS-i power/error indication
Contactor operating
status indication
Thermal overload relay
operating indication (TRIP)
ACIN MOTOROUT ACOUT
143
M4*2
Addressing jack
Mounting screw
5
2
Panel drilling
36
*1
φ4
.5 * 1
73
1 piece
1 piece
1 piece
1 piece
5 piece
ACOUT connector
Han3A internal plug
1 piece
Metal cover
1 piece
M3 seal screw
1 piece
Cable sealing parts
1 piece
*See page 05/93 for recommended products
*1:Screw hole for mounting plate
*2:Used to mount actual slave on mounting plate
7.5*1
170
4.5*1
217
1 piece
1 piece
1 piece
1 piece
MOTOROUT connector
HanQ5/0 internal plug
Metal cover
M3 seal screw
Cable sealing parts
Plug-pin (male) 2.5mm2
using pin crimping tool
7
M4
*2
M4*2
ACIN connector
Han3A internal socket
Metal cover
M3 seal screw
Cable sealing parts
4.5
4-φ4.5
(Screw mounting)
■ Pin arrangement
ACIN
MOTOROUT
ACOUT
05/76
Pin No.
1
2
3
GND
1
2
3
4
5
GND
1
2
3
GND
Name
L1
L2
L3
GND
Aux. contact NO output
Aux. contact NO output
T1
T2
T3
GND
L1
L2
L3
GND
3
ACIN
1
1
2
3
2
4
MOTOROUT
5
1
2
3
ACOUT
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Internal circuit
• Type FE16D-SJ13RGNE12
• Type FE16D-SJ13RGEE12
ACIN
1
2
ACOUT
1
2
3
3
4
5
1
2
ACIN
3
MOTOROUT
■ How to ﬁt AS-i cable on mounting plate
• Place a yellow AS-i communication cable on the upper (AS-i)
side of the mounting plate.
• Place a black AS-i external power cable on the lower (EXT
POWER) side.
1
2
ACOUT
1
2
3
3
4
5
1
2
3
MOTOROUT
05
■ Cable termination
• When the starter slave has to be connected at the AS-i cable
end, remove the spacer from the mounting plate to attach it
to the cable end.
Never fail to attach the spacer to prevent foreign objects coming in.
The cables have polarity. Place correctly the cables to match the
cable's cross section and the groove of the mounting plate.
■ Precautions on wiring
• Care should be taken to avoid mis-wiring like reverse-wiring
with regard to connection to external power supply (24V
DC).
Products might be damaged or burnt out.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Attach a cable-end
piece
(3RK1901-1MN00)
Where waterproof is required (IP65, IP67, etc.)
05/77
AS-Interface
Slaves
Digital picking slave, FM4DP
■ Description
A multi-purpose slave with a 2-digit, 7-segment display and
illuminated pushbutton switch.
• An excellent user interface achieved with a dedicated FB
(function block) combining FUJI's PLC and MICREX-SX.
• Ideal for small- and medium-scale digital picking systems.
• A 2-core type made possible with AS-interface
communications, featuring two 7-segment displays and a
brightly illuminated pushbutton switch.
• Layout changes can be made using the AS-i's ﬂexible
wiring method without requiring manufacturer-authorized
engineers, thus contributing to a considerable reduction in
total costs during the customer's product life cycle.
• Like other slaves, advanced piercing technology is used for
AS-i cable connection, allowing the cable to be crimped and
connected with ease.
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations, with 7-segment display
FM4DP2
KK04-009
• The pushbutton switch has a positive clicking feel and
distinctive coloring.
• Features a connector port for adding limit switches.
• Conforms to AS-i speciﬁcations V2.0, V2.1.
FM4DP2-GR1G
FM4DP2-GR1R
FM4DP2-RR1R
FM4DP2-RR1G
FM4DP2-GR1GS
FM4DP2-GR1RS
FM4DP2-RR1RS
FM4DP2-RR1GS
Slave type
Standard
Green
Green
Red
Red
Display color 10's digit
1's digit
Red
Red
Red
Red
Pushbutton illuminated color
Green
Red
Red
Green
AS-i proﬁle (I/O, ID)
7, F
Control voltage (depending on AS-i speciﬁcations)
26.5 to 31.6V Supplied from AS-i line (with no external power supply required)
Current consumption
75mA max. (with "88" displayed on 7-segment indicator and illuminated pushbutton switch ON)
45mA max. (with 7-segment indicator and illuminated pushbutton switch turned OFF)
AS-i
Green LED ON: AS-i power supply turned ON (Normal operation)
Display
Red LED and orange (red mixed with green) LED lit alternately: address 0
Red LED ON: Communications error
Illuminated pushbutton switch
Illuminated color:
Illuminated color: Red (24mm dia.)
Illuminated color:
Green (24mm dia.)
Green (24mm dia.)
13 to 14mm (red)
13 to 14mm (red)
13 to 14mm (red)
7-segment 1's digit character height
10's digit character height
13 to 14mm (green) 13 to 14mm (green) 13 to 14mm (red)
Input signal
NO contact (illuminated pushbutton switch)
Output signal
• Illuminated pushbutton switch ON
• 7-segment-indicator (4-bit output from AS-i slave IC is processed in microcomputer and displayed)
Input *1
Output
Logic allocations
Type
Data bit
Type
Data bit
Illumination and spotlight *3 D0 to D3
Pushbutton switch
D0
and side connector *2
7-segment
D0 to D3
Degree of protection
IP40
Operation force
1.1 to 1.7N
Pushubutton switch
Durability
3,000,000 (at a switching speed of 3,600 times/h with a maximum operation force of 2N)
Control structure strength
Operating direction 30N (with no deformation of the control structure or operation errors)
Operating temperature range –10°C to +40°C
Temperature
Storage temperature range
–25°C to +70°C
Operating ambient humidity
35 to 85% (with no condensation)
Reverse polarity protection
Built in
Electrical protection
Electrostatic discharge resistance
Contact discharge method: ±4kV; Aerial discharge method: ±8kV; IEC61000-4-2 (Class A)
for AS-i connection
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise
80 to 1000MHz, electric ﬁeld strength: 10 V/m, IEC61000-4-3 (Class A)
Burst noise
2kV (Class B)/1kV (class A), IEC61000-4-4
Shock resistance
Screw mounting: 300 m/s2 (18 ms), IEC68-2-27
Vibration resistance
Screw mounting: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.0mm one-way amplitude, IEC68-2-6
Mounting pipe diameter
27 to 30mm dia.
Type
7-segment display
7-segment display with spotlight
Notes: *1 An input signal with a minimum duration of 150 ms is accepted normally. If the duration is less than 150 ms, the input will not always be accepted.
*2 The pushbutton switch and the two-pin connector on the side of the unit are connected in parallel. Two-pin connector is not provided with spotlight-integrated picking slaves.
*3 A illuminated pushbutton and spotlight are connected in series.
05/78
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations, with illuminated pushbutton
FM4DP0-001G
FM4DP0-001R
FM4DP0-001GS
FM4DP0-001RS
Slave type
A/B slave
AS-i proﬁle (I/O, ID, ID2)
7, A, F (The initial value of ID1 is 7, Variable from 0 to 7)
Control voltage (depending on AS-i speciﬁcations)
26.5 to 31.6V Supplied from AS-i line (with no external power supply required)
Current consumption
65mA max. (with illuminated pushbutton switch ON)
45mA max. (with illuminated pushbutton switch turned OFF)
AS-i
Green LED ON: AS-i power supply turned ON (Normal operation)
Display
Red LED and orange (red mixed with green) LED lit alternately: address 0
Red LED ON: Communications error
Illuminated pushbutton switch
Illuminated color: Green (24mm dia.)
Illuminated color: Red (24mm dia.)
Input signal
NO contact (illuminated pushbutton switch)
Output signal
• Illuminated pushbutton switch ON
Input
Output
Logic allocations
Type
Data bit
Type
Data bit
Illumination and spotlight *2 D1
Pushbutton switch
D0
and side connector *1
Degree of protection
IP40
Operation force
1.1 to 1.7N
Pushubutton switch
Durability
3,000,000 (at a switching speed of 3,600 times/h with a maximum operation force of 2N)
Control structure strength
Operating direction 30N (with no deformation of the control structure or operation errors)
Operating temperature range –10°C to +40°C
Temperature
Storage temperature range
–25°C to +70°C
Operating ambient humidity
35 to 85% (with no condensation)
Reverse polarity protection
Built in
Electrical protection
Electrostatic discharge resistance
Contact discharge method: ±4kV; Aerial discharge method: ±8kV; IEC61000-4-2 (Class A)
for AS-i connection
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise
80 to 1000MHz, electric ﬁeld strength: 10 V/m, IEC61000-4-3 (Class A)
Burst noise
2kV (Class B)/1kV (class A), IEC61000-4-4
Shock resistance
Screw mounting: 300 m/s2 (18 ms), IEC68-2-27
Vibration resistance
Screw mounting: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.0mm one-way amplitude, IEC68-2-6
Mounting pipe diameter
27 to 30mm dia.
Type
Illuminated pushbutton
Illuminated pushbutton with spotlight
Notes: *1 The pushbutton switch and the two-pin connector on the side of the unit are connected in parallel. Two-pin connector is not provided with spotlight-integrated
picking slaves.
*2 A illuminated pushbutton and spotlight are connected in series.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/79
05
AS-Interface
Slaves
■ Dimensions, mm
• 7-segment display
10.2
2
AS-i communications cable
130
30
4.6
18
8
Illuminated
pushbutton
5.5
Applicalle connector
IL-2S-S3L-(N)(JAE)
Connector
IL-2P-S3FP2-1(JAE)
Address setting jack
M4
(Tightening torque:
1 to 1.3N·m)
Max. 10.5
30
AS-i
A section with spotlight
A section
Panel drilling
(Base screw mounting)
Base
7.5
Spotlight
Unit
Pipe mounting
Secure with cable-tie (two points)
Available cable-tie: 4mm wide
22
50
Base
2- 4.2 or M4
• Illuminated pushbutton
130
30
2
AS-Interface
Illuminated Pushbutton
Indicator LED
AS-i communications cable
AS-i
Illuminated
pushbutton
■ System conﬁguration example
A single parts-rack management PLC can
control up to 248 7-segment displays.
Approximate 5,000 displays can be
controlled in an entire system.
Upstream PC
Ethernet
Main PLC
FL-net
••••••••
Parts rack management PLC
AS-i
05/80
Parts rack
Parts rack
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Slaves
FRN
C1S - AJ
Inverters connectable to AS-Interface Network
■ Overview
• Conformity with various power voltages worldwide
(1-phase 100V, 1-phase 200V, 3-phase 200V, 3-phase 400V)
• Applicable motor capacity
0.1kW to 3.7kW
• Easy setting, simple wiring
• Conformity with IP20
■ Functions
Input signal
4-bit input acceptable
Bitwise function allocation can be made by function code data
setting.
• Forward rotation, stop command
• Reverse rotation, stop command
• Alarm reset signal
• Multi-frequency selection
• Acceleration/deceleration time selection
• Coast-to-stop command
• Jogging operation
Any of the above functions is selectable.
Optimized functions best suited for traversing conveyance
High starting torque (150% or more)
Braking unit built-in (0.4kW or more)
Braking resistor built-in model (Semi-standard)
Trip-free operation (Current limiting function)
■ Model variation
Nominal applied
motor (kW)
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
Input power
3-phase 200V
Output signal
2-bit outputs can be issued.
Bitwise function allocation can be made by function code data
setting.
• Alarm output (for any fault)
• Running signal
• Frequency arrival signal
• Current limiting signal
• Motor overload early warning signal
• Low level current detection signal
Selective allocation from the functions above
Three types of function code data settings
Keypad
Remote keypad with data copy function (Option)
Inverter loader software
3-phase 400V
—
—
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
1-phase 200V
1-phase 100V
—
—
—
—
05/81
05
AS-Interface
Power supply
AS-i power supply, FP1
■ Description
The AS-i power supply provides electric power for slaves and
sensors through the AS-i communication line. This power
supply allows data and power transmission on one line. This
unit is also used to extend the transmission distance using the
repeaters.
• FP1AA has a wide range of rated input voltage 100 to 230V
AC.
• Overcurrent protective function is built-in.
• Conforms to the following EC Directives:
Low Voltage Directive (No.73/23/EEC): EN60950
EMC Directive (No. 89/336/EEC): EN50081-1, EN50082-2
• IEC rail mounting
KK01-242A
FP1AA-JNW072
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
Application
FP1AA-JNW072
AS-i communication
Rated input voltage
Operating voltage range
Rated frequency
Power dropout tolerance (at 100V AC)
Rated input current (100/200V AC)
Inrush current (230V AC)
Rated voltage
Output voltage
100 to 230V AC (continuous)
85 to 235V AC
50/60Hz (47 to 63Hz)
20ms or more
Approx. 1.9/1.0A
40A or less
30V DC for communication
Voltage stabilization
Ripple noise
Efﬁciency
Output power
Rated output current (current range)
Output short-circuit protection
Protection class (IEC536)
Secondary side insulation (EN60950)
Radio interference suppression (EN55011)
Degree of protection (IEC60529)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
AS-i cable connecting method
Shock resistance (IEC68-2-27)
Vibration resistance (IEC68-2-6)
Mass
Approvals
Note : Fuse not replaceable
Output current
(A)
*1
±2%
150mVP-P or less
80% or more
72W
2.4A (0 to 2.4A)
Current derating at 50˚C or more *1
Auto-reset
Class I
Yes (SELV: Safety-Extra Low Voltage)
Class B
IP20
−10 to +55˚C (no icing or no condensation)
−25 to +85˚C (no icing or no condensation)
Less than 90%RH (no condensation)
Spring-clamp terminal
150m/s2 (11ms)
10 to 55Hz, 0.5mm one-way amplitude
Approx. 700g
cUL (UL1950, CSA950), CE, TÜV
Current derating
2.4
1.68
05/82
0
-10
0
10
20
30
40
Ambient temperature
50 55 60
(˚C)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Power supply
■ Wiring diagrams
FP1AA-JNW072
Input
Primary side
L1
Secondary side
F1
N
Output
AS-i +
AS-i +
Line GND
AS-i –
AS-i –
* Fuse F1 not replaceable
■ Dimensions, mm
FP1AA-JNW072
Insulating plate
FP1AA-JNW072
7.5 7.5
L1
N
AC 100-230(85
AS-i
LineGND
AS-i
N
DC 30V 2.4A
AS-i +
AS-i +
60
LineGND
AS-i –
AS-i –
(2)
R3.3
8.6
19.4
12 16.75
Output terminals
45.51
104
114.11.5
Power
12.22 7.57.5 7.5 7.5
51.1
LED
(green)
253)V
1.9A
96.7
135.61
50/60Hz
L1
2.5
IEC35mm rail
9.75
05
Input terminals
Recommended stick terminal crimping tool: 206-204 (WAGO)
Terminal
*1
Input
Wire size *
0.08 to 2.5mm2
Wire insertion Tightening torque
length
5 to 6mm
— (Screwless terminal)
Output
0.08 to 2.5mm2
5 to 6mm
2
— (Screwless terminal)
*1 WAGO-made terminal 741-30 series or equivalent
*2 When a stick terminal is connected with the cramped electric wire, the
maximum wire size becomes one size smaller than the rated value.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Wire size (mm2)
0.25
0.5
0.75
1.0
1.5
2.08
Type of stick terminal Manufacturer
216-321
WAGO
Corporation
216-221
216-222
216-223
216-224
216-205
05/83
AS-Interface
Repeater and extender
Repeater and extender
■ Description
An FX9R031 repeater and FX9R032 extender can extend the
AS-i transmission distance by up to 100m respectively.
Up to 2 repeaters can be connected in series. The 2 lines
(segments) connected to a repeater are insulated and those
connected to an extender are not.
• The power supply status of the 2 lines connected to a
repeater is indicated on the repeater.
KAF99-107
FX9R031
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
Power supply
Power consumption from the AS-i cable
Insulation between AS-i LINE1 and LINE2
Indication
Cable extension length
Degree of protection (IEC60529)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Electrical protection for ASInterface
Shock resistance (IEC68-2-27)
Vibration resistance (IEC68-2-6)
Reverse polarity protection
Electrostatic discharge resistance
Electromagnetic ﬁeld noise immunity
Burst noise
Mounting method
Accessory
Mass
■ Connection example
Repeater
Since the two cables connected to a repeater R are isolated
each other, an AS-i power supply must be installed between
repeaters.
In one AS-i system, up to 2 repeaters can be connected in
series, and multiple repeaters in parallel.
The total maximum AS-i cable length is 100m that can be
connected to an AS-i power supply.
The AS-i transmission distance can be extended up to 300m if
up to 100m AS-i cable per segment is connected in series.
(Please consult with Fuji Electric FA when you intend to use 2
repeaters in series.)
Extender
No AS-i slaves and AS-i power supplies cannot be installed
between the AS-i master and extender E.
The cable length is max. 100m.
Extenders cannot be connected in parallel.
The total maximum AS-i cable length is 100m that can be
connected to an AS-i power supply.
The AS-i transmission distance can be extended up to 300m if
up to 100m AS-i cable per segment is connected in series.
(Please consult with Fuji Electric FA when you intend to use an
extender and repeater in series.)
05/84
Repeater
Extender
FX9R031
FX9R032
Supplied from AS-i line
Up to 100mA per AS-i line
Insulated
Not insulated
AS-i power supply LINE1 and LINE2: Green LED
100m (Total distance: up to 300m, Up to 100m, 1 extender only
using 2 repeaters in series)
IP67 (with mounting plate and cables)
0 to +60˚C (no icing or no condensation)
−40 to +70˚C (no icing or no condensation)
—
Contact discharge method: ±4kV, Aerial discharge method: ±8kV,
IEC61000-4-2 (Class B)
80 to 1000MHz, Electric ﬁeld strength: 10V/m, IEC61000-4-3 (Class A)
2kV (Class B)/1kV (Class A), IEC61000-4-4
300m/s2 (18ms) (screw mounting) / 150m/s2 (11ms) (rail mounting)
10 to 55Hz, 1mm (screw mounting) / 0.5mm one-way amplitude
(rail mounting)
Rail/screw dual mounting
Mounting plate
Approx. 200g (including mounting plate)
Max. 300m
Up to 100m
Up to 100m
PS
M
S LINE1 PS S
R
LINE2
LINE2
R
S LINE1 PS S
Up to 100m
S LINE1 LINE2 PS
R
S
S
Max. 300m
Up to 100m
M
LINE1
Up to 100m
E
PS
S
LINE2
S
LINE1
Up to 100m
R
PS
S
LINE2
R: AS-i repeater
E: AS-i extender
M: AS-i master
S: AS-i slave
(Total No. of slaves = Max. 62)
PS: AS-i power supply
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Repeater and extender
■ Dimensions, mm
Repeater FX9R031
Extender FX9R032
Dedicated mounting plate (supplied)
6
20.0
AS-i + (LINE1)
45.0
AF99-107
AF99-98
9.6
ISO 7045
M3.5 35 10-4.8
AS-i +
(LINE2)
80.0
66
80
66.0
5.3
31
9.6
45
27
25
31.0
AS-i – (LINE1)
AS-i – (LINE2)
05
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/85
AS-Interface
Addressing unit
Addressing unit, FL1HA-E
■ Description
Incorporates versatile new functions compatible with version 2.1.
• In addition to conventional address setting functions, this
unit makes it possible to read the addresses of slaves on the
AS-i line and the I/O data of the slaves.
• Address settings can be made for standard slaves and A/B
slaves.
• Address settings can be made for slaves provided with an
addressing jack (e.g., FM6D 1, FM4D, FM2D1, and FM1D
slaves) over an address setting conversion cable (FX9Y002).
FL1HA-E
FX9Y002
KK04-008
AF99-103
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Display
Control key
Degree of protection
Power supply
Secondary battery life
Battery charger
Adressing cable
AS-i speciﬁcations
FL1HA-E
0 to 40˚C
–20 to 40˚C
LCD
Flat key (Numeric 5-key pad)
IP20
Built-in secondary battery
Charging time: Approx. 14h (with
provided battery charger)
Addresses can be read or written
approximately 250 times with a full
charge.
If the battery is charged and
discharged for a maximum of 500
cycles, the number of possible
address reading and writing times will
be gradually reduced by the battery
memory effect.
■ Name of each part
M12 connection socket for
addressing cable
LCD
UP key
MODE key
DOWN key
PRG key
ADR key
Connection jack for
provided battery charger
Provided
FX9Y002 (sold separately)
Version 2.1 compatible
■ Control key functions
Key display
Function
PRG
MODE
Writes addresses to connected slaves.
Selects operating modes.
Selects and subtracts addresses or data.
Selects and adds address or data.
ADR
05/86
Reads the addresses of connected
slaves.
The power will be automatically
turned off if no operation is made for
approximately one minute or more.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Addressing unit
■ Address Setting Procedure (Address Setting Function)
(1) Connect a slave to the addressing unit.
(2) Press the ADR key to read the presently set address.
The value on the right-hand side is decimal. A standard
slave does not have any preﬁx, but A or B slaves have
the preﬁx A or B. When a slave is communicating with the
addressing unit, the small number on the lower part will
blink at approximately 0.5-second intervals.
(3) Press the UP or DOWN key to display the new address.
(4) Press the PRG key to register the new address.
■ Error display
Code Description
F1
Overloading or short-circuiting of
the communications power supply
provided from the unit.
F2
F3
Slave
F4
F5
FX9Y002
Addressing cable
Addressing unit
F6
F7
F8
Conﬁguration 1 Conﬁguration 2
—
The slave is disconnected, the
slave is not connected properly, or
a failure occurred in reading the
slave.
An error occurred in writing the
address or ID code 1.
An error occurred in an address
setting. (An attempt was made to
write a duplicated address.)
An error occurred in an address
setting. (The same address is
already in use.)
An error occurred in a settings
change. (A slave with address 0 is
connected.)
—
—
—
—
—
05
An error occurred in a standard
slave setting. (An attempt was
made to write an A/B slave address,
e.g., 01A or 01B, to a standard
slave.)
An error occurred in an A/B slave
setting. (An attempt was made to
write a standard slave address, e.g.,
01 or 02, to an A/B slave.)
The response signal from the slave
was not received correctly.
The secondary battery needs
charging.
AS -i power supply
Slave
Addressing unit
Configulation 1
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Slave
Addressing unit
Configulation 2
05/87
AS-Interface
Addressing unit
When this function is selected, the default value (F) will
be displayed. Set the value (hexadecimal) with the UP or
DOWN keys and press the PRG key. The parameter will
then be sent to the slave once. By pressing the ADR key at
this time, the last parameter written can be checked. After
the slave is connected, the slave will operate according to
the parameter as long as this function is operating. Once the
slave is disconnected or another function is selected, the
currently set parameter will be lost.
DATA
Reads input data and writes output data.
Check that the address of the slave is other than 0 before
selecting this function.
The function transfers data while the ADR or PRG key is
pressed. With this function selected, input data will be read
once and displayed in hexadecimal. While the ADR key is
pressed, the data of the slave will be read continuously.
When the ADR key is released, communication with the
slave will stop. Set the value (hexadecimal) with the UP or
DOWN keys and PRG key when writing output data. The
data will then be transferred once. The data will be output to
the slave continuously while the PRG key is pressed. When
the ADR key is released, communication with the slave will
stop.
05/88
80
34
30
54
42.5
214
5
Name Function
ID
Reads the ID code.
Reads and writes ID code 1 (for version 2.1 compatible
ID1
models only).
Set the value with the UP or DOWN keys and press the PRG
key to overwrite the ID code.
ID2
Reads ID code 2 (for version 2.1 compatible models only).
IO
Reads the IO code.
PERI Peripheral fault ﬂag indication (for version 2.1 compatible
models only).
If a slave is using this option ﬂag, there will be no error while
0 is displayed. The display will change to 1 if an error occurs.
PARA Displays and writes parameters.
Check that the address of the slave is other than 0 before
selecting this function.
■ Dimensions, mm
155
■ Other functions
Press the ADR key to turn on the power ﬁrst. Then press the
MODE key to select the following functions. Use the PARA and
DATA functions only in functional tests for slaves.
■ Precautions
• A system error may occur when overwriting an address,
parameter, data, or ID code 1, which could result in
equipment damage or physical harm. Conﬁrm the safety of
any change before making it.
• Use the provided battery charger to charge the secondary
battery. Approximately 14 hours is required to fully charge
the battery.
• If the automatic address setting function is used, make sure
that the previous ID code 1 value remains after the slave is
changed. Automatic address settings will not be made if the
ID code 1 value is different.
• Operation using the PARA and DATA functions imposes a
heavy load on the secondary battery. The continuous use
of these functions will quickly deplete the voltage of the
secondary battery.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Accessories
■ AS-i accessories
M12 branch connector
Type
3RX9801-0AA00
• Adapts ﬂat AS-i cable to round cable.
• Connection of AS-i cable by piercing
3
4
2
1
Pin
No.
1
Communications External
cable
power cable
AS-i +
+ 24V
3
AS-i -
2
AF97-580
Waterproof cap
4
NC
NC
NC
NC
30
40
0V
4.5
10
Description
3RK1901-1KA00
5.5
KK05-001
13.5
3
• Used to cover unused sockets of the waterproof slaves to
satisfy IP67.
φ14
25
• Minimum order quantity: 10 pieces
M12×1
Gasket Pg11 for AS-i cable
3RX9805-0AA00
• For insertion in Pg11 screwed glands
• Minimum order quantity: 10 pieces
10
8.5
4
AF97-580
05
14
Cable-end piece
3RK1901-1MN00
• Used when degree of protection IP67 is required.
• Minimum order quantity: 10 pieces
KK04-096
■ Output type of Fuji's FA sensor
Output
DC supply 3-wire
NPN output
Description
Inductive type proximity switch
Photoelectric proximity switch
DC supply 3-wire
PNP output
Inductive type proximity switch
DC supply 2-wire
Inductive type proximity switch
Contact output
Magnetically operated type
Photoelectric proximity switch
Limit switch
Type
Cylindrical type: PE1-C D, PE2-C
Square type: PE-B D
Flat type: PE-T D
Slot type: PE-U12D, PE-U25NT
Compact square type: PE1B2P-D
D
Cylindrical type: PE1-C S, PE2-C
Square type: PE-B S
Flat type: PE-T S
All types
AC/DC input type: PH4C All types
, PE2C-C
Optical ﬁber, ampliﬁer built-in type: PH21A -P
Ampliﬁer built-in type: PH1C - , PH8AUCylindrical type: PE1-C Q, PE2-C Q
Square type: PE-B Q
Flat type: PE-T Q
N
S
Note: FA sensors with pre-wired connector are also available for connecting with waterproof slaves.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/89
AS-Interface
Accessories
■ AS-i accessories (Manufacturer: Siemens)
Description
Type
Input voltage: 120/230V AC
Output voltage: 30V DC
Output current: 4A
OK
AS-i power supply
6EP1354-1AL01
SIEMENS
BITOP
Power AS-i
KK04-094
AS-i analyzer
Extension plug
36
125
VOLTAGE
BELECTOR
6EP1354-1AL01
200
135
3RK1904-3AB00
Monitors and traces the AS-i network communications to reduce
maintenance and analyzing cost greatly.
3RK1901-MX00
Doubling of the cable length per AS-i segment from 100 to 200 meters
Note:The AS-Interface Standard stipulates that the cable length per segment be
max. 100m. It is recommended that you analyze your system with an AS-i
analyzer after you made system configuration.
20
M12×1
LED
10
45
4-Input / 3-output PNP,
A/B slave, Y-II assignment
For wall mounting
3RK1400-1CQ00-0AA3
152
4-Input / 4-output PNP,
Standard slave, Standard assignment
K60 mounting plate
3RK2400-1FQ03-0AA3
31
29
60
φ4.5
K60 compact module
5
3RK1901-0CA00
60
152
34
9
3RK1901-0CB00
33
39
05/90
4.5
73
For rail mounting
10
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Accessories
AS-Interface cables Siemens bland, 3RX90
■ Description
The AS-i cable is a two-core cable specially designed to
connect AS-i devices. The yellow AS-i cable supplies 30V DC
power to sensors and transfers data. The black AS-i cable can
be used for 24V DC actuators (e.g., solenoid valves).
• A trapezoidal cross section is adopted to prevent polarity
reversal.
• Three kinds of cable are available to suit environmental
conditions: general-purpose (EPDM) and oil-tight (TPE,
PUR) use.
• The connection uses the insulation piercing technology.
insulation piercing connection.
• The cable’s insulation recovers after the connected slaves
are detached.
AF97-579
3RX9010-0AA00 (Yellow)
3RX9020-0AA00 (Black)
■ Ratings and speciﬁcations
Type
Application
Environmental condition
Cable color
Cable sheath material
(DIN VDE 0207)
Sheath color of core
Core cross-section
(DIN VDE 0295)
Cable length per packing
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Smallest permissible bending
radius (DIN VDE 0298 Part 300)
Bending performance
(DIN VDE 0472 Part 603)
Behavior in ﬁre (DIN VDE
0472 Part 804 test B)
Halogen free
Ozone and weather
resistance
Oil resistance
Water soluble cutting ﬂuid
resistance
Approval
3RX9010-0AA00 3RX9013-0AA00 3RX9015-0AA00 3RX9020-0AA00 3RX9023-0AA00 3RX9025-0AA00
AS-i communications, 30V DC
24V DC external power supply
General-purpose Oil-tight use
General-purpose Oil-tight use
use
use
Yellow
Black
Ethylene
Thermoplastic
Polyurethane
Ethylene
Thermoplastic
Polyurethane
Propylene
Elastomers (TPE) (PUR)
Propylene
Elastomers (TPE) (PUR)
Diene Monomer
Diene Monomer
(EPDM)
(EPDM)
Brown (AS-i (+)), Blue (AS-i (–))
2 x 1.5mm2
100m roll
–25 to +85˚C
–30 to +105˚C
–40 to +85˚C
–40 to +105˚C
Fixed installed: 12mm
Freely movable: 24mm
Brown (24V DC (+)), Blue (0V)
2 x 1.5mm2
–20 to +90˚C
–40 to +90˚C
No break after 30,000 back and forward movements
100m roll
–25 to +85˚C
–30 to +105˚C
–40 to +85˚C
–40 to +105˚C
Fixed installed: 12mm
Freely movable: 24mm
–20 to +90˚C
–40 to +90˚C
No break after 30,000 back and forward movements
Flammable
Flame-resistant
Flammable
Flame-resistant
Yes
Non-resisting
Halogen material contained
Resisting
Yes
Non-resisting
Halogen material contained
Resisting
Non-resisting
Resisting
Resisting
Non-resisting
Non-resisting
Resisting
Resisting
Non-resisting
—
UL1581, UL758 CSA22.2 —
cUL No.210.2
—
UL1581, UL758 CSA22.2 —
cUL No.210.2
Resisting
Resisting
■ Dimensions, mm
10
2.5
4
0.5
Blue (–)
3.6
6.5
Brown (+)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/91
05
AS-Interface
Related products
■ Connectors for waterproof slaves
Description
M12 connector
(straight)
Type
Screw connector
KK02-196A
Insulation
displacement
connector
Screw connector
M12 connector
(L-shaped)
Screw connector
Screw connector
M8 connector
(straight)
Soldering
M8 waterproof cap —
SACC-M12MS-4CON-PG7-M 4 to 6mm
0.25 to 0.75mm2
Phoenix Contact
SACC-M12MS-4QO-0.75-M
Phoenix Contact
SACC-M12MS-4QO-0.34-M
KK02-174
RSC4/7
KK02-173
KK02-194A
KK02-172
KK02-197A
■ Connectors for dustproof slaves
Description
KK02-176
Branch
connector
Lumberg
Phoenix Contact
RSCW4/7
3 to 6.5mm
0.75mm2
Lumberg
SACC-M8MS-3CON-M
3.5 to 5mm
0.25mm2
Phoenix Contact
PROT M8
—
Phoenix Contact
Applicable cable
cross-section
QZ-61-H4SFUT1#10 0.08 to 0.2mm2
QZ-61-H4SFUT3#10
QZ-61-H4SFUT2#10 0.3mm2
QZ-61-H4SFUT4#10
Type
SAC-4P-M12MS/1.5-PUR/M12FS
Straight (female) + straight (male)
Cable length: 1.5m
Connector color
Manufacturer
Light blue
Light green
Blue
Green
Honda Tsushin
Kogyo
Manufacturer
Phoenix Contact
SAC-4P-M12MS/1.0-PUR/M12MS
Straight (male) + straight (male)
Cable length: 1m
2 cables
1 cable
3.5 to 6
0.14 to 0.34mm2
3 to 6.5mm
0.75mm2
SACC-M12MR-4CON-PG7-M 4 to 6mm
0.25 to 0.75mm2
■ Others
Relaying cable
4 to 7.5mm
0.34 to 0.75mm2
Type
Insulation displacement connector
Connectors for
dustproof slaves
Description
Applicable cable
Manufacturer
Diameter
Condactor cross-section
KK02-221A
0911 ANC 101
Lumberg
0911 ANC 408
Lumberg
KK02-222A
Please contact Fuji's Distributors for the purchase of connectors, etc.
05/92
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Related products
■ Connectors for FE16D AS-i motor starter slave
Description
ACIN use
Type
09200032711
Han3A internal
socket, female
Applicable cable
diameter in mm
6.5 to 12
Manufacturer
Harting
KK02-201A
09200031440
Metal cover, top
KK02-202A
09200009918
Seal screw (M3)
KK02-203A
09000005013
Cable sealing parts
(metal nut)
MOTOROUT use
HanQ5/0 internal
socket, male
KK02-204A
09120053001
6.5 to 12
05
KK02-205A
09200031440
Metal cover, top
KK02-202A
09200009918
Seal screw (M3)
KK02-203A
Cable sealing
parts (metal nut)
09000005013
KK02-204A
09330006102
Plug pin, male
(2.5mm2)
KK02-203A
ACOUT use
09200032611
Han3A internal
socket, male
KK02-206A
Metal cover, top
6.5 to 12
09200031440
KK02-202A
09200009918
Seal screw (M3)
KK02-203A
Cable sealing
parts (metal nut)
09000005013
KK02-204A
Waterproof cover Metal cover internal
element socket
09000035425
—
KK02-207A
Crimping tool
09990000021
Crimping pliers
(for plug pins)
KK02-200A
Please contact Fuji's Distributors for the purchase of connectors, etc.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/93
AS-Interface
Related products
AS-i conformed signal tower
■ Description
AS-i-compatible multi-layer signal light for open ﬁeld networks
• Connects directly to existing AS-interfaces where sensors
and switches are connected, thus eliminating the need for
the use of dedicated I/O terminals.
• A ﬂexible connection method ensures easy wiring during
installation or modiﬁcation and provides a variety of wirereducing effects.
• The AS-i power supply type is driven by a power supply
and data communications signals through a special AS-i
two-core parallel ﬂat cable (yellow). This type is suitable for
small-scale installations and equipment.
• In comparatively large-scale installations, where a large
number of devices are connected via AS-i, the power
requirement may exceed the capacity of the AS-i power
supply. In such cases, the auxiliary power supply type is
ideal for providing power (24V DC) to the display and buzzer
blocks from an external power source.
• Address settings are written to the internal EEPROM through
a dedicated addressing unit (sold separately).
• In order to turn on signals, devices such as a PLC-mounted
AS-i master, ASI power supply, and gateway connectable to
the host network are necessary.
• Fixed output bits correspond to the respective unit colors,
thus keeping the light colors unchanged regardless of
changes in the color arrangement.
• An integrated electronic buzzer (in the B type) that is gentle
to the ear provides a repetitive single-tone beep (85dB at
1m). The sound volume is adjustable in a wide range.
• In order to operate network-compatible products, networksupporting devices, such as a controller and accessories are
required.
■ AS-i Connection Concept
Double-reﬂection system
Steady brightness is ensured
by the unique double-reﬂection
structure, a lens-cut
globe, and ultrahigh intensity
LED unit.
Mounting bracket
SZ-012
(Included with polemounting type)
■ Dimensions, mm
Direct mounting
LE-E3P
LE-E3BP
Pole mounting
Mounting bracket
Pole hole
φ50
32
30
Sensor
2-φ9
265
Switch
3
44.5
57
20 27
LHE-A3
265
AS-imaster
φ17.3
φ50
LE-E3
LHE-E3
WEP-E3
LE-E3W
LE-E3BW
3-M3
External power cable
A variety of devices and signal lights can be connected to the
same cable.
The LHE type is controlled with the AS-i power supply only.
Other types require an external power supply.
■ Optional accessories
Mounting bracket
SZ-011
Aluminum die-cast
Silver colored coating
05/94
Mounting bracket
SZ-014
Copper plate
Light gray coating
Approx. 90
Approx. 1500
12
0˚
φ17.3
0˚
24VDC
AS-i communication cable
Max. mounting
panel
thickness 5
M17×P1.5
Approx. 90
Approx. 1200
Cable color
Brown
Blue
White
Black
Front Mounting
hole
3-φ4
12
AS-i external
power supply
I/O terminal
33
AS-i
power supply
Mounting surface
Volume control
for buzzer
12.5
Sensor
254
PLC
Name plate
φ30
Wire entry
hole φ13
The buzzer sound is most
audible from the front direction.
AS-i +
AS-i EXternal power supply 24V DC
EXternal power supply 0V
• An M12 plug and branch connector are used to connect to the AS-i
cable.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Related products
■ Description
• An integrated electronic buzzer that is gentle to the ear is
provided in the B type.
• The A3 type provides a single-tone beep (90dB at 1m), and
the E3 type provides a repetitive beep (90dB at 1m). The
sound volume is adjustable in wide range.
• Fixed output bits correspond to the respective unit colors,
thus keeping the light colors unchanged regardless of
changes in the color arrangement.
• Fuji Electric's newly developed LED reﬂection system
(patent pending) efﬁciently reﬂects light and provides bright,
excellent visibility.
• A buzzer with a single tone only is incorporated in the B type.
• The thin 37.5mm design allows easy integration with
applicable equipment.
• The unique LED irradiation structure ensures high visibility
even from the sides.
Volume control
on the bottom
■ Dimensions, mm
LHE-A3, A3B
LHE-E3, E3B
Mounting surface
Mounting hole
3-φ5
12
φ90
Wire entry hole φ20
Approx. 90
20
Buzzer hole (B type)
Max. mounting
panel thickness 8
Approx. 90
Approx. 1500
74
Name plate
176
20
3-M4
37.5
0˚
294
Mounting surface
12
0˚
φ40
05
Approx. 1500
150
Wire entry hole φ14
30 30
φ70
WEP-E3, E3B
4-φ5
Cable color
Brown
Blue
White
LHE-A3(B)
AS-i +
AS-i —
Black
—
Buzzer hole (B type)
LHE-E3(B)
AS-i +
AS-i EXternal power
supply 24V DC
EXternal power
supply 0V
• An M12 plug and branch connector are used to connect to the AS-i
cable.
Cable color
Brown
Blue
White
Black
AS-i +
AS-i EXternal power supply 24V DC
EXternal power supply 0V
* For B type units, make sure that the buzzer hole downward.
■ AS-i LED type
No. of Power supply
stacks method with LED
indication part
3-light External power
supply
Type
Direct
mounting
Pole
mounting
LE-E3W
LE-E3P
LE-E3BW LE-E3BP
AS-i power supply LHE-A3
LHE-A3B
External power
LHE-E3
supply
LHE-E3B
WEP-E3
WEP-E3B
—
—
—
—
—
—
Buzzer AS-i power
supply
None
With
None
With
None
With
None
With
External
power
supply
30V
24V DC
(AS-i +, AS-i -)
30V
—
(AS-i +, AS-i -)
30V
24V DC
(AS-i +, AS-i -)
Current consumption
AS-i communications LED stacks, buzzer (Max.)
only (Max.)
60mA
25mA (red, yellow), 20mA (green)
40mA (buzzer)
60mA
60mA
50mA (red, yellow), 40mA (green)
40mA (buzzer)
50mA (red, yellow), 40mA (green)
40mA (buzzer)
30mA (red, yellow), 25mA (green)
40mA (buzzer)
■ Contact
Patlite Corporation.
International Div., Sales and Marketing Dept.
Tel: +81-729-48-3211
URL: http://www.patlite.co.jp/int/
Fax: +81-729-48-5533
E-mail: [email protected]
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/95
AS-Interface
Related products
CC-Link/AS-i gateway
■ Description
This product is a gateway that converts the CC-Link protocol
into the AS-i protocol and vice versa.
• Incorporates an LED indicator to display the AS-i status (e.g.,
slave dropout, AS-i power supply error, and auto address
setting availability).
• The 7-segment LED indicator displays the addresses of
slaves dropping out (while in protect mode) and conﬁguration
slave addresses (while in conﬁguration mode).
• The slave conﬁguration is registered with the
pushbuttonswitch on the front panel of the module.
• AS-i speciﬁcations: V2.04.
KK02-170
■ General speciﬁcations
■ CC-Link communications
■ Dimensions, mm
■ AS-i communications
Type
Supply voltage
Voltage range
Power consumption
Inrush current
Structure
Operating temperature
Relative humidity
Storage temperature
Atmosphere
Vidration resistance
Shock resistance
Dielectric strength
HK-ASICC
24V DC
19 to 30V DC
Max. 3W
Approx. 3.8A
Installation inside panel (Natural cooling)
0 to +55 ˚C
20 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
-20 to + 70 ˚C
No corrosive gases and massive dust
Crossover frequency 57Hz: 19.6m/s2 (2G)
Test method 1-No.3: 294m/s2 (30G)
1500V AC for 1min, between terminals
connected together and FG
Insulation resistance
5MΩ, between terminals connected together
and FG
Noise immunity
1500V Rise time: 1ns, pulse with 1µs
Electrostatic discharge Contact discharge method: ± 6kV
resistance
Aerial discharge method: ± 8kV
Mounting method
IEC rail/screw dual mounting
Mass
Approx. 320g
80
115
Panel drilling
5
Details of terminal section
M3 screw with washer
Max. connectable
slaves
Max. No. of I/O points
Max. cable length
Cycle time
Transmission speed
Transmission cable
Power supply for
communication
31 (with addresses from 1 to 31)
Max. points per slave: 4 inputs, 4 outputs
248 points (Max. 124 inputs, Max. 124 outputs)
100m: Via AS-i cable (Max. 300m: Via Repeaters)
5ms (with 31 slaves connected)
AS-i cable (yellow) or parallel cable, also used
as power cable
Use of AS-i power supply
70
8.8
105
5
80
8
Communication speed 10Mbps, 5Mbps, 2.5Mbps, 625kbps,
156kbps (SW changeable)
Communication system Broadcast polling system
Synchronization system Bit synchronization system
Encoding system
NRZI
Transmission path format RS485 bus
Transmission format HDLC conformance
Remote station
1-64 (SW changeable)
number
Error control system CRC (X16+X12+X5+1)
RAS function
Communications error detection (CRC
error, abort error)
Connection cable
Shielded twisted pair cable
Max. overall cable
Transmission
10M 5M 2.5M 625k 156k
extension length
speed (bps)
Cable length (m) 100 150 200 600 1200
Terminating resistor 110Ω
No. of occupied stations 2
Occupied area
Remote input: RX
64 points (64 bits), 16
Remote output: RY
points: System area
Remote M R : RWw 8 points (8 words)
Register R M : RWr
6.5
7.62
Tightening torque: 0.5 to 0.7 N•m
Applicable crimp terminal: ø62 or less
Mounting hole, 2-M4 screw
05/96
■ Contact
Hakko Electronics Co., Ltd.
Technical Support Section
Fax: +81-76-274-5210
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
AS-Interface
Related products
T-branch connector
■ Features
• Reliable connection using piercing technology
• No special tools required
All that is required is a Phillips screwdriver.
• Degree of protection: IP65 (Waterproof)
• Asymmetrical cables prevent misconnection.
■ Application
• AS-i communication cable (yellow) branch
• AS-i external power cable (black) branch
■ Speciﬁcations
Type
Rated current
Dielectric strength
Insulation resistance
Low-level resistor
Applicable wire
Operating temperature
ASD-OIL-BC-L2
ASD-OIL-BC-R1
For left-branch
For right-branch
7.2 A, max
1500 Vr.m.s AC (1min.)
100MΩ or more
∆R20m. Ω or more
AS-Interface cable
-40 to +85˚C
■ Circuit
Left-branch : ASD-01L-BC-L2
05
Right-branch : ASD-01L-BC-R1
■ Contact
Fuji Electric Technica Co., Ltd.
Sales Division
3-5, Funado 2, Itabashi-ku, Tokyo 174-0041, Japan
Phone +81-3-3558-5746
■ AS-Interface Association - AS-i worldwide
Germany
Tel: +49-60 51 - 47 32 12
Fax: +49-60 51 - 47 32 82
URL: www.as-interface.net
e-mail: [email protected]
Japan
Tel: +81-3-5795-1270
Fax: +81-3-5795-1280
URL: http://www.as-i.jp
E-mail: [email protected]
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/97
Limit Switches
General information
Limit switches, AL and K244
series
■ Description
FUJI AL and K244 series limit switches
have wide application in such industrial
equipment as machine tools, printing
machines, and transfer machines. These
switches feature a sturdy aluminum diecast housing that is highly resistant to oil,
water, and dust, and long mechanical life
— 10 million operations minimum.
SI-1020
SF-2025
K244-xP-2
AL-SK
AL series
AL and AL-S series limit switches
feature a forced contact opening
mechanism.
Under abnormal conditions, the
mechanism forces the contacts open to
prevent pitting and fusing.
Gold-plated silver contacts with
scrubbing action have high reliability.
SK-580
K244-gR-2
K244 series
The K244 series is provided with four kinds
of contact operating action: standard normal
stroke, snap action, make-before-break, and
extended stroke.
WK244 of the K244 series has bifurcated
contacts, while HK244 features a scrubbing
action mechanism. These limit switches can
be used in low-level circuits of 3V, 5mA.
■ Selection guide
Basic type
AL
Standard
Rated voltage (max.)
550V AC, 250V DC*1
550V AC/DC
Rated thermal current
10A (5A*1)
10A
Operating cycles per hour
7,200
3,000
Expected life
(operations)
10 millions
100,000
(at 125V AC, 5A res. load for snap action
type)
10 millions
1 million*2
(at 220V AC,
10A res. load)
Contact arrangement
1NO+1NC
1NO+1NC, 2NO+2NC
Contact
Single button
Single button
Degree of protection (IEC)
IP67
–
Features
Forced contact opening mechanism as
standard
A wide variety of contact operating action
Highly reliable gold-plated silver contacts
Sealed types for oily and wet environments
05/99
05/113
Mechanical
Electrical
Page
AL-S
Compact type
K244
Standard
HK244
For low-level circuit
WK244
For low-level circuit
10 millions
400,000
(at 220V AC,
10A res. load)
10 millions
500,000
(at 220V AC,
2.5A res. load)
Bifurcated
05/120
05/120
1
* : For snap action type
*2: 400,000 for snap action type
05/98
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
General information
Forced contact opening limit
switches, AL and AL-S series
Roller
Operating head
■ Description
The AL and AL-S series limit switches
feature a forced contact opening
mechanism. This mechanism prevents
contact welding and subsequent
malfunctioning. These series therefore
result in extremely dependable system
controls.
The AL series is available in standard
sizes and the AL-S series is compact
versions of the AL types.
■ Features
• The forced contact opening
mechanism is provided so as to
overcome contact problems.
• Gold-plated contacts and a self
cleaning action ensure contact
reliability.
• Sealed construction
Double oil seals prevent moving parts
and contacts from being contaminated
by exterior oil, grime and grease, an
advantage in dirty industrial locations.
• Operational mode indicator can
replace existing cover with lamp
indicator cover when required.
An LED or neon lamp is used
depending on supply voltage.
• Contact mechanical design
Contact operating mechanisms can be
selected according to the applicationsnap, overlap and normal actions
• Conform to IEC Standard
Operating lever
Actuating shaft
Plunger assembly
AL-N1
SI-204
Forced operating
mechanism
Rubber
packing
AL-SP2
Thermal
current
SK-416
■ Forced contact opening
mechanism
This mechanism does not operate under
normal conditions. However, when the
switch plunger overtravels under
abnormal conditions the mehcanism
comes into operation and forcibily opens
the NC contacts thus preventing contact
welding.
This action improves the dependability of
electrical systems.
Snap
Normal
Overlap
Normal
operating
position
Switching is carried out at the normal
operating position
Normal operating condition
Free
position
DC
Voltage
(V)
Resistive
(A)
Inductive
(A)
5
125
250
500
5
3
1
30 or less
125
250
5
0.4
0.2
3
0.05
0.03
10
24
110
220
440
550
10
10
10
5
3
24
110
220
440
550
7
1.5
0.63
0.28
0.22
7
0.9
0.28
0.14
0.1
3
2
0.6
10
10
10
5
3
*: When NO and NC contacts are wired in the same potential.
■ UL listed (File No. E44592)
Contact ratings
AC (B300)
Voltage
(V)
Operational current (A)
Make
Break
120
240
30
15
3
1.5
05
Plunger
Plunger
Make and break current *
AC
Voltage
Resistive Inductive
(V)
(A)
(A)
(A)
SK-415
Cover
SI-1022
■ Contact ratings
Contact
action
SK-417
DC
Voltage
(V)
Operational current (Res. load)
(A)
30
125
250
5
0.4
0.2
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Normal
operating
position
Overtravel
position
The mechanism operates to open the
contacts when the plunger overtravels
Abnormal condition
■ Technical data
Insulation resistance:
Over 100MΩ at 500V DC
Life expectancy
Mechanical: Over 10 million operations
Electrical: Snap action type
100,000 operations at
125V AC 5A res. load
Normal action type
100,000 operations at
110V AC 10A res. load
Allowable ambient temperature:
–10°C to +80°C
Degree of protection: IEC IP67
05/99
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
General information
■ Directional contact operation
AL-N1, AL-N2 and AL-N3 can be
modified in their operational directions.
They will switch in both directions, or in
only one direction, either clockwise or
counterclockwise. The adjustment is
easily carried out by removing the
operating head and changing the
plunger as shown in the photograph.
After the plunger has been reassembled,
replace the head and tighten the screws.
Check operation by moving the arm in
the desired direction.
■ Adjustment of operating lever
Loosen the locking screw, turn over the
lever and then retighten at the required
position.
Type:
AL-N1, AL-N2, AL-N3, AL-SN1,
AL-SN2, AL-SN3, AL-F1.
By loosening this
screw, the actuator
can be fixed at any
position within
360°
■ Adjustment of lever length
Loosen the adjustment screw, adjust the
length and retighten.
SK-411
Adjust lever
by loosening
this hexagonal
bolt
Clockwise
directions
AL-N2
AL-SN2
2
SK-409
Rubber packing
PF 1/2 lock nut
JIS C 8305
0.75mm2, 4-core,
finished external
diameter‚ ø9.9,
vinyl cabtyre cable
Contact: 1-2 Normally closed
3-4 Normally open
■ Mounting
AL type limit switches can be attached
either from the front or the back. In the
case of front mounting type clamp at 4
positions using M5 screws. When
attaching from the back of the panel
tighten at 4 positions by means of M6
screws.
The thread depth of the switch body is
15mm.
Adjust rod
length by
loosening
this screw.
AL-N3
AL-SN3
28.5
M5, minimum
length 35mm,
plus pan-head
screw, flat-head M6
screw, bolt with
hexagonal hole
Front mounting
■ Changing direction of operating
head
The operating head direction can be
changed through 90° after having
removed the screw. Care must be taken
because the contact action changes
according to the direction of the plunger
assembly. Check for correct assembly
after each step has been completed.
Limit switches with adjustable head
direction are AL-N1, AL-N2, AL-N3, ALSN1, AL-SN2 and AL-SN3. In the case
of AL-P2 and AL-SP2, the head direction
of a top push roller plunger type can be
shifted 90° in either direction.
05/100
1
SK-412
SK-413
Counterclockwise
directions
Usable by
deforming the rod;
however, pay
attention to
minimum
bending radius of
rod. The minimum
bending radius is
2mm
AL-N3: 25-141mm
AL-SN3: 25-130mm
Operates
A
AL L-N
-S 2:
N2 25
: 2 -9
5- 0m
70 m
m
m
Operates
4
Rubber packing
Operates
Both
directions
3
Packing holder
Standard operating position
Operates
■ Cable connection
Refer to the wiring diagram for
connection.
When connecting to conduit remove the
plastic packing piece.
15
Rear mounting
■ Roller installable on inner side
AL-N1, SN1
Change the
direction by
loosening
bolt
AL-N2, SN2
Change the
direction by
removing
bolt
■ Dimensions:
See pages 05/110 to 05/112.
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
SK-410
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
General information
■ Ordering code
■ Type number nomenclature
AL–N1 1 H1 UL
PL 1 A–1 A ZU
UL approved
UL approved
Lamp voltage
A2 : 5 to 8V (LED)
B2 : 10 to 15V (LED)
E2 : 18 to 24V (LED)
H1 : 110 to 220V (Neon)
Lamp voltage
A : LED 5 to 8V
B : LED 10 to 15V
E : LED 18 to 24V
D : Neon
Contact action
1 : Snap action
2 : Normal action
3 : Overlap action
1S : Snap action (Sealed contact)
Contact action
1 : Snap action
2 : Normal action
3 : Overlap action
Type of actuator
A : Roller lever
B : Adjustable length roller lever
C : Adjustable length rod lever
D : Top push rod plunger
E : Top push roller plunger
F : Top ball push rod plunger
G : Fork roller lever
H : Wobble head coil spring rod
J : Wobble plastic head spring rod
K : Wobble head with cat’s whisker
L : Side push rod plunger
M : Side push roller plunger
N : Side ball push rod plunger
Type of actuator
N1 : Roller lever
N2 : Adjustable length roller lever
N3 : Adjustable length rod lever
P1 : Top push rod plunger
P2 : Top push roller plunger
P3 : Top ball push rod plunger
F1 : Fork roller lever
S1 : Wobble head coil spring rod
S2 : Wobble plastic head spring rod
W1 : Wobble head with cat’s whisker
Y1 : Side push rod plunger
Y2 : Side push roller plunger
Y3 : Side ball push rod plunger
Series
1 : Standard type
2 : Compact type
AL : Standard type
AL-S : Compact type
Limit switch
■ Operating and definitions (for snap action type)
Rotary actuation
FP
TT
OP
TT
3
1
TTP
RP
PT
2
OT
MD
Plunger actuation
Movement characteristics
OP
3
Pre travel
(PT)
1
RP
PT
MD
TTP
2
OT
Switch
plunger
Overtravel
(OT)
1
Movement
Total travel
diffrential
(TT)
3
(MD)
2
Plunger
bushing
C B D A
Actuating
shaft
A
Free
position
(FP)
B
Operating
position
(OP)
C
Total travel
position
(TTP)
D
Release
position
(RP)
Position of plunger
1
Required
operating
force
(OF)
2
Full
overtravel
force
(TF)
3
Required
release
force
(RF)
Forces acting on plunger
FP: Free Position
This is the position where there is no load on the actuator.
OP: Operating Position
This is the position where the actuator travels from the free position
to NO contact closes.
TTP: Total Travel Position
This is the furthest position where the actuator can travel to after
passing the OP without damage to the limit switch.
RP: Release Position
This is the position where the contact resets after the actuator has
travelled from OP.
PT: Preoperating Travel
This indicates the travelling angle or distance from FP to OP.
OT: Overtravel
This indicates the travelling angle or distance from OP to TTP.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
TT: Total Travel
This indicates the travelling angle or distance from FP to TTP.
MD: Movement Differential (Travel to Reset)
This indicates the travelling angle or distance from OP to the
position where the contact resets.
OF: Required Operating Force ➀
This indicates the minimum operating force which is required for the
contact to close.
RF: Required Resetting Force ➂
This indicates the force required for the contact to reset.
TF: Full Overtravel Force ➁
This indicates the force required for the actuator to travel from FP to
TTP.
05/101
05
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
■ Actuating slider face angle and approach speed
Standard type
45
0.2
0.1
AL-N2
30
0.2
0.2
AL-N2
ss
ø17.5 45° or less
2590
or
Slider
s
les
45° or less
14.7
roller
75°
Slider
ø17.5
roller
AL-P1
—
0.2
0.1
AL-P2
30
0.3
0.1
Determine slider depth within range of
these dimensions
25 - 141
75°
le
or
AL-S1
—
0.2
0.2
AL-P3
30
0.3
0.1
AL-F1
14.7
or
61.5
75°
AL-F1
45
0.2
0.1
AL-N3
Determine slider depth within range of
these dimensions
s
les
AL-N3
—
0.2
0.2
45
0.1
0.2
61.5
AL-N1
AL-N1
30
0.5
0.1
Slider
20-30
Type
Slider angle (degree)
Slider approach
Maximum (meter/second)
speed
Minimum (millimeter/second)
45°or
less
ø17.5
roller
Rod can be
deformed, however,
minimum bending
radial (R) is 2mm
Apply slider
over entire
width of rolle
R
R
R
Slider
90°
AL-P1
When actuating
switch beyond this
range, contact may
make/break two
times or more
AL-P2
AL-P3
ø17 roller
Slider
Ball
30° or
less
46
36
ø70
Actuate AL-P1 type in
direction coinciding
with plunger shaft
direction
Slider
30° or
less
46.4
AL-S1
Compact type
Type
Slider angle (degree)
Slider approach
Maximum (meter/second)
speed
Minimum (millimeter/second)
AL-SN1
AL-SN2
30
45
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.1
AL-SN2
°o
70
70
45° or less
1
0.1
0.1
AL-SK1
°
70
or
les
When actuating
switch beyond this
range, contact may
make/break two
times or more
2
30° or
less
AL-SP1
ø70
2
0.2
s
AL-SS1
30° or less
AL-SS1 AL-SP1 AL-SP2
—
—
30
0.2
0.2
0.3
s
45° or
less
45° or
less
AL-SK2
0.2
es
rl
les
AL-SN3 AL-SK1 AL-SK2
—
30
45
0.2
1: 0.6
0.5
2: 0.2
—
1: 0.1
0.1
0.2
2: 0.1
—
AL-SN3
s
r
°o
05/102
AL-SN1
30
45
0.5
0.2
1
45° or
less
AL-SP2
30° or less
Actuate AL-SP1 type in
direction coinciding
with plunger shaft
direction
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
■ AL series
Description
Description
Roller lever
• The angle from the free position to the maximum
travel position is 75°
• Spring return
• The most popular limit switch which is best suited for
machine tools, automatic machines, conveyor control
and similar applications.
SI-204
Type
AL-N11
AL-N12
AL-N13
AL-N11UL
Ordering code
PL1A-1
PL1A-2
PL1A-3
PL1A-1ZU
Top ball push rod plunger
• The ball rod can be operated from any direction.
• The ball turns smoothly at all times.
• Best suited for detecting objects which travel
horizontally from left to right or right to left while
turning.
Type
AL-P31
AL-P32
PL-P33
AL-P31UL
SI-208
Adjustable length roller lever
• The lever length can be adjusted between 25mm
and 90mm.
• Spring return
• The graduated scales on the lever facilitate
adjustment
Type
AL-N21
AL-N22
AL-N23
AL-N21UL
Fork roller lever
• The angle of the lever is 90°
• Maintained
• This limit switch is used when detecting the direction
in which the lever inclines — i.e. in the right or left.
Type
AL-F11
AL-F11UL
Ordering code
PL1B-1
PL1B-2
PL1B-3
PL1B-1ZU
SI-203
Ordering code
PL1F-1
PL1F-2
PL1F-3
PL1F-1ZU
Ordering code
PL1G-1
PL1G-1ZU
05
SI-205
Adjustable length rod lever
• The ø3.2mm stainless steel rod can be extended up
to 141mm max.
• Spring return
• The rod can be used by bending. (Radial 2mm min.)
Type
AL-N31
AL-N32
AL-N33
AL-N31UL
Side push rod plunger
• Push rod is attached to the side of the operating
head.
• The operating head can be changed 90° in direction.
• Momentary action
• This limit switch is used to detect the end limit of low
speed transfer.
Ordering code
PL1C-1
PL1C-2
PL1C-3
PL1C-1ZU
SI-202
Type
AL-Y11
AL-Y11UL
Ordering code
PL1H-1
PL1H-1ZU
SI-211
Top push rod plunger
• Operated by a vertical rod plunger
• Momentary action
Type
AL-P11
AL-P12
AL-P13
AL-P11UL
Side push roller plunger
• The push roller is attached to the side of the
operating head.
• Momentary action
• This is used to detect the position, speed and
direction in high precision machinery and equipment.
Ordering code
PL1D-1
PL1D-2
PL1D-3
PL1D-1ZU
SI-209
Type
AL-Y21
AL-Y21UL
Ordering code
PL1J-1
PL1J-1ZU
SI-212
Top push roller plunger
• This is a limit switch where the roller is attached to
the plunger.
• The direction of the roller can be shifted 90°.
• This feature makes it highly suitable for the control of
precision machinery.
• Momentary action
Type
AL-P21
AL-P22
AL-P23
AL-P21UL
Side ball push rod plunger
• The ball rod is attached to the side of the operating
head.
• The ball turns smoothly in operation.
• Momentary action
• This limit switch is used to detect objects which travel
horizontally from left to right or right to left while
turning.
Ordering code
PL1E-1
PL1E-2
PL1E-3
PL1E-1ZU
SI-207
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Type
AL-Y31
AL-Y31UL
Ordering code
PL1K-1
PL1K-1ZU
SI-210
05/103
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
■ AL series
Description
Description
Wobble head coil spring rod
• Operates by forces from any directions.
• Used in packing and other conveyors.
Type
AL-S11
AL-S11UL
Wobble head with cat’s whisker
• The length of the stainless steel rod is 190mm
from the head.
• Can be operated from any direction.
• Require little torque
Ordering code
PL1H-1
PL1H-1ZU
SI-200
Type
Ordering code
AL-W11
PL1N-1
AL-W11UL PL1N-1ZU
SI-199
Wobble plastic head spring rod
• The length of rod is 140mm from the head.
• Operates by forces from any directions.
Type
AL-S21
AL-S21UL
Ordering code
PL1M-1
PL1M-1ZU
SI-201
05/104
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
■ Operating characteristics
Standard type (Snap action)
Type
AL-N11
AL-N11S
AL-N21*1
AL-N31*2
AL-P11
AL-N21S*1 AL-N31S*2 AL-P11S
AL-P21
AL-P21S
AL-P31
AL-P31S
Required operating force OF (max.)
9N
9N
2.9N
15N
15N
15N
9.5N
Required resetting force RF (min.)
0.5N
0.5N
0.15N
8.2N
8.2N
8.2N
—
Preoperating travel PT (min.)
12°
12°
12°
2mm
2mm
2mm
55°
Overtravel OT (min.)
65°
65°
65°
5mm
5mm
5mm
35°
7°
7°
7°
1mm
1mm
1mm
—
75°
75°
75°
—
—
—
90°±10°
Type
AL-Y11
AL-Y11S
AL-Y21
AL-Y21S
AL-Y31
AL-Y31S
AL-S11
AL-S11S
AL-S21
AL-S21S
AL-W11
AL-W11S
Required operating force OF (max.)
40N
40N
40N
1.5N
1.5N
1.5N
Required resetting force RF (min.)
8.9N
8.9N
8.9N
—
—
—
Preoperating travel PT (min.)
2.8mm
2.8mm
2.8mm
30mm
30mm
40mm
Overtravel OT (min.)
4mm
4mm
4mm
—
—
—
Movement differential (Travel to reset) MD (max.)
1mm
1mm
1mm
—
—
—
Movement differential (Travel to reset) MD (max.)
Total travel TT (min.)
AL-F11
AL-F11S
Notes: *1 At lever length 38mm
*2 At rod lever length 135mm
05
Standard type (Normal action, overlap action)
Normal action
Overlap action
Type
AL-N12 *1
AL-N22
AL-N32 *2
AL-P12
AL-N13 *1
AL-P22
AL-N23
AL-P32AL
AL-N33 *2
AL-P13
AL-P23
AL-P33
Required operating force OF (max.)
11N
3.1N
18N
11N
3.1N
18N
Movement to NC contact open
28˚
28˚
3.5mm
45˚
45˚
5mm
Movement to NO contact closed
45˚
45˚
5mm
28˚
28˚
3.5mm
Total travel TT (min., max.)
75˚
75˚
7mm
75˚
75˚
7mm
Notes:
*1
*2
At lever length 38mm
At rod lever length 135mm
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/105
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
■ AL-S series/Compact-size
Description
Description
Roller lever
• The angle from the free position to the maximum
travel position is 70°
• Spring return
Top push rod plunger
• Operated by a vertical rod plunger.
• Momentary action
Type
AL-SP11
AL-SP12
AL-SP13
AL-SP11UL
Ordering code
PL2D-1
PL2D-2
PL2D-3
PL2D-1ZU
Type
Ordering code
AL-SN11
PL2A-1
AL-SN11UL PL2A-1ZU
SI-1023
SI-1029
Adjustable length roller lever
• The lever length can be adjusted between 25mm
and 76mm.
• Spring return
• The graduated scales on the lever facilitate
adjustment
Top push roller plunger
• This is a limit switch where the roller is attached to
the plunger.
• The direction of the roller can be shifted 90°
• Momentary action
Type
AL-SP21
AL-SP22
AL-SP23
AL-SP21UL
Ordering code
PL2E-1
PL2E-2
PL2E-3
PL2E-1ZU
Type
Ordering code
AL-SN21
PL2B-1
AL-SN21UL PL2B-1ZU
SI-1022
SI-1018
Top roller lever plunger
• This limit switch is used to detect objects which travel
horizontally from left to right or right to left while
turning.
• Used in packing and other conveyors.
Adjustable length rod lever
• The ø3.2mm stainless steel rod can be extended up
to 130mm max.
• Spring return
• The rod can be used by bending. (Radial 2mm min.)
Type
AL-SK11
AL-SK12
AL-SK13
AL-SK11UL
Type
Ordering code
AL-SN31
PL2C-1
AL-SN31UL PL2C-1ZU
Ordering code
PL2P-1
PL2P-2
PL2P-3
PL2P-1ZU
SI-1020
SI-1027
Wobble head coil spring rod
• The length of rod is 113mm from the head.
• Can be operated from any direction.
• Require little torque
Reversing top roller lever plunger
• This type is designed to detect the movements in the
vertical direction.
Type
AL-SK21
AL-SK22
AL-SK23
AL-SK21UL
Ordering code
PL2Q-1
PL2Q-2
PL2Q-3
PL2Q-1ZU
Type
Ordering code
AL-SS11
PL2H-1
AL-SS11UL PL2H-1ZU
SI-1021
SI-1016
■ Operating characteristics
Compact type (Snap action)
Type
AL-SP11
AL-SP21
AL-SK11
AL-SK21
AL-SN11
AL-SN21
*1
AL-SN31
*1
AL-SS11
Required operating force OF (max.)
4.5N
8.5N
4N
4N
7N
7N
7N
1.5N
Required resetting force RF (min.)
2N
4.5N
1.8N
1.8N
0.5N
0.5N
0.5N
—
Preoperating travel PT (min.)
2mm
2mm
2.5mm
2.5mm
30°
30°
30°
30mm
Overtravel OT (min.)
4mm
3mm
5mm
5mm
40°
40°
40°
—
Movement differential (Travel to reset)
MD (max.)
1mm
1mm
1.8mm
1.8mm
8°
8°
8°
—
Notes: *1 At lever or rod level length 25mm
05/106
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
Compact type (Normal action, overlap action)
Normal action
Overlap action
Type
AL-SP12
AL-SP22
AL-SK 2
AL-SP13
AL-SP23
AL-SK 3
Required operating force OF (max.)
7N
10.5N
6.3N
7N
10.5N
6.3N
Movement to NC contact open
1.5mm
1.5mm
2mm
3mm
3mm
4mm
Movement to NO contact closed
3mm
3mm
4mm
1.5mm
1.5mm
2mm
Total travel TT (min., max.)
6mm
6mm
8mm
6mm
6mm
8mm
Description
SI-314
Standard type
With indicating lamp
• The indicating lamp can be fitted to all the AL
limit switches.
• Neon lamp or LED, and stabilizing resistor
are attached inside the housing so that the
lamp lights or goes out when the switch is
operating.
• The nylon cover makes the signal highly
visible.
• Indicating lamps do not affect the switch
dimensions or operating characteristics.
• The wiring connections for snap action type
are shown below.
NO
3
4
L
Load
1
NC
L
SI-1078
Compact type
Load
NO
2
3
1
4
NC
2
Power supply
Power supply
The lamp lights when
NO contact closes
The lamp lights when
NO contact opens
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Standard/Compact
Type
Ordering code
UL approved
Type
Ordering code
AL-N1쏔쐽
AL-N2쏔쐽
AL-N3쏔쐽
AL-P1쏔쐽
AL-P2쏔쐽
AL-P3쏔쐽
AL-F1쏔쐽
AL-Y1쏔쐽
AL-Y2쏔쐽
AL-T3쏔쐽
AL-S1쏔쐽
AL-S2쏔쐽
AL-W1쏔쐽
PL1A-쏔쐽
PL1B-쏔쐽
PL1C-쏔쐽
PL1D-쏔쐽
PL1E-쏔쐽
PL1F-쏔쐽
PL1G-쏔쐽
PL1L-쏔쐽
PL1M-쏔쐽
PL1N-쏔쐽
PL1H-쏔쐽
PL1J-쏔쐽
PL1K-쏔쐽
AL-N11쐽UL
AL-N21쐽UL
AL-N31쐽UL
AL-P11쐽UL
AL-P21쐽UL
AL-P31쐽UL
AL-F11쐽UL
AL-Y11쐽UL
AL-Y21쐽UL
AL-T31쐽UL
AL-S11쐽UL
AL-S21쐽UL
AL-W11쐽UL
PL1A-1쐽ZU
PL1B-1쐽ZU
PL1C-1쐽ZU
PL1D-1쐽ZU
PL1E-1쐽ZU
PL1F-1쐽ZU
PL1G-1쐽ZU
PL1L-1쐽ZU
PL1M-1쐽ZU
PL1N-1쐽ZU
PL1H-1쐽ZU
PL1J-1쐽ZU
PL1K-1쐽ZU
AL-SP1쏔쐽
AL-SP2쏔쐽
AL-SK1쏔쐽
AL-SK2쏔쐽
AL-SN1쏔쐽
AL-SN2쏔쐽
AL-SN3쏔쐽
AL-SS1쏔쐽
PL2D-쏔쐽
PL2E-쏔쐽
PL2P-쏔쐽
PL2Q-쏔쐽
PL2A-쏔쐽
PL2B-쏔쐽
PL2C-쏔쐽
PL2H-쏔쐽
AL-SP11쐽UL
AL-SP11쐽UL
AL-SK11쐽UL
AL-SK21쐽UL
AL-SN11쐽UL
AL-SN21쐽UL
AL-SN31쐽UL
AL-SS11쐽UL
PL2D-1쐽ZU
PL2E-1쐽ZU
PL2P-1쐽ZU
PL2Q-1쐽ZU
PL2A-1쐽ZU
PL2B-1쐽ZU
PL2C-1쐽ZU
PL2H-1쐽ZU
Replace the 쏔 mark by the contact action code
Replace the 쐽 mark by the lamp voltage code
05/107
05
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
■ Accessories
Description
Operating
22
Limit switch
15
øD
ø12
Type
Ordering code
Cable dia. ø7.5 – ø11.5 (for AL type)
(øD)
ø7 – ø11 (for AL-S type)
ALX-016
ALX-510
PL1XW-A
PL1XW-B
Cable dia. ø6 – ø9
(øD)
ø8 – ø11
ø12 – ø14
ALX-013
ALX-014
ALX-015
PL1XW-C
PL1XW-D
PL1XW-E
LED lamp 6V DC
LED lamp 12V DC
LED lamp 24V DC
Neon lamp 110/220V AC
ALX-011A
ALX-011B
ALX-011E
ALX-011H
PL1XL-1A
PL2XL-1B
PL1XL-1C
PL1XL-1D
For normal action LED lamp 6V DC
LED lamp 12V DC
LED lamp 24V DC
Neon lamp 110/220V AC
ALX-012A
ALX-012B
ALX-012E
ALX-012H
PL1XL-2A
PL1XL-2B
PL1XL-2C
PL1XL-2D
For snap action
LED lamp 6V DC
LED lamp 12V DC
LED lamp 24V DC
Neon lamp 110/220V AC
ALX-507A
ALX-507B
ALX-507E
ALX-507H
PL2XL-1A
PL2XL-1B
PL2XL-1C
PL2XL-1D
For normal action LED lamp 6V DC
LED lamp 12V DC
LED lamp 24V DC
Neon lamp 110/220V AC
ALX-508A
ALX-508B
ALX-508E
ALX-508H
PL2XL-2A
PL2XL-2B
PL2XL-2C
PL2XL-2D
G1/2
(PF1/2)
Standard type sealed
conduit
(Plastic)
Cable
Packing
Min. 15
24
14
5
9
Washer
G-16
[PF-1/2]
Complete type sealed
conduit
(Metal)
Nut
SI-233
Packing
O ring
(for AL type, AL-S type, AL1-S type)
Condiut
For snap action
68
Lamp cover for AL series
40
6.5
(42.5)
SI-232
50
Lamp cover for AL-S series
30
9.2
(35.7)
SI-350
05/108
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
■ Actuators
For AL series
For AL-S series
Description
Type
Roller lever
Description
ALX-001
ø17.5
Type
Roller lever
ALX-501
6
ø17.5
5
6.3
7
Stainless
steel roller
38
25
Stainless
steel roller
6
18
SI-177
11.4
Adjustable length roller lever
SI-316
ALX-003
ø17.5
Adjustable length roller lever
7 15.7
ALX-503
ø17.5
5
12
Stainless
steel roller
97.3
86.5
Stainless
steel roller
05
SI-173
16
SI-174
20.5
Adjustable length rod lever
ALX-005
Adjustable length rod lever
ALX-505
6.5
8.5
Stainless
steel rod
Stainless
steel rod
141
160
ø3.2
ø3.2
11.4
6.4
SI-171
Fork roller lever
SI-172
16
ALX-007
ø17.5
Stainless
steel roller
7
38
7
38
11.4
SI-175
Fork roller lever
ALX-009
ø17.5
7
7
38
Stainless
steel roller
38
SI-176
11.4
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/109
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
■ Dimensions, mm (AL series)
Adjustable length roller lever
AL-N2
ø17.5
58.7
4-M6
29.2
41
30.2
40
4-M6
Mass: 305g
Stainless
steel rod
Top ball push rod plunger
AL-P3
ø17
13.1
4.8
ø15.5
13.1
58.7
44
58.7
34
58.7
21.6
21.6
Mass: 165g
4-ø5.2
30.2
40
15.5 4 - M6
29.2
41
G1/2 (PF1/2)
Stainless
steel plunger
Fork roller lever
AL-F1
5
5
5
21.6
Mass: 260g
44.4
13.1
ø10
4-M6
G1/2 (PF1/2)
Stainless
steel roller
Top push roller plunger
AL-P2
PT : 2 max
Top push rod plunger
AL-P1
15.5
29.2
41
4-ø5.2
30.2
40
29.2
41
PT : 2 max
Stainless
steel roller
PT : 2 max
15.5
4-ø5.2
21.6
G1/2 (PF1/2)
G1/2 (PF1/2)
Mass: 265g
53.1
13.1
141
21.6
5
15.5
4-ø5.2
40
13.1
14.7
38
R
14.7
58.7
5
21.6
30.2
ø3.2
14.7 25 - 90
13.1
46
7
7
58.7
53
6.4
65.5
60
58.5
ø17.5
Adjustable length rod lever
AL-N3
5
Roller lever
AL-N1
30.2
40
29.2
41
G1/2 (PF1/2)
Mass: 200g
Stainless
steel roller
Side push rod plunger
AL-Y1
58.5
53
40
7
ø17.5
30.2
40
15.5 4 - M6
4-ø5.2
G1/2 (PF1/2)
Stainless
steel ball
Side push roller plunger
AL-Y2
4.8
PT : 2.8 max
67.3
13.1
ø17
17.8
21.6
30.2
40
15.5
4-ø5.2
4-M6
5
5
5
21.6
58.7
58.7
58.7
14.7
17.8
ø10
R3
8
13.1
21.6
4-M6
29.2
41
Mass: 200g
PT : 2.8 max
53.7
13.1
15.5
4-ø5.2
29.2
41
05/110
Stainless
steel roller
15.5 4-M6
4-ø5.2
29.2
41
30.2
40
Mass: 275g
4-ø5.2
15.5
29.2
41
4-M6
G1/2 (PF1/2)
G1/2 (PF1/2)
G1/2 (PF1/2)
Mass: 310g
30.2
40
Stainless
steel plunger
Mass: 285g
Stainless
steel roller
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
■ Dimensions, mm (AL series)
Side ball push rod plunger
AL-Y3
Wobble head coil spring rod
AL-S1
Wobble plastic head spring rod
AL-S2
13.1
13.1
61.5
PT : 2.8 max
ø7
Polyamide resin
ø7
67.2
58.7
17.8
140
140
13.1
4-ø5.2
15.5 4-M6
29.2
41
G1/2 (PF1/2)
58.7
21.6
30.2
40
4-ø5.2
4-M6
15.5
29.2
41
21.6
5
30.2
40
5
5
58.7
21.6
30.2
40
4-M6
G1/2 (PF1/2)
15.5
4-ø5.2
29.2
41
G1/2 (PF1/2)
Stainless
steel ball
Mass: 285g
Mass: 220g
Stainless steel
coil spring
Mass: 210g
Stainless steel
coil spring
05
Wobble head with cat’s whisker
AL-W1
ø1.4
5
58.7
190
115
13.1
21.6
30.2
40
4-ø5.2
15.5
29.2
41
4-M6
G1/2 (PF1/2)
Mass: 210g
Stainless steel
coil spring
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/111
Limit Switches
AL and AL-S
■ Dimensions, mm (AL-S series/Compact size)
10
ø10
5
10
35.8
28
18
4.3
ø6
ø13
5
10
11
R18
20
22
20
Top roller lever plunger
AL-SK1
PT : 2.5 max
Top push roller plunger
AL-SP2
PT : 2 max
PT : 2 max
Top push rod plunger
AL-SP1
55
55
64
55
20
G1/2 (PF1/2)
15
30
30
30
30
Mass: 55g
30
Polyamide
resin plunger
Reversing top roller lever plunger
AL-SK2
Mass: 60g
Stainless steel
roller
Roller lever
AL-SN1
Mass: 65g
30
Stainless steel
roller
Adjustable length roller lever
AL-SN2
50
45.3
ø17.5
5
5
10
43
10
10
5
R2
R18
30
30
30
30
55
55
55
64
84
20
20
ø13
11
PT : 2.5 max
20
26.8
25~76
47
42
5
ø17.5
30
30
Mass: 65g
Stainless
steel roller
Adjustable length rod lever
AL-SN3
Mass: 100g
Stainless steel
roller
Stainless steel
roller
Wobble plastic head spring rod
AL-SS1
51
42.4
6.5
Mass: 120g
ø4.2
37
10
10
55
55
20
160
ø5.3
113
ø3.2
Polyamide
resin
30
Mass: 105g
05/112
30
Stainless
steel rod
30
Mass: 80g
30
Stainless steel
coil spring
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Limit Switches
K244
General information
Momentary-contact limit switches
K244 series
■ Description
FUJI K244 type limit switches have an
excellent performance.
K244 limit switches employ a highly
dependable and long lasting double
break silver alloy contact system.
These can be expected to perform more
than 10 million mechanical operations
and a rate of 3,000 operations per hour.
The large variety of operating types such
as standard stroke, snap-action type,
make-before-break type and extended
stroke type, etc. allow you to select a
suitable limit switch that fully meets your
requirements.
K244 limit switches are widely used for
industrial machinery such as machine
tools, printing machines, conveyors,
automatic machines and door
interlocking and similar applications.
The aluminum die-cast housing can also
be supplied in an oil and water proof
version.
■ Technical data
Insulation resistance:
Over 100MΩ at 500V DC
Dielectric strength:
2500V AC rms 1 minute
Max. operating cycle:
3000 cycles per hour
Life expentancy
Mechanical: 10 million operations
Electrical:
K244-2, 2U and 2V
3.3 million operations at 24 to
550V AC 3A
K244-2S
1.3 million operations at 24 to
550V AC 3A
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
Example
Limit switch ................................ PL
With enclosure ................................ 5
Standard contact .............................. N
Cast-metal clad enclosure .................. G
With top roller lever plunger ................... R
Contact, normal action 1NO+1NC ........... 22
Ordering code ............................ PL5NGR22
SB-401
T-1544
K244xP-2
K244gR-2
K244g-2
K244gR-2/2
■ Ratings
Type
Breaking current *1
AC
Voltage
Current
(V)
(A)
DC
Voltage
(V)
Current (A)
Resistive Inductive
50
24
110
220
440
550
10
10
10
10
10
24
110
220
440
550
10
2.2
0.9
0.4
0.32*2
10
1.3
0.4
0.2
0.15*2
50
24
110
220
440
550
10
10
10
10
10
24
110
220
440
550
7
1.5
0.63
0.28
0.22*2
7
0.9
0.28
0.14
0.1*2
Thermal
current
Making
current
(A)
(A)
K244-2
K244-2U
K244-2V
10
K244-2S
10
05
Notes: *1 When NO and NC contacts are wired in the same potential.
*2 Value of the breaking current when opposite contacts are not applied with potential.
■ Type number nomenclature
K244 쏔쏔 - 2 쏔
Basic type
Contact type
Blank: Standard contact
(Normal stroke)
S: Snap action contact
U: Make-before-break contact
V: Extended stroke
Enclosure
xP: With transparent cover
g: Cast-metal clad
go: Cast-metal clad oil-tight
gw: Cast-metal clad water-tight
Contact arrangement
2:
1NO+1NC
2/2: 2NO+2NC
Actuator
Blank: Top push rod plunger
R:
Top roller lever plunger
■ Ordering code
PL
Product category
PL: Limit switch
Enclosure
4: Without enclosure
5: With enclosure
Contact
N: Standard
W: Bifurcated
H: Scrubbing action
Enclosure type
G: Cast-metal clad
L: Cast-metal clad oil-tight
W: Cast-metal clad water-tight
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
5 N
G N – 22
Contact arrangement
22: 1NO+1NC, normal action
21: 1NO+1NC, snap action
23: 1NO+1NC, make-before-break
25: 1NO+1NC, extended stroke
42: 2NO+2NC, normal action
41: 2NO+2NC, snap action
43: 2NO+2NC, make-before-break
45: 2NO+2NC, extended stroke
46: 2NO+2NC, complex
Roller head position
N: Top push rod plunger
R: Top roller lever plunger
W: Reversing, right-hand side roller
05/113
Limit Switches
K244
■ Travel operating force curve
(Typical example)
The curve indicates forces to operate the
contact.
Standard type
K244g-2
Overtravel
5N
1
2
2
2
4
5
6
0
6.5mm
3.5
Travel
K244gR-2
f type
Overtravel
10N
NO contacts
close
NC contacts
open
5N
2
3 4
1.7
0
1
3
1.5
type
Operating force
NC contacts
open
1
Slider
Standard
10N
NO contacts
close
0
■ Changing direction of operating
roller head
Roller head positions can be shifted by
90° in each direction. The head is
attached at the standard position when
shipped from factory.
Operating force
■ Actuating slider face angles and
approach speeds
Although K244 limit switches have an
excellent performance they should not
be operated at an extremely high speed
or extremely low speeds, since these
conditions will cause contact trouble and
reduce the mechanical life expectancy of
the devices. The slider face angles and
approach speeds should be kept within
the following recommendations.
Push rod plunger type
This type of switch obtains the
movement from the vertical travel of the
rod.
Speed :
Max. 1m/sec
Min. 0.015m/sec
Snap-action types can be used at
speeds less than the minimum value.
Roller lever type
The actuating slider face angles and
speeds should be within the following
range.
The maximum angle of the slider face:
α1=45°
α2=30°
Snap-action type switches can be used
at speeds less than the minimum value.
5
4.2
1
6 7
6.2
0
7.4mm
Travel
Snap action contact type
K244g-2S
26N
Overtravel
3
20N
Snap
operating
point
15N
Operating force
(m/sec)
4
Margin
10N
2
0.6kg
5N
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0
4mm
1 1.4
0
Travel
2, 2U, 2S type,
2 upper limit
0.3
Threaded
conduit
entrance
K244gR-2S
2V type,
2 upper limit
0.2
3
Overtravel
21N
2, 2U, 2S,
2V type,
1 lower limit
0.1
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
15N
Snap
operating
point
0.04
2, 2U,
2S type,
2 lower limit
0.03
2V type,
2 lower limit
0.02
0.01
0
5
10
15
Max. value
of 움2
20
25
30
Slider angle 움
05/114
35
40
10N
End
play
Max.
value
of 움1
5N
3
45
0
1
2 2.5
4
5
4.3
Travel
6
Operating force
Speed of slider
2
2, 2U, 2S, 2V type,
1 upper limit
■ Cable connection
Threaded conduit entrances are
provided at 3 locations–left, right and
lower side of the limit switch housing.
Knockout the plug to carry out wiring.
Do not remove plugs from holes not
requiring wiring.
SDO-0115M.
K244gR-2
7
0
7.4mm
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Limit Switches
K244
Standard type
■ K244 series/Standard
Contact
arrangement
Top push rod plunger with
transparent plastic cover
1NO+1NC
Travel
Contact closed
Contact open
Type
Ordering
code
Dimensions, mm
10
S (mm)
22
ø5
1
3
3–4
1–2
0
3
2
4
1
3
Extended stroke
M4
Terminal
2
1–2
3–4
0
Make-before-break
1
6
K244xp-2S PL4NN-21
4
Lead
hole
29
3
4
2
6.3
B
4
2 3.5
1.4
C
2
ø4.3
7
3
K244xp-2 PL4NN-22
4
1
1–2
3–4
0
56
42
38
4
7
Snap-action
2
A
1.5
Normal stroke
SF2025
Terminal
No.
S
Description
33
Brass plunger
K244xp-2U PL4NN-23
2
-2
6
Momentary open
1–2
3–4
0
K244xp-2V PL4NN-25
6
8.5
A
B
C
-2S
21
1.5
6.5
-2U
19
1.5
1.4
-2V
21
1.5
6
21
1.0
8.5
Mass: 60g
1NO+1NC
S (mm)
3
K244g-2
2 3.5
A
1
1–2
3–4
0
PL5NGN-22
16
Normal stroke
4
ø5
16
5.5
1.5
2
S
Top push rod plunger
cast-metal clad
6
ø4.5
Mounting
hole
40
3
2
4
75
1
3–4
1–2
0
K244g-2S PL5NGN-21
4
4.5
4
22
Snap-action
2
1.4
2
1–2
3–4
0
Make-before-break
3
1
Extended stroke
4
CTC19
4
Earth
terminal
4
Conduit
entrance
56
K244g-2U PL5NGN-23
2
Brass plunger
5
1–2
3–4
0
3
1
42
Momentary open
4
2
T-1535
16
3
K244g-2V PL5NGN-25 A
6
-2
-2S
-2U
-2V
26
24
26
26
8.4
Mass: 200g
4
1
3
ø5
17
3–4
1–2
S
2
S (mm)
1.4
Oiltight
K244go-2S
PL5NLN-21
26
Snap-action
1NO+1NC
16
Top push rod plunger oiltight
and watertight cast-metal clad
ø4.5
Mounting
hole
75
40
PL5NWN-21
22
6
Watertight
K244gw-2S
2
16
45
Earth
terminal
Conduit
entrance
5
4
56
5
Brass plunger
T-1535
Mass: 210g
■ Contact action (Typical)
Contact
Standard type
(Normal stroke)
Snap action
contact
Make-beforebreak contact
Extended stroke
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
Contact diagram
Contact travel
: Contact closed
: Contact open
(mm)
1.5
1-2
3-4
0
2
4
6 6.3
1.4 (mm)
3-4
1-2
0
2
4
3 (mm)
1-2
3-4
0
2
4
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
6
Momentary open
1-2
3-4
0
2
4
(mm)
6
8 8.5
05/115
05
Limit Switches
K244
Standard type
■ K244 series/Standard
Contact
arrangement
Top roller lever plunger
cast-metal clad
1NO+1NC
Terminal
No.
Dimensions, mm
S (mm)
4
Make-before-break
3
2
4
1
3
4.3
3–4
1–2
0
1
3
43
2.4
7.5
4
4
56
Phenal-formaldehyde roller
K244gR-2V PL5NGR-25 A
7.5
4
Conduit
entrance
10
-2
-2S
-2U
-2V
55
55
55
57
Mass: 240g
S (mm)
17
6.2
3–4
1–2
0
S
10
Oiltight
K244goR-2S PL5NLR-21
7.5
R26.9
ø22
Roller
19
16
Snap-action
Earth
terminal
1 16
K244gR-2U PL5NGR-23
1–2
3–4
0
1NO+1NC
4
2-ø4.5
Mounting
holes
7.5
0.5
3
2
K244gR-2S PL5NGR-21
3.6
Extended stroke
1
19
40
5.5
1–2
3–4
0
4
2
7.5
22
1
R26.9
ø22
Roller
Watertight
K244gwR-2SPL5NWR-21
29
2
4.2
S
10
PL5NGR-22
58.5
3
K244gR-2
A
1
16
1–2
3–4
0
16
4
75
2
Snap-action
Top roller lever plunger oiltight
and watertight cast-metal clad
Ordering
code
1.7
Normal stroke
T-1537
Travel
Type
Contact closed
Contact open
26
Description
40
22
75
6
16
2
45
Earth
terminal
T-1531
4
56
Conduit 5
entrance
5
Phenal-formaldehyde roller
Mass: 250g
2NO+2NC
S (mm)
1.5
4
1
31
3
2
42
4
1
31
3
1–2
3–4
0
K244g-2/2
3.5
ø5
16
PL5NGN-42
S
42
6
A
2
1.4
42
4
1
31
3
2
42
4
1
31
3
➀
2
(
➁
42
4
Complex
Normal stroke +
3
1
31
Make-before-break
➀
➁
)
Top push rod plunger oiltight
and watertight cast-metal clad
Snap-action
2NO+2NC
145
115
4
3
➁
➀
➁
➀
1–2
3–4
2
0
5
0.5
6.5
1–2
3–4
1–2
3–4
0
8.4
6
0
2 3 5
1–2
3–4
1–2
3–4
1.5 3.5
K244g-2U/2U PL5NGN-43
1 16
45
Conduit
entrance
K244g-2V/2V PL5NGN-45
4
4
60
4
Earth
terminal
Brass plunger
K244g-2/2U PL5NGN-46
A
2/2
2S/2S 2U/2U 2V/2V 2/2U
26
24
26
26
26
Mass: 410g
S (mm)
ø5
2
4 2
4
1
3 1
3
17
1.4
3–4
1–2
0
2.4
Oiltight
K244go-2S/2S
S
T-1567
3-ø4.5
Mounting
holes
5.5
16
Extended stroke
2
K244g-2S/2S PL5NGN-41
PL5NLN-41
44
3-ø4.5
Mounting
holes
6
PL5NWN-41
6
25
Watertight
K244gw-2S/2S
145
115
Make-before-break
44
3–4
1–2
0
25
Snap-action
26
Normal stroke
16
Top push rod plunger
cast-metal clad
2
16
47
T-1567
05/116
Mass: 420g
Conduit 5
entrance
4
60
Earth
terminal
5
Brass plunger
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Limit Switches
K244
Standard type
■ K244 series/Standard
Description
Contact
arrangement
Top roller lever plunger
cast-metal clad
2NO+2NC
S (mm)
3
2
42
4
31
3
2
42
4
1
31
3
2
42
4
(
Top roller lever plunger oiltight
and watertight cast-metal clad
Snap-action
3
31
➀
2
)1
➁
42
4
31
3
➀
➁
4.2
7.5
4.3
3-4
1-2
0
K244gR-2S/2S PL5NGR-41
5.5
7.5
3.6
➁
➀
➁
➀
1–2
3–4
2.4
0
0 1
1–2
3–4
1–2
3–4
0.5
0
2.4 3.6
1–2
3–4
1–2
3–4
1.7
4.2
19
44
3-ø4.5
Mounting
holes
K244gR-2U/2U PL5NGR-43
7.5
8.2
1
K244gR-2V/2V PL5NGR-45
7.5
10
16
45
4
60
Conduit 4
entrance
4
Earth
terminal
Phenal-formaldehyde roller
K244gR-2/2U PL5NGR-46
A
7.5
2/2
2S/2S 2U/2U 2V/2V 2/2U
55
55
55
57
55
Mass: 440g
2NO+2NC
17
S (mm)
2
42
4
1
31
3
S
10
6.2
3–4
1–2
0
7.5
Oiltight
K244goR-2S/2S
PL5NLR-41
R26.9
ø22
Roller
19
44
6
145
115
PL5NWR-41
3-ø4.5
Mounting
holes
25
Watertight
K244gwR-2S/2S
29
1
R26.9
ø22
Roller
26
3 1
S
10
K244gR-2/2 PL5NGR-42
A
1
1–2
3–4
0
16
4
145
115
42
1
Complex
Normal stroke +
Make-before-break
16
1.7
2
Extended stroke
T-1567
Dimensions, mm
58.5
Make-before-break
Ordering
code
16
Snap-action
Travel
Type
Contact closed
Contact open
25
Normal stroke
Terminal
No.
2
4
18
47
T-1567
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Conduit
entrance
5
60
5 Earth
terminal
Phenal-formaldehyde roller
Mass: 450g
05/117
05
Limit Switches
K244 reversing roller type
Reversing roller lever momentarycontact limit switches, K244g첸R
■ Description
These limit switches are designed to
detect the movements in the vertical
direction. The switch body is identical to
the standard type except that one roller
is extended from the housing.
The performance is the same as for the
standard type.
S-2900
Standard
Reversing
SF-2028
K244gRA-2
K244gRA-2/2
■ Ratings
Type
2
DC
Voltage
(V)
Current (A)
Resistive Inductive
50
24
110
220
440
550
10
10
10
10
10
24
110
220
440
550
10
2.2
0.9
0.4
0.32
10
1.3
0.4
0.2
0.15*2
50
24
110
220
440
550
10
10
10
10
10
24
110
220
440
550
7
1.5
0.63
0.28
0.22
7
0.9
0.28
0.14
0.1*2
Making
current
(A)
(A)
K244gRA-2
K244gRA-2U
K244gRA-2V
10
K244gRA-2S
10
Right side roller
■ Actuating slider face angles and
approach speeds
K244 limit switches have an outstanding
performance and will have a long service
life under normal conditions. They are
designed to carry out 3,000 operations
per hour but if they are operated at an
extremely high speeds or on the contrary
at extremely low speeds contact trouble
could develop which would reduce the
mechanical life expectancy of the
devices.
Reversing roller levers are provided with
sliders in their vertical direction. The
slider face angles and approach speeds
should be kept within the range shown
by curves. The maximum angle of the
actuating slider is α1=45°, α2=30° and
under. Snap-action types can be used at
speeds less than the minimum value
given.
Breaking current *1
AC
Voltage
Current
(V)
(A)
Thermal
current
Notes: *1 When NO and NC contacts are wired in the same polarity.
*2 Opposite contacts are not permitted to carry potential.
■ Ordering information
Specify the following
1. Type number or ordering code
■ Changing direction of operating
head
Example
Limit switch ............................... PL
With enclosure .............................. 5
Standard contact ............................ N
Cast-metal clad enclosure ................. G
With reversing roller plunger ................. W
Contact 1NO+1NC, snap-action ............. -21
Ordering code .......................... PL5NGW-21
Right side roller
Left side roller
Slider
2
■ Ordering code: See page 05/113.
■ Travel operating force:
See page 05/114.
■ Cable connection: See page 05/114.
1
[m/sec]
1
4
3
Front-side roller
2
■ Type number nomenclature
2, 2U, 2S, 2V type,
1 upper limit
Slider speed
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
K244 쏔쏔쏔 - 2 쏔
Basic type
2, 2U, 2S type,
2 upper limit
0.3
2V type,
2 upper limit
0.2
2, 2U, 2S, 2V type,
1 lower limit
0.1
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
2, 2U, 2S type,
2 lower limit
0.02
Max.
value
of 2
2V type,
2 lower limit
Max.
value
of 1
Enclosure
g: Cast-metal clad
go: Cast-metal clad oil-tight
gw: Cast-metal clad water-tight
Contact type
Blank: Standard contact
(Normal stroke)
S: Snap-action contact
U: Make-before-break contact
V: Extended stroke contact
Actuator
R: Top roller lever plunger
A: Reversing roller
Contact arrangement
2: 1NO+1NC
2/2: 2NO+2NC
■ Technical data: Same as standard type, see page 05/113.
0.01
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Slider angle
05/118
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Limit Switches
K244 reversing roller type
■ K244 series/Reversing roller
Contact
arrangement
Reversing top roller lever
plunger cast-metal clad
1NO+1NC
Terminal
No.
Ordering
code
Dimensions, mm
A
16
S (mm)
2
4
1–2
3–4
0
Make-before-break
3
2
4
1
3
2
4
Extended stroke
Reversing top roller lever
plunger oiltight and watertight
cast-metal clad
3
K244gRA-2UPL5NGW-23
2
1
16
6
Momentary open
1–2
3–4
0
5.7
K244gRA-2V PL5NGW-25 A
8.3
-2
-2S
-2U
-2V
43.6
43.6
43.6
45.8
S (mm)
43.6
17
ø22
roller
4.6
6.6
6
16
45
3
2
42
4
31
3
2
42
4
1
31
3
2
42
4
1
31
3
Make-before-break
Extended stroke
SF-2028
2
)
4
4 2
1
3
31
➀
➁
1
42
31
K244gRA-2S/2SPL5NGW-41
1–2
3–4
0
6.2
3-ø4.5
Mounting
holes
K244gRA-2U/2U PL5NGW-43
2
6
1
Momentary open
1–2
3–4
0
0
1–2
3–4
1–2
3–4
19
44
5.5
3
16
45
8.3
➁
➀
4 Earth
terminal
Phenal-formaldehyde roller
6
2 3
4
60
4
Conduit
entrance
K244gRA-2V/2VPL5NGW-45
5.7
1.8 3.8
2NO+2NC
2
3.6
3-4
1-2
0
2/2
K244gRA-2/2U PL5NGW-46
7.5
A
2S/2S 2U/2U 2V/2V 2/2U
43.6 43.6
43.6
45.8
43.6
Mass: 440g
S (mm)
4
3
4.6
3–4
1–2
0
17
6.6
Oiltight
K244goRA
-2S/2S
43.6
ø22
roller
S
R21.6
10
PL5NLW-41
19
44
6
3-ø4.5
Mounting
holes
25
145
115
Watertight
K244gwRA PL5NWW-41
-2S/2S
26
1
6.6
60.6
Snap-action
ø22
roller
S
R21.6
K244gRA-2/2 PL5NGW-42
26
31
A
16
10
57.6
1
Phenal-formaldehyde roller
16
Normal stroke
S (mm)
1.8
1–2
3–4
0
2 3.8
Earth
terminal
5
145
115
4
42
4
56
5
16
2
3-ø4.5
Mounting
holes
40
25
2NO+2NC
19
Conduit
entrance
Mass: 250g
Reversing top roller lever
plunger cast-metal clad
29
Oiltight
K244goRA-2S PL5NLW-21
16
3
S
R21.6
60.6
1
3–4
1–2
0
75
4
22
2
S-2900
Snap-action
4 Earth
terminal
Mass: 240g Phenal-formaldehyde roller
2
Reversing top roller lever
plunger oiltight and watertight
cast-metal clad
4
56
4
Conduit
entrance
43
Watertight
K244gwRA-2S PL5NWW-21
(
3-ø4.5
Mounting
holes
10
Snap-action
Complex
Normal stroke +
Make-before-break
19
40
6.2
1NO+1NC
R21.6
5.5
K244gRA-2S PL5NGW-21
1–2
3–4
0
3
1
6.6
3-4
1-2
0
Snap-action
1
K244gRA-2 PL5NGW-22
2 3.8
3.6
16
3
57.6
1
S
75
4
22
2
ø22
roller
10
1.8
Normal stroke
S-2900
Travel
Type
Contact closed
Contact open
26
Description
2
16
47
SF-2028
Conduit
entrance
5
4
60
Earth
5 terminal
Phenal-formaldehyde roller
Mass: 450g
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/119
05
Limit Switches
HK244 and WK244
Momentary-contact limit switches
for low voltage circuit
HK244 and WK244
■ Description
HK244 and WK244 limit switches have
been developed for use in low voltage
and low current circuits. They will
operate effectively in 3 Volts AC or DC,
5mA circuits although they are
recommended that they are used in 48
Volts or 110 Volts circuits for best
results.
SK-583
T-1537
WK244xp-2
T-1535
HK244gR-2
HK244g-2
■ Ratings
HK244
HK244 limit switches
HK244 limit switches are provided with
pure silver contacts. The movable
contact carries out a scrubbing action
during make/break operation ensuring
good connections at all times.
The switch body is molded from a high
performance resin, and versions with
transparent plastic covers and with
aluminum die-cast housing are also
available.
WK244 limit switches
The bifurcated contact is made of pure
silver and like the HK244 series they are
also suitable for use with low voltage
circuits. The dimensions and operating
strokes are similar to the standard type.
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
Example
Limit switch ................................ PL
With enclosure ................................ 5
Scrubbing contact ............................. H
Cast-metal clad enclosure .................. G
Top roller lever plunger .......................... R
Contact 1NO+1NC, normal stroke .......... -22
Ordering code ........................... PL5HGR-22
Breaking current *1
AC
Voltage
Current
(V)
(A)
DC
Voltage
(V)
Current (A)
Resistive
Inductive
50
24
110
220
440
550
24
110
220
440
550
7
1.5
0.63
0.28
0.22*2
7
0.9
0.28
0.14
0.1*2
Thermal
current
Making
current
(A)
(A)
Breaking current *1
AC
Voltage
Current
(V)
(A)
DC
Voltage
(V)
Current (A)
Resistive
Inductive
10
12.5
110
220
110
220
1.5
0.63
0.2
–
Thermal
current
Making
current
(A)
(A)
10
WK244
■ Ordering code: See page 05/113.
2.5
2.5
Notes: *1 When NO and NC contacts are wired in same polarity.
*2 Opposite contacts are not permitted to carry potential.
■ Contacts
HK244
WK244
Stationary
contact
Sliding
frame
Plunger
Moving
contact
Contact
spring
Stationary contact
■ Dimensions, mm
Same as standard type limit switch
K244 series. See page 05/115 to 05/
117, 05/119.
10
10
10
10
10
Contact
scrubbing
begins
Contact
scrubbing
completed
Process of scrubbing contact
Bifurcated contact
■ Technical data
HK244
Insulation resistance: Over 100MΩ at 500VDC
Dielectric strength: 2500V AC rms 1 minute
Max. operating cycle: 3000 cycles per hour
Life expectancy Mechanical: 10 million operations
Electrical: 1.3 million operations at 24 to 550V AC 3A
Allowable ambient temperature: –5° to +60°C
WK244
Insulation resistance: Over 100MΩ at 500VDC
Dielectric strength: 2500VAC rms 1 minute
Max. operating cycle: 3000 cycles per hour
Life expectancy Mechanical: 10 million operations
Electrical: 1 million operations at 220V AC 1.5A
Allowable ambient temperature: –5° to +60°C
05/120
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Limit Switches
HK244 and WK244
■ HK244 and WK244 series
Description
Contact
arrangement
Travel (mm) of HK
series
(WK series: Same as
standard series, pages
05/115 to 05/117)
Top push rod plunger
1NO+1NC
transparent plastic cover 2
4
Normal stroke
Make-before-break
Top push rod plunger
cast-metal clad
Normal stroke
3
2
4
1
3
2
4
1
3
2
4
1
3
4
1
3
1
3
Make-before-break 2
4
1
3
3
3.5
1–2
3–4
0 1.5
HK244xp-2U
PL4HGN-23 WK244xp-2U
PL4WGN-23 Page 05/115
HK244g-2
PL5HGN-22 WK244g-2
PL5WGN-22 Page 05/115
HK244g-2U
PL5HGN-23 WK244g-2U
PL5WGN-23 Page 05/115
HK244gR-2
PL5HGR-22 WK244gR-2
PL5WGR-22 Page 05/116
HK244gR-2U
PL5HGR-23 WK244gR-2U
PL5WGR-23 Page 05/116
HK244gRA-2
PL5HGW-22 WK244gRA-2
PL5WGW-22 Page 05/119
HK244gRA-2U
PL5HGW-23 WK244gRA-2U
PL5WGW-23 Page 05/119
HK244g-2/2
PL5HGN-41 WK244g-2/2
PL5WGN-41 Page 05/116
HK244g-2U/2U
PL5HGN-43 WK244g-2U/2U
PL5WGN-43 Page 05/116
HK244g-2/2U
PL5HGN-46 WK244g-2/2U
PL5WGN-46 Page 05/116
HK244gR-2/2
PL5HGR-41 WK244gR-2/2
PL5WGR-41 Page 05/117
6
4
1–2
3–4
0
3.7
7.5
4.1
1–2
3–4
0
1.9
7.5
2.2
1–2
3–4
0
3.2
6.2
3.8
1–2
3–4
0
2
4
2
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
)
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
3
1
3
1.8
6.2
➀
➁
1–2
3–4
0
2
3
6
3.5
1–2
3–4
0 1.5
5
2 3 5
0
1–2
3–4
1–2
3–4
0 1.5 3.5 5
➀
➁
2NO+2NC
2
4
2
4
3
4
1
2
2.2
1–2
3–4
0
3
4
)
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
3
1
3
➀
0
1–2
3–4
1–2
3–4
0
➁
Reversing top roller lever 2NO+2NC
2
2 4
plunger cast-metal clad
Normal stroke
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
3
1
3
Make-before-break
)
➀
3.7
7.5
4.1
1–2
3–4
0
Make-before-break
(
6
2NO+2NC
1
2
Complex
Normal stroke +
Make-before-break
PL4WGN-22 Page 05/115
2
Make-before-break
(
PL4HGN-22 WK244xp-2
2.2
2
3
Complex
Normal stroke +
Make-before-break
HK244xp-2
6.5
1NO+1NC
4
Top roller lever plunger
cast-metal clad
Normal stroke
3
1–2
3–4
0
Reversing top roller lever 1NO+1NC
plunger cast-metal clad
4
2
Normal stroke
(
Ordering
code
3.5
1
Complex
Normal stroke +
Make-before-break
Dimensions
(Same as
K244)
2
1–2
3–4
0
1–2
3–4
0 1.5
Make-before-break 2
Top push rod plunger
cast-metal clad
Normal stroke
Ordering
code
WK series
With bifurcated
contact
Type
1NO+1NC
Make-before-break
Top roller lever plunger
cast-metal clad
Normal stroke
1
HK series
With scrubbing
contact action
Type
➁
1.9
7.5
2.2 3.7
7.5
1.9
4.1
7.5
HK244gR-2U/2U PL5HGR-43 WK244gR-2U/2U PL5WGR-43 Page 05/117
➀ HK244gR-2/2U
PL5HGR-46 WK244gR-2/2U
PL5WGR-46 Page 05/117
PL5HGW-41 WK244gRA-2/2
PL5WGW-41 Page 05/119
➁
2.2
1–2
3–4
0
1–2
3–4
0
0
1–2
3–4
1–2
3–4
0
HK244gRA-2/2
3.2
3.8
6.2
HK244gRA-2U/2U PL5HGW-43 WK244gRA-2U/2U PL5WGW-43 Page 05/119
1.8
6.2
2.2 3.2 6.2
1.8 3.8
6.2
➀ HK244gRA-2/2U PL5HGW-46 WK244gRA-2/2U PL5WGW-46 Page 05/119
➁
Contact closed
Contact open
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/121
05
Proximity Switches
General information
SP-387
KK02-298A
AF89-193
PE-L
PE1-C, PE2-C
PE1-Y
SM-81
PE-U
AF89-744
PE-T
Proximity switches, PE series
■ Description
These proximity switches have many
advantages over conventional limit
switches, enabling their use where other
switches will not do. FUJI offers two
types – inductive and magnetic. Sensors
and switching components are
completely enclosed for protection
against oil mist, metal fillng, dust, and
moisture.
Inductive types use a solid-state
switching device; magnetic types use a
reed switch.
PE series proximity switches
Inductive type
Inductive proximity switches are
available in AC or DC versions.
The PE-U series is slot type.
The PE1-C and PE1-Y series are
cylindrical. The detecting surface of PE-B
series is square. The PE-T series
switches are slim types. The PE1B2P is
compact square type. The PE-L series
has analog outputs with the sensor and
amplifier separated. The PE2-C series is
cylindrical and with stable operating
indicator. The PE-X3D is flat type, and
PE-4BS2 series is multiple type.
The PE-G4D is space-saving square
type.
05/122
SK586
PE-B7
AF89-458
PE2-CTS
AF94-163
PE1B2P
■ Features
PE-U series (See page 05/125)
• Operating distance: 7mm and 10mm
• Operating voltage range:
10 to 30V DC
• Suitable for detecting of ferromagnetic
materials
PE1-C and PE1-Y series (See page 05/126)
• Short length achieved with IC
• 6 shielded and 4 non-shielded types
• AC 2-wire, DC 2-wire, and DC
3-wire systems
• Stable operating indicator provided as
standard (mounting diameter M12 or
more, and NO contact type).
PE-B series (See page 05/130)
• 4mm to 50mm operating distance
• Types with operating distance
exceeding 20mm conform to the
CENELEC Standard.
• Operating voltage range:
80 to 250V AC or 10 to 30V DC
PE-X15D series (See page 05/133)
• Square-flat type
• DC supply/3-wire, 12/24V DC
• Operating distance: 15mm
AF91-508
PE-X3D
PE1B2P series (See page 05/136)
• Operating distance: 2.5mm
• DC supply/3-wire, 12/24V DC
PE-L series (See page 05/138)
• Output voltage proportional to distance
• Linearity: ±1.5% of full scale
Resolution: ±0.05% of full scale
• Operating frequency: Up to 10kHz
• Operating distance: 2 to 10mm
PE2-C series (See page 05/142)
• 4 shielded and 3 non-shielded types
• Stable operating level indicating lamp
facilitates adjustment
• DC 2-wire, DC 3-wire and AC/DC
2-wire operating systems
• 40 to 250V AC/20 to 250V DC
(AC/DC 2-wire system)
PE-X3D series (See page 05/146)
• Only 7mm thick
• Operating voltage range:
10 to 30V DC
PE-G4D (See page 05/147)
• Requires about half the mounting
space of PE-B4 type.
PE-T series (See page 05/134)
• Unique “Magnetic Shield Method”
permits side-by-side mounting
• Only 12mm thick – achieved with IC
• Built-in reverse polarity and surge
voltage protection
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
General information
Inductive type
X-806
AF9-49
PM-1U
PM-4M
■ Description
Standard metal plate (object)
Standard metal plate (object) is a
standard sensing target to measure the
basic performance. Its shape, size, and
material are stipulated. Iron is usually
used as material.
L
FA-1446
X806
FA-1445
AER201L-1A
W
PM-2S
FA-1446
AEQ010-1A
AES, AER and PM type proximity
switches (Magnetically-operated reed
switches)
In the standard type PM the reed switch
element and the sensing magnet are
separate elements. The AES type is also
a separate type but is a miniaturized
version. In the AER type the sensing
magnet element and the reed switch are
integrated in one housing.
■ Features
• Since these proximity switches make
use of a permanent magnet no
external power source is required to
operate the reed switch.
• The dry reed contact switch is
dependable in operation and has an
extended service life.
• The unit strongly resists vibration and
is both water-and dust-tight (except for
AES type).
• Either an AC or DC power source can
be used for the reed switch output.
• Compact in design and easy to install
anywhere.
• Can be mounted on a steel frame (In
this case the effective operating
distance is reduced by one-half).
■ For further information
See pages 05/148, 149, 151, 152.
t
Operating distance
The operating distance is the
distance along the center axis of the
head from the sensing head to the point
where a metal plate traveling along the
path actuates the switch.
Normally the operating distance means
this distance in vertical direction.
Response curve
This curve shows the detect-to-reset
range with object distance from the
head. The switch operates when the
object approaching form the left reaches
point P on curve ‘a’, and resets when the
trailing edge of the object reaches point
Q on curve ‘b’.
The switch also resets when the object
is withdrawn from point P to R on curve
‘d’.
Resetting distance
Operating distance
05
Y
d
a
b
c
Metal plate
Reset(OFF)
Differential
Operate(ON)
Resetting
Operating distance
distance
Standard
metal plate
R
P
Operating
point
Q Resetting
point
Sensing head
X
Center axis
X
Sensing head
The following curves indicate typical
operating distances. Values for
aluminum or copper will be less than 1/2
those indicated for iron. In order for an
object to be detected, its dimensions
must be no smaller than 30 × 30mm, or
no larger than 70 × 70mm. Objects
smaller or larger will not be detected,
regardless of material.
22
20
Operating distance (mm)
AES202B-1A
Differential distance
This is the distance between the
actuating point where the switch is
actuated and the reset point where the
switch resets after the metal plate is
withdrawn from the sensing head.
Fe
18
Resetting
Operating
16
14
Cu
12
Thickness:1mm
10
8
70sq
20sq 30sq 50sq
Size of metal plate (mm square)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/123
Proximity Switches
General information
Magnetically operated type
■ Operating
These switches comprise a sensor and a reed switch element,
which closes when a magnetic object approaches.
■ Reed switch
The constructions of the reed switch and its magnetic element
are shown in the diagram. The reed switch is made up of two
magnetic reeds in an airtight glass tube. The 2 reeds are
magnetized when they come within the magnetic field of the
magnetic element. In this case the tips of these 2 reeds have
positive and negative charges respectively and are attracted to
each other. When the magnetic field is removed the magnetic
charge is lost and the reed switch opens.
FUJI’s reed switches are designed to operate in the same
manner as the snap-action of conventional limit switches.
Operating position
Reset position
Range of reset points
Range of operating points
Magnet
m
m
m
Reed switch
Long axis
Magnet: Travel
Reed switch: Fixed
This method is feasible but if the distance between the magnet
and the reed switch is not correct the reed switch may switch 3
times when the magnet carries out only 1 travel.
Try to avoid using this arrangement.
Magnet
S
N
N
S
■ Operating characteristics
Short axis
Magnet: Travel
Reed switch: Fixed
The reed switch closes when ‘m’ the magnet center reaches ‘쐌’
position. It resets at ‘x’ position.
Operating position
Reset position
Range of reset points
Range of operating points
Magnet
Reed switch
Airtight glass tube
■ Mode of operation
The operation methods of the magnetic type proximity switches
are as illustrated.
Separation type
Magnet
Magnet
Magnet
Metal
Reed piece
switch
Reed
switch
Reed
switch
m
Short axis
Reed switch
Magnet: Fixed
Reed switch: Fixed
(In this case the reed switch operates as an NC contact.)
Reed switch closes when the metal piece is out of ‘X’ region
between the magnet and the reed switch.
When the metal piece passes through the ‘X’ region the reed
switch will open. Thus the reed switch opens as soon as ‘c’ the
tip of the metal piece reaches ‘X’ region and closes as soon as
‘d’ the end leaves ‘Y’ region.
Reed switch
Reed switch is fixed
but magnet moves in
a vertical direction.
Reed switch is fixed but
magnet moves in a
horizontal direction.
Both the reed switch and
magnet are fixed. And
metal object passes
between these two.
d
c
Metal piece
d
c
Y area (Resetting)
X area (Operating)
Integrated type
Proximity
limit switch
Proximity
limit switch
Magnet
Metal piece
Proximity switch is fixed and the
metal object moves in a
horizontal direction.
05/124
Metal piece
Proximity switch is fixed and the
metal piece moves forwards and
backwards.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
PE-U12D and PE-U25NT
Inductive proximity switches–Slot
type, PE-U
Supply voltage: 12/24V DC
Output: Transistor 50, 100mA max.
Operating distance: 7, 10mm
■ Features
• The slot type detecting surfaces of 12
and 25mm are available.
Stable detection characteristics can be
obtained when a metal plate passes
through the slot ON or OFF-center.
• Best suited for detection of magnetic
metal plates passing through the slot.
• Provided with built-in reverse polarity
and surge voltage protection circuits.
• LED indicator lamps are provided, thus
facilitating operational checks.
• Degree of protection meets the
requirement of IP67 (IEC), thus
permitting operation in unfavorable
environments.
• NPN transistor voltage/current outputs
are provided, thus permitting a wide
range of applications.
PE-U12D
PE-U25NT
AF91-511
SM-81
■ Response curve
■ Specifications
PE-U12D
PE-U25NT (PE1U25-ND)
10mm ± 2*
50 × 50 × 2.3mm
12/24V DC
10 to 30V DC
Max. 20mA at 24V DC
Max. 100mA
Max. 3ms. (ON time)
0.3 to 2mm
–25 to +70°C
IP67 (IEC)
Over 50MΩ at 500V DC
2000V AC rms. 1minute
210g
Note: * This indicates the distance “a” shown in
figure at right.
Y (mm)
PE-U12D (PE1U12-D)
7mm ± 1*
40 × 40 × 1mm
Target
40x40x1mm iron
10
OFF
ON
8
05
6
Max. 15mA at 24V DC
Max. 50mA
Min. 50Hz
Max. 15% of operating distance
X
Y
4
2
4
Type (Ordering code)
Operating distance
Standard target size (iron)
Supply voltage
Operating voltage range
Power consumption
Output capacity
Response time or frequency
Differential
Ambient temperature
Degree of protection
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
Mass
X
(mm)
6
4
2
0
2
4
6
PE-U25NT
1000V AC rms. 1minute
120g
Y (mm)
Target
50x50x2.3mm iron
16
a
OFF
ON
14
Target
12
Target
10
X
Y
15
8
6
4
2
PE-U12D: 4mm
PE-U25NT: 15mm
■ Wiring diagrams
X
(mm) 10
■ Dimensions, mm
6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
10
X
(mm)
PE-U25NT
PE-U12D
Brown
25±0.2
PE-U12D
8
4.5
5
Black Load
8
30
50
25
40
+
–
Proximity
switch
NPN transistor current output, 1NO
65
50
Blue
Operating
indicator
4
25
12
35
Brown
35
47.5
Load 2
Black
+
10kΩ (N.O)
–
White (N.C)
8.5
Object
Cable = 1m
0.5mm 2 x 3 core
4.7kΩ
10kΩ
Promixity
switch
ø5.3
55
ø4
4.7kΩ
0.5
40
PE-U25NT
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
Blue
Cable = 1m
NPN transistor voltage/current output, SPDT
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
0.2mm2 3 core
05/125
Proximity Switches
PE1-C, PE1-Y
Inductive proximity switches–
Cylindrical type, PE1-C, PE1-Y
requirements of these Standards, this
type can be used as replacement units.
Operating system
DC supply/3-wire and 2-wire system
AC supply/2-wire system
Operating distance: 0.8 to 20mm
This proximity switch has a cylindrical
shape. The sensor is fitted to an end of
the cylinder and the body is provided
with a built-in control circuit.
This type conforms to the requirements
of the CENELEC (Europe) Standards
and as the dimensions, ratings and
performance comply with the
■ Type number nomenclature
PE 1-C S 10 D B
Basic type
■ Features
• Short length because of the use of IC
circuit.
• Shielded and non-shielded type are
available.
• Red and green LED is provided for a
stable operating indication and easy
setting, mounting diameter M12 or
more and NO contact type only.
• Provided with reverse polarity and
surge voltage protection circuits.
• Degree of protection: IEC IP67
■ Ordering code
PE1 S 10-D B
Operating system
D: DC, 3-wire, NPN
Q: DC, 3-wire, PNP
S: DC, 2-wire
A: AC, 2-wire
Shield
Blank: Non-shielded
S:
Shielded
PE1-Y
KK02-299A
Basic type
Contact
Blank: 1NO
B:
1NC
Series
C: Cylindrical, screwed
Y: Cylindrical, straight
PE1-C
Operating distance
0.8 : 0.8mm 2 : 2mm 10 : 10mm
1 : 1mm
5 : 5mm
Contact
Blank: 1NO
B:
1NC
Series
Y: Cylindrical, straight
C: Cylindrical, non-shielded
S: Cylindrical, shielded
Operating system
D: DC, 3-wire, NPN
Q: DC, 3-wire, PNP
S: DC, 2-wire
A: AC, 2-wire
Operating distance
P8: 0.8mm 05: 5.0mm
1P: 1.5mm 10: 10.0mm
02: 2.0mm 20: 20.0mm
■ Specifications
Description
Shielded
Metal
Non-shielded
Metal
05/126
Operating
system
Operating Mounting Supply voltage
distance
diameter (Operating
(mm)
voltage range)
1NO
Type
DC supply
3-wire,
NPN transistor
output
0.8
0.8
1.5
2
5
10
4mm-dia. 12/24V DC
M5
(10 to 30V DC)
M8
M12
M18
M30
PE1-YS08D
PE1-CS08D
PE1-CS1R5D
PE1-CS2D
PE1-CS5D
PE1-CS10D
PE1YP8-D
PE1SP8-D
PE1S1P-D
PE1S02-D
PE1S05-D
PE1S10-D
PE1-YS08DB
PE1-CS08DB
PE1-CS1R5DB
PE1-CS2DB
PE1-CS5DB
PE1-CS10DB
PE1YP8-DB
PE1SP8-DB
PE1S1P-DB
PE1S02-DB
PE1S05-DB
PE1S10-DB
DC supply
3-wire,
PNP transistor
output
0.8
0.8
1.5
2
5
10
4mm-dia. 12/24V DC
(10 to 30V DC)
M5
M8
M12
M18
M30
PE1-YS08Q
PE1-CS08Q
PE1-CS1R5Q
PE1-CS2Q
PE1-CS5Q
PE1-CS10Q
PE1YP8-Q
PE1SP8-Q
PE1S1P-Q
PE1S02-Q
PE1S05-Q
PE1S10-Q
PE1-YS08QB
PE1-CS08QB
PE1-CS1R5QB
PE1-CS2QB
PE1-CS5QB
PE1-CS10QB
PE1YP8-QB
PE1SP8-QB
PE1S1P-QB
PE1S02-QB
PE1S05-QB
PE1S10-QB
DC supply
2-wire
2
5
10
M12
M18
M30
12/24V DC
(10 to 30V DC)
PE1-CS2S
PE1-CS5S
PE1-CS10S
PE1S02-S
PE1S05-S
PE1S10-S
PE1-CS2SB
PE1-CS5SB
PE1-CS10SB
PE1S02-SB
PE1S05-SB
PE1S10-SB
AC supply
2-wire
2
5
10
M12
M18
M30
120/240V AC
(45 to 260V AC)
PE1-CS2A
PE1-CS5A
PE1-CS10A
PE1S02-A
PE1S05-A
PE1S10-A
PE1-CS2AB
PE1-CS5AB
PE1-CS10AB
PE1S02-AB
PE1S05-AB
PE1S10-AB
DC supply
3-wire,
NPN transistor
output
2
5
10
20
M8
M12
M18
M30
12/24V DC
(10 to 30V DC)
PE1-C2D
PE1-C5D
PE1-C10D
PE1-C20D
PE1C02-D
PE1C05-D
PE1C10-D
PE1C20-D
PE1-C2DB
PE1-C5DB
PE1-C10DB
PE1-C20DB
PE1C02-DB
PE1C05-DB
PE1C10-DB
PE1C20-DB
DC supply
3-wire,
PNP transistor
output
2
5
10
20
M8
M12
M18
M30
PE1-C2Q
PE1-C5Q
PE1-C10Q
PE1-C20Q
PE1C02-Q
PE1C05-Q
PE1C10-Q
PE1C20-Q
PE1-C2QB
PE1-C5QB
PE1-C10QB
PE1-C20QB
PE1C02-QB
PE1C05-QB
PE1C10-QB
PE1C20-QB
DC supply
2-wire
5
10
20
M12
M18
M30
12/24V DC
(10 to 30V DC)
PE1-C5S
PE1-C10S
PE1-C20S
PE1C05-S
PE1C10-S
PE1C20-S
PE1-C5SB
PE1-C10SB
PE1-C20SB
PE1C05-SB
PE1C10-SB
PE1C20-SB
AC supply
2-wire
5
10
20
M12
M18
M30
120/240V AC
(45 to 260V AC)
PE1-C5A
PE1-C10A
PE1-C20A
PE1C05-A
PE1C10-A
PE1C20-A
PE1-C5AB
PE1-C10AB
PE1-C20AB
PE1C05-AB
PE1C10-AB
PE1C20-AB
Ordering
code
1NC
Type
Ordering
code
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
PE1-C, PE1-Y
■ Specifications
PE1-CS쏔D, DB
PE-CS쏔Q, QB
PE1-C쏔D, DB
PE1-C쏔Q, QB
NPN transistor,
PNP transistor,
open collector
open collector
output
output
15mA or less at 24V DC
–
PE1-CS쏔S, SB
PE1-C쏔S, SB
Transistor
output
PE1-CS쏔A, AB
PE1-C쏔A, AB
Thyristor
output
–
0.8mA or less at
24V DC
–25 to 80°C
1000V AC 1 min.
–
1.5mA or less at
200V AC
–25 to 80°C
2000V AC 1 min.
Current consumption
Leakage current
PE1-YS08D, DB
PE1-YS08Q, QB
PE1-CS08D, DB
PE1-CS08Q, QB
NPN transistor,
PNP transistor,
open collector
open collector
output
output
10mA or less at 24V DC
–
Ambient temperature
Dielectric strength
Insulation resistance
Degree of protection
Vibration
Shock
Protection circuit
–25 to 70°C
–25 to 80°C
250V AC 1 min.
1000V AC 1min.
50MΩ or more at 250V DC megger
50MΩ or more at 500V DC megger
IP67 (IEC Standard)
10-55Hz, 1.5mm double amplitude (in X, Y, Z directions, respectively for 2 hours)
500m/s2
–
Reverse polarity and surge voltage
Reverse polarity, short-circuit and surge voltage
Output
■ Output capacity
■ Response frequency
Type
PE1-CS1R5D, 5DB, 5Q, 5QB
PE1-CS2D, 2DB, 2Q, 2QB
PE1-YS08D, 08DB, 08Q, 08QB
PE1-CS08D, 08DB, 08Q, 08QB
PE1-CS2S, 2SB
PE1-C2D, 2DB, 2Q, 2QB
PE1-C5S, 5SB
PE1-CS5D, 5DB, 5Q, 5QB
PE1-CS5S, 5SB
PE1-CS10D, 10DB, 10Q, 10QB, 10S, 10SB
PE1-C5D, 5DB, 5Q, 5QB, 10S, 10SB
PE1-C10D, 10DB, 10Q, 10QB
PE1-C20D, 20DB, 20Q, 20QB
PE1-CS2A, 2AB, 5A, 5AB, 10A, 10AB
PE1-C5A, 5AB, 10A, 10AB, 20A, 20AB
Frequency (Hz)
2000
1500
1000
800
600
500
400
200
100
25
Ordering
code
Output
Current output*1 100mA max.
Current output*1 200mA max.
Current output
3 to 200mA
Current output*2 5 to 200mA
Surface protection covers
Dimensions, mm
A
B
C
D
13
7.5 6
20
18 10
18 28
PX1-P4 PE1Z0036
PX1-P8 PE1Z0037
Type
PE1-YS08D, 08DB, 08Q, 08QB
PE1-CS08D, 08DB, 08Q, 08QB
PE1-CS1R5D, 5DB, 5Q, 5QB
PE1-CS2D, 2DB, 2Q, 2QB
PE1-CS5D, 5DB, 5Q, 5QB
PE1-CS10D, 10DB, 10Q, 10QB
PE1-C2D, 2DB, 2Q, 2QB
PE1-C5D, 5DB, 5Q, 5QB
PE1-C10D, 10DB, 10Q, 10QB
PE1-C20D, 20DB, 20Q, 20QB
PE1-CS2S, 2SB, 5S, 5SB, 10S, 10SB
PE1-C5S, 5SB, 10S, 10SB, 20S, 20SB
PE1-CS2A, 2AB, 5A, 5AB, 10A, 10AB
PE1-C5A, 5AB, 10A, 10AB, 20A, 20AB
*1 Transistor, open collector output
*2 Refer to output capacity derating curve, see page 05/128
■ Accessories (optional)
Mounting brackets
Type
Surge voltage
Screw
(supplied)
Used with
M3 × 10
M4 × 20
PE1-YS08
PE1-CS1R5
PE1-C2
PE1-CS2
PE1-C5
PE1-CS5
PE1-C10
PE1-CS10
PE1-C20
PX1-P12 PE1Z0033
24
12.5 20
37
M4 × 25
PX1-P18 PE1Z0034
32
17
30
47
M5 × 32
PX1-P30 PE1Z0035
45
17
50
60
M5 × 50
Type
PX1-C12S
PX1-C18S
PX1-C30S
Ordering
code
PE1Z0030
PE1Z0031
PE1Z0032
Dimensions, mm
A
B
ø15
5
ø22.5
8
ø35
12
Used with
C
0.6
1.1
1.6
PE1-CS2
PE1-CS5
PE1-CS10
B
C
A
Type
KK02-301A
PX1-P4
PX1-P8 to P30
A
C
C
B
B
A
D
D
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/127
05
Proximity Switches
PE1-C, PE1-Y
■ Response curve for iron (Typical)
PE1-YS08
PE1-CS08
PE1-CS5쏔
PE1-C10쏔
PE1-CS1R5
PE1-C2쏔
Y (mm)
10
Y(mm)
PE1-C10쏔
30x30x1mm
(lron)
X
Y
0.8
5x5x1mm
(lron)
X
0.6
Y (mm)
1.5
PE1-CS5쏔
18x18x1mm
(lron)
5
Y
X
Y
0.4
1
0.5
0.2
1
0
1
PE1-CS10쏔
PE1-C20쏔
X
8
2
x(mm)
6
4
2
2
0
4
6 8
x (mm)
PE1-CS2쏔
PE1-C5쏔
Y (mm)
20
PE1-C20쏔
60x60x1mm
(lron)
PE1-CS10쏔
30x30x1mm
(lron)
10
Y(mm)
X
PE1-C5쏔
Y
4 8 12 16
x (mm)
1
0
1
2
3
x (mm)
200
15x15x1mm
(lron)
PE1-CS2쏔
2
16 12 8 4 0
2
Output capacity derating
PE1-C쏔A
5
Y
3
Output current (mA)
2
PE1-C20쏔
12x12x1mm(lron)
PE1-CS1쏔
8x8x1mm(lron)
2
5
■ Wiring diagrams
DC supply/3-wire system, NPN transistor output
12x12x1mm
(lron)
0
5
160
120
0
x (mm)
20
40
60
Ambient temperature (°C)
80
DC supply/2-wire system
PE1-C쏔S (1NO, 1NC)
Brown
Brown
Load
Load
Proximity
switch
Proximity
switch
10-30V DC
Black
10-30V DC
Blue
Blue
Load
DC supply/3-wire system, PNP transistor output
Brown
AC supply/2-wire system
PE1-C쏔A (1NO, 1NC)
Brown
Black
Proximity
switch
Load
Proximity
switch
10-30V DC
45-260V AC
Blue
Load
Load
Blue
■ Mutual interference
Be sure to space two switches at a
distance greater than that shown in the
table at right to prevent mutual
interference.
A
05/128
B
Type
PE1-YS08쏔
PE1-CS08쏔
PE1-CS1R5쏔
PE1-CS2쏔
PE1-CS5쏔
PE1-CS10쏔
PE1-C2쏔
PE1-C5쏔
PE1-C10쏔
PE1-C20쏔
A (mm)
10
10
20
30 (15)
50 (25)
100 (50)
30
80 (40)
200 (100)
300 (150)
B (mm)
5
5
15
20 (12)
30 (18)
70 (35)
30
80 (40)
120 (60)
200 (100)
Note: The values in parentheses are applicable
when using two switches with oscillation
frequencies different from each other.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
PE1-C, PE1-Y
PE1-CS08쏔
2000
PE1-CS1R5쏔
2000
25
8
Toothed lock
washer
3.2
10
Indicator
ø4
ø3
M5=P0.5
Indicator
Toothed
lock
washer
4
Indicator
ø3
25
M8 P=1
PE1-YS08쏔
ø3
■ Dimensions, mm
Shielded
IV cable 0.14mm2
27
IV cable 0.14mm2
13
17
PE1-CS2A
PE1-CS5쏔
17
Mass: 70g
IV cable 0.5mm2
42
36
ø6
52
Mass: 280g
ø3
4
PE1-C5A
Toothed
lock
washer
4
IV cable 0.14mm2
5
IV cable
0.3mm2 for 2-wire
0.3mm2 for 3-wire
27
37
17
2000
Indicator
M12 P=1
PE1-C5쏔
Indicator
ø4
PE1-C2쏔
Mass: 340g
M12 P=1
Non-shielded
7
Mass: 70g
2000
IV cable 0.3mm2
45
4
ø6
M18 P=1
M18 P=1
Indicator
IV cable 0.5mm2
10
37
24
Wave washer
5
Indicator
IV cable 0.5mm2
IV cable 0.5mm2
10
Wave
washer
ø6
Indicator
ø6
Wave
washer
2000
58
Mass: 100g
PE1-C20쏔
PE1-C10A
4
24
15
48
2000
53
36
64
Mass: 160g
Indicator
7
17
M30 P=1.5
PE1-C10쏔
43
Toothed
lock
washer
4
30
Mass: 40g
2000
68
2000
Mass: 170g
M8 P=1
IV cable 0.5mm2
36
2000
58
05
Wave washer
Indicator
ø6
M30 P=1.5
ø6
M18 P=1
5
Wave washer
Indicator
64
Toothed lock washer
2000
PE1-CS10A
Indicator
48
13
53
Mass: 160g
5
IV cable 0.5mm2
24
ø6
24
PE1-CS10쏔
4 Wave
washer
37
2000
58
Mass: 100g
PE1-CS5A
IV cable 0.5mm2
IV cable 0.3mm2
45
2000
43
Indicator
Indicator
ø4
30
Wave washer
4
Toothed
lock
washer
4
IV cable
0.3mm2 for 2-wire
0.2mm2 for 3-wire
17
2000
M18 P=1
Indicator
M12 P=1
Toothed
lock
washer
4
Mass: 40g
ø4
M12 P=1
PE1-CS2쏔
Mass: 30g
ø4
Mass: 30g
IV cable 0.14mm
37
2
M30 P=1.5
17
Mass: 170g
2000
42
58
2000
Mass: 280g
PE1-C20A
5
Wave washer
M30 P=1.5
ø6
Indicator
IV cable 0.5mm2
15
36
52
68
2000
Mass: 340g
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/129
Proximity Switches
PE-B
Inductive proximity switches–
Square type, PE-B
Supply voltage:
10-30V DC
80-250V AC, 50/60Hz
Operating distance: 4 to 50mm
■ Features
• Operating distance from 4mm to
50mm permits a variety of applications.
• LED’s for operating indication lamp are
provided for all types thus facilitating
operation checks.
• Ones with an operating distance of
over 20mm meet the requirements of
the CENELEC Standards.
• Wide operating voltage range
Operating range of supply voltage is
from 80 to 250V AC or from 10 to 30V
DC.
• Provided with built-in reverse polarity
and surge voltage protection circuits.
• PNP output types are also available
thus permitting application to machine
tools in Europe.
PE-B
■ Ordering code
■ Type number nomenclature
PE1 B 10 – D B 3
PE – B 4 D 3 B
Basic type
Basic type
Contact
Blank: 1NO
B:
1NC
Series
B: Square shaped
Sensing head direction
Blank: Standard
3:
Upper side
(PE-B4 only)
Series
B: Square shaped
Sensing head direction
Blank: Standard
3:
Upper side
(PE–B4 only)
Operating distance
4: 4mm
20: 20mm
7: 7mm
30: 30mm
10:10mm 50: 50mm
15:15mm
SK-588
Operating system
D: DC, 3-wire, NPN output
Q: DC, 3-wire, PNP output
A: AC, 2-wire
S: DC, 2-wire
Operating distance
04: 4mm
20: 20mm
07: 7mm
30: 30mm
10: 10mm 50: 50mm
15: 15mm
Contact
Blank: 1NO
B:
1NC
Operating system
D: DC, 3-wire, NPN output
Q: DC, 3-wire, PNP output
A: AC, 2-wire
S: DC, 3-wire
■ Versions
Operating
system
Target
size (mm)
Operating
distance
(mm)
Output *
1NO
Type
Ordering
code
1NC
Type
Ordering
code
Output *
1NO
Type
Ordering
code
1NC
Type
Ordering
code
DC supply
3-wire
20 × 20 × 1
20 × 20 × 1
30 × 30 × 1
40 × 40 × 1
50 × 50 × 1
50 × 50 × 1
90 × 90 × 1
150 × 150 × 1
4
4
7
10
15
20
30
50
PE-B4D
PE-B4D3
PE-B7D
PE-B10D
PE-B15D
PE-B20D
PE-B30D
PE-B50D
PE1B04-D
PE1B04-D3
PE1B07-D
PE1B10-D
PE1B15-D
PE1B20-D
PE1B30-D
PE1B50-D
PE-B4DB
PE-B4D3B
PE-B7DB
PE-B10DB
PE-B15DB
PE-B20DB
PE-B30DB
PE-B50DB
PE1B04-DB
PE1B04-DB3
PE1B07-DB
PE1B10-DB
PE1B15-DB
PE1B20-DB
PE1B30-DB
PE1B50-DB
PE-B4Q
PE-B4Q3
PE-B7Q
PE-B10Q
–
PE-B20Q
PE-B30Q
PE-B50Q
PE1B04-Q
PE1B04-Q3
PE1B07-Q
PE1B10-Q
–
PE1B20-Q
PE1B30-Q
PE1B50-Q
PE-B4QB
PE-B4Q3B
PE-B7QB
PE-B10QB
–
PE-B20QB
PE-B30QB
PE-B50QB
PE1B04-QB
PE1B04-QB3
PE1B07-QB
PE1B10-QB
–
PE1B20-QB
PE1B30-QB
PE1B50-QB
AC supply
2-wire
30 × 30 × 1
40 × 40 × 1
50 × 50 × 1
90 × 90 × 1
150 × 150 × 1
7
10
20
30
50
PE-B7A
PE-B10A
PE-B20A
PE-B30A
PE-B50A
PE1B07-A
PE1B10-A
PE1B20-A
PE1B30-A
PE1B50-A
–
–
–
PE-B30AB
PE-B50AB
–
–
–
PE1B30-AB
PE1B50-AB
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
DC supply
2-wire
20 × 20 × 1
30 × 30 × 1
40 × 40 × 1
50 × 50 × 1
90 × 90 × 1
150 × 150 × 1
4
7
10
20
30
50
PE-B4S
PE-B7S
PE-B10S
PE-B20S
PE-B30S
PE-B50S
PE1B04-S
PE1B07-S
PE1B10-S
PE1B20-S
PE1B30-S
PE1B50-S
PE-B4SB
PE-B7SB
PE-B10SB
PE-B20SB
PE-B30SB
PE-B50SB
PE1B04-SB
PE1B07-SB
PE1B10-SB
PE1B20-SB
PE1B30-SB
PE1B50-SB
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Notes: *PE-B쏔D: NPN transistor, open collector output
PE-B쏔Q: PNP transistor, open collector output
PE-B쏔A: Thyristor output
PE-B쏔S: Transistor output
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
05/130
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
PE-B
■ Specifications
Type
PE-B쏔D, PE-B쏔DB
PE-B쏔Q, PE-B쏔QB
PE-B쏔S, PE-B쏔SB
PE-B쏔A, PE-B쏔AB
Output
NPN transistor,
open collector output
PNP transistor,
open collector output
Transistor, output
Thyristor, output
Supply voltage
12/24V DC *1
12/24V DC *1
120/240V AC *2
Output capacity
Max. 200mA at 12/24V DC
(PE-B4D쏔, PE-B4Q쏔: Max. 50mA at 12/24V DC)
Max. 100mA
10 to 200mA
Current consumption
Max. 15mA at 24V DC
0.8mA or less
(Leakage current)
2mA at 200V AC
(Leakage current)
Ambient temperature
–25 to +75°C
–25 to +75°C
–25 to +75°C
Dielectric strength
2000V AC, 1 min.
2000V AC, 1 min.
2000V AC, 1 min.
Insulation resistance
Over 50MΩ (500V DC megger)
Degree of protection
IP67 (IEC)
Response frequency
See table below
Vibration
10 to 55Hz, 1.5mm double amplitude (in X, Y and Z direction, respectively for two hours)
Shock
500m/s2
Short-circuit (except PE-B쏔A and PE-B쏔AB), reverse polarity, surge voltage
Circuit protection
1
*2 Operational voltage range: 80 to 250V AC.
Notes: * Operational voltage range: 10 to 30V DC
05
■ Response frequency
AC supply
DC supply
PE-B7D, PE-B7Q, PE-B7S
PE-B4D, PE-B4Q, PE-B4S
RE-B10D, PE-B10Q, PE-B10S
300Hz
200Hz
PE-B15D, PE-B20D, PE-B20Q, PE-B20S 100Hz
PE-B30D, PE-B30Q, PE-B30S
50Hz
PE-B50D, PE-B50Q, PE-B50S
10Hz
■ Response curve for iron (Typical)
PE-B4쏔
Material: Iron
20 × 20 × 1mm
PE-B7쏔
Material: Iron
30 × 30 × 1mm
PE-B7A, PE-B10A, PE-B20A
PE-B30A, PE-B50A
PE-B10쏔
Material: Iron
40 × 40 × 1mm
20Hz
5Hz
PE-B15쏔
Material: Iron
50 × 50 × 1mm
Y (mm)
10
Y (mm)
4
Y (mm)
Y (mm)
15
Y
3
X
X
8
6
X
Y
10
4
Y
1
5
X
5
2
Y
5
2
0
5
X (mm)
PE-B20쏔
Material: Iron
50 × 50 × 1mm
12
8
4
0
4
8
12
X (mm)
10
5
PE-B30쏔
Material: Iron
90 × 90 × 1mm
0
5
15
10
X (mm)
10
5
5
0
10
15
X (mm)
PE-B50쏔
Material: Iron
150 × 150 × 1mm
Y (mm)
20
Y (mm)
Y (mm)
X
60
30
15
X
Y
10
X
20
Y
40
Y
5
15
10
5
20
10
5
10
15
X (mm)
30
20
10
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
0
10
20
30
X (mm)
40
20
0
20
40
X (mm)
05/131
Proximity Switches
PE-B
■ Wiring diagrams
DC supply/3-wire system
DC supply/2-wire system
AC supply/2-wire system
PE-B쏔S
PE-B쏔D
PE-B쏔A
Brown
Load
Brown
Brown
Load
Black
Proximity
switch
Load
10-30V
DC
10-30V
DC
Proximity
switch
Proximity
switch
80-250V
AC
Blue
Load
Blue
Blue
Load
PE-B쏔Q
Brown
Proximity
switch
Black
10-30V
DC
Load
Blue
■ Dimensions, mm
PE-B4쏔, B4쏔3 PE-B4쏔B, B4쏔3B
PE-B7쏔, PE-B7쏔B
PE-B10쏔, PE-B10쏔B
LED
LED
ø6
LED
ø6
0.5mm 2
0.14mm 2
33.5
0.5mm
1.5
Mass: 90g
0.5
2.3
PE-B20쏔, PE-B20쏔B
PE-B15D, PE-B15DB
1000
21.5
13
18.5
25
12
Mass: 30g
40
30
Sensor
surface
17
3.5
Sensor
surface
1000
38.5
1000
30
0.3
2
34
9.5
15
2
4.3
4.3
Sensor
surface
(PE-B4M)
22
30
18
25
29
21
12
ø3
6
Mass: 120g
0.5
Sensor
surface
(PE-B4M3)
PE-B30쏔, PE-B30쏔B
LED
30
40
ø6
23
26
ø6
60
2
1000
53
45
45
5.5
35
40
2
2
Sensor
surface
35
42
48
2000
45
0.5mm
0.5mm
Sensor
surface
60
ø6
2-(7.6 x 4.8)
LED
1000
5.3
LED
80
40
2000
26
Mass: 180g
■ Mutual interference:
Be sure to space two switches at a
distance greater than that shown in the
table at right to prevent mutual
interference.
5.3
65
ø6
65
0.5
20.5
PE-B50쏔, PE-B50쏔B
30
40
24
35
18
Mass: 180g
80
2
A
LED
2
05/132
Mass: 580g
B
Mass: 330g
Type
PE-B4쏔
BE-B7쏔
PE-B10쏔
PE-B15쏔
PE-B20쏔
PE-B30쏔
PE-B50쏔
A (mm)
60 (30)
80 (40)
120 (60)
200 (100)
200 (100)
300 (150)
500 (250)
B (mm)
60 (30)
80 (40)
120 (60)
120 (60)
200 (100)
300 (150)
500 (250)
Note: The values in parentheses are applicable
when using two switches with oscillation
frequencies different from each other.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
PE-X15D
Inductive proximity switches–
Square flat type, PE-X15D
• Only two screws are needed to affix
each switch, eliminating the need for
exclusive mounting brackets.
• Incorporates surge suppression
circuits and protection circuits
against reverse polarity and shortcircuits.
Operating system:
DC supply/3-wire system
Supply voltage range: 10 to 30V DC
Operating distance: 15mm
■ Features
• Degree of protection meets the
requirements of IEC IP66, thus
permitting operations in unfavorable
environment.
PE-X15D
■ Response curve for iron
■ Specifications
Material: Iron
50×50×1mm
Type (Ordering code)
PE-X15D
Operating system
DC supply/3-wire
Output
NPN transistor, open collector, 1NO
Operating distance
15mm ±10%
Target size (iron)
50×50×1mm (iron)
Differential distance
Max. ±10% of operating distance
Rated voltage
12/24V DC (10 to 30V DC)
Switching capacity
200mA max.
Current consumption
15mA max. at 24V DC
Residual voltage
1.5V max. at 24V DC, 200mA
Response frequency
100Hz
Variation due to voltage
fluctuation
Max. ±1% of operating distance at 12/24V DC when
operated within 10 to 30V DC
Variation due to temperature
fluctuation
Max. ±10% of operating distance at 20°C within
temperature range of –25 to +70°C
Dielectric strength
1000V AC, 1min.
Insulation resistance
50M⏲ or more (500V DC)
Degree of protection
IP66 (IEC)
Ambient temperature
–25 to +70°C (avoid icing)
Humidity
35 to 95% RH
Vibration
10–55Hz, 1.5mm double amplitude
Shock
500m/s2 (approx. 50G)
X
05
10
Y
5
15
10
5
0
5
10
15
X (mm)
• Influence of surronding metals:
■ Wiring diagrams
When mounting a proximity switch surrounded by
metals, be sure to provide a minimum distance as
shown below.
Metal
60mm min.
10mm min.
Metal
■ Dimensions, mm
.5
Brown
ø3
4–
10-30V
DC
28
ø4
Load
Black
35
Proximity
switch
Y (mm)
15
8
ø2
10±3
Blue
30±5
28
35
8
5
12
23
2000
IV cable 0.2mm2
indicator
Mass: 80g
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/133
Proximity Switches
PE-T
Inductive proximity switches–
Slim type, PE-T
Supply voltage: 12/24V DC
120/240V AC
Output capacity: Max. 200mA
■ Features
• Unusual “Magnetic Shield Method”
permits to mount these units side by
side, touching each other. (Shielded
type PE-TS2)
• Only 12mm in thickness because of
the use of IC.
■ Versions
Description
Operating
system
Shielded
Non-shielded
• Wide operating voltage range
Operating range of supply voltage is
from 80 to 250V AC or from 10 to 30V
DC.
• LED indicators are provided for all
types thus facilitating operation
checks.
• Provided with built-in reverse polarity
and surge voltage protection circuits.
• Water and oil-tight
Degree of protection meets the
requirements of IEC IP67 thus
permitting operations in unfavorable
environment.
Target
size (mm)
Operating
distance
(mm)
Output
1NO
Type
PE-T
AF89-744
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
Ordering
code
1NC
Type
Ordering
code
DC supply/3-wire
12 × 12 × 1
2
PE-TS2D
PE-TS2Q
PE1T02-D
PE1T02-Q
PE-TS2DB
PE-TS2QB
PE1T02-DB
PE1T02-QB
DC supply/2-wire
12 × 12 × 1
2
PE-TS2S
PE1T02-S
PE-TS2SB
PE1T02-SB
AC supply/2-wire
12 × 12 × 1
2
PE-TS2A
PE1T02-A
—
—
DC supply/3-wire
20 × 20 × 1
4
PE-T4D
PE-T4Q
PE1N04-D
PE1N04-Q
PE-T4DB
PE-T4QB
PE1N04-DB
PE1N04-QB
DC supply/2-wire
20 × 20 × 1
4
PE-T4S
PE1N04-S
PE-T4SB
PE1N04-SB
AC supply/2-wire
20 × 20 × 1
4
PE-T4A
PE1N04-A
—
—
■ Specifications
Type
Output
PE-TS2Q, PE-T4Q
PNP transistor,
open collector output
Supply voltage
Output capacity
Current consumption
PE-TS2D, PE-T4D
NPN transistor,
open collector output
12/24V DC*1
Max. 200mA
Max. 15mA at 24V DC
Ambient temperature
Dielectric strength
Insulation resistance
Degree of protection
Response frequency
–25 to +70°C
2000V AC, 1 min.
Over 50MΩ (500V DC)
IP67 (IEC)
See table below
–25 to +70°C
2000V AC 1 min.
Over 50MΩ at 500V DC
IP67 (IEC)
PE-TS2S, PE-T4S
Transistor output
PE-TS2A, PE-T4A
Thyristor output
Max. 0.8mA
(Leakage current)
–25 to +70°C
2000V AC, 1 min.
Over 50MΩ (at 500V DC)
IP67 (IEC)
120/240V AC*2
10 to 200mA
Max. 2mA at 200V AC
(Leakage current)
–25 to +70°C
2000V AC 1 min.
Over 50MΩ (at 500V DC)
IP67 (IEC)
Notes: *1 Operating voltage range: 10 to 30V DC *2 Operating voltage range: 80 to 250V AC.
■ Response curve for iron
PE-TS2쏔
12x12x1mm (lron)
■ Response frequency
DC supply types
PE-T4쏔
Y (mm)
2
20x20x1mm (lron)
PE-TS2D, PE-TS2Q
PE-TS2S
PE-T4D, PE-T4Q
PE-T4S
Y (mm)
4
X
X
3
Y
Y
1
800Hz
250Hz
AC supply types
2
PE-TS2A, PE-T4A
20Hz
1
2
05/134
0
2
X (mm)
5
0
5
X (mm)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
PE-T
■ Type number nomenclature
PE – TS 2 – D B
■ Ordering code
PE1 T 02 – D B
Contact
Blank: 1NO
B:
1NC
Operating system
D: DC, 3-wire, NPN output
Q: DC, 3-wire, PNP output
S: DC, 2-wire
A: AC, 2-wire
Operating distance
2: 2mm
4: 4mm
Series
TS: Shielded, slim type
N: Non-shielded, slim type
Basic type
Contact
Blank: 1NO
B:
1NC
Operating system
D: DC, 3-wire, NPN output
Q: DC, 3-wire, PNP output
S: DC, 2-wire
A: AC, 2-wire
Operating distance
02: 2mm
04: 4mm
Series
T: Shielded, slim type
N: Non-shielded, slim type
Basic type
■ Wiring diagrams
DC supply/3-wire system
■ Dimensions, mm
Sensor surface
2- ø3.1
2·M3 depth 6
6
PE-T쏔D
05
40
9
Proximity
switch
16±0.2
Load
Black
ø4
32±0.2
Brown
5
4
10-30V DC
4 17±0.2
Blue
26
Mass : 50g
■ Mutual interference:
Be sure to space two switches at a distance greater than that
shown in the table below to prevent mutual interference.
PE-T쏔Q
Brown
A
Proximity
switch
Black
12
B
10-30V DC
Load
Blue
Type
PE-TS2쏔
PE-T4쏔
DC supply/2-wire system
PE-T쏔S
Load
Brown
Proximity
switch
A (mm)
24(12)
60(30)
B (mm)
24(12)
60(30)
Note: The values in parentheses are
applicable when using two
switches with oscillation
frequencies different from each
other.
10-30V DC
Blue
Load
AC supply/2-wire system
PE-T쏔A
Brown
Load
Proximity
switch
80-250V AC
Blue
Load
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/135
Proximity Switches
PE1B2P
■ Features
• For further improved operability, an
extra compact switch enables
operation indications to be checked
from three directions
• Equipped with surge voltage and
reverse polarity protection functions
Inductive proximity switches –
Compact square type, PE1B2P
Operating system:
DC supply/3-wire system
Supply voltage: 12/24V DC
Operating distance: 2.5mm
Output capacity: 100mA max.
PE1B2P
AF94-163
■ Type number nomenclature
(Ordering code)
PE1B 2P – D 3
■ Specifications
DC supply/3-wire
NPN transistor, open collector
Operating distance
2.5mm ±20%
Operating system
D: NPN transistor,
open collector output
Target size
15 x 15 x 1mm, iron
X
2
Y
1
1
2
Max. 10% of operating distance
Operating voltage
12/24V DC (10 to 30V DC)
Current consumption
Max. 15mA at 24V DC
Output capacity
Max. 100mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.5V at 24V DC 100mA
d
e
nu
3
4
Response frequency
Min. 500Hz
Ambient temperature
–25 to +70°C
Humidity
i
D
0
1
X (mm)
Differential distance
i
t
n
7
o
0
c
0
s
Y (mm)
3
2
Surface side
Output
■ Response curve for iron
3
PE1B2P-D3
Front (Standard)
Operating system
Basic type
4
PE1B2P-D
Sensing head
Sensing head
direction
Blank: Front (Standard)
3:
Surface
Operating distance
2P: 2.5mm
5
Type (Ordering code)
5
■ Material of target operating
distance
35 to 95% RH
2
.
r
a
M
Protection of circuit
Surge voltage, reverse circuit
Variation due to
temperature fluctuation
Max. ±15% of operating distance at 20°C within a
temperature range of –25 to +70°C
Variation due to voltage
fluctuation
Max. ±2% of operating distance at rated voltage when
operated within ±15% of power supply voltage
Dielectric strength
1000V AC 1 min.
Insulation resistance
Over 50MΩ (500V DC)
Degree of protection
IP67 (IEC)
Vibration
10 to 55Hz, double amplitude 1.5mm (in X, Y and Z direction,
respectively for 2 hours)
Shock
500m/s2
Operating distance (mm)
lron
Stainless
2
1
Brass
Aluminum
X
0
20
30
10
Length of one side of target (mm)
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
05/136
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
PE1B2P
■ Wiring diagram
Notes on use
Mutual interference:
Be sure to space to switches at a distance greater than that
shown in the figure below to prevent mutual interference.
Brown
Load
Black
Proximity
switch
10-30V DC
25 mm
Blue
20 mm
■ Dimensions, mm
PE1B2P-D
Influence of surrounding metals:
When mounting a proximity switch surrounded by metals, be
sure to provide a minimum distance as shown below.
.1
8
ø3
ø3
Metal
18.5
3
23
Sensor
surface
1000
10mm min.
Indicator
10mm
min.
05
d
e
nu
5
5.2
9
Proximity SW
i
t
n
7
o
0
c
0
s
8
ø3
1
Sensor
surface
i
D
3
8
15.5
20
1000
5.2
7.4
Metal
Mounting
Use the supplied bracket and screw. Tightening torque is
0.5N•m or less. It is desirable to use a screw locking device
together with to prevent the screw from loosening.
PE1B2P-D3
.
ø3
Mass: 12g
Indicator
2
.
r
a
M
Mass: 12g
M3 x 12 pan-head
screw(supplied)
Mounting bracket
(supplied)
M3 Depth 8mm min.
ø2.0 Depth
3mm min.
11.5
ø3.2
9
2
Mounting bracket (supplied)
11.7
2
2
16.2
0.4
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/137
Proximity Switches
PE-L
Inductive proximity switchesAnalog output type, PE-L
• The accuracy of linearity is ±1.5% of
full scale and the resolution accuracy
±0.05% of full scale, thus permitting a
highly accurate measurement and
detection of minute displacement of
distance.
• Provided with 2 switching output
circuits so as to detect an arbitrary
position within the detecting range by
incorporating a built-in comparator
circuit.
• Provided with a SPAN indicator lamp.
■ Description
These switches are ideally suited for
deformation inspections, position
controls of laser beam machines and
similar displacement measurements and
controls of a variety of machines.
■ Features
• Red LED indicator lamp
• Output voltage proportional to the
distance from the object.
PE-LA
PE-LS
SP-387
Amplifier unit
Sensor
External
diameter
Type
M12
M18
M30
PE-LS2
PE-LS5
PE-LS10
Ordering
code
12/24V DC
Type
PE1L02
PE1L05
PE1L10
PE-LA2D
PE-LA5D
PE-LA10D
Ordering
code
PE1LA02-T
PE1LA05-T
PE1LA10-T
110V AC
Type
PE-LA2A/1
PE-LA5A/1
PE-LA10A/1
■ Specifications
Sensor
220V AC
Type
Ordering
code
PE1LA02-H
PE1LA05-H
PE1LA10-H
PE-LA2A/2
PE-LA5A/2
PE-LA10A/2
PE-LS5
PE-LS2
5mm
2mm
Magnetic materials
0.4–2mm
1–5mm
12 x 12 x 1t
18 x 18 x 1t
5kHz
10kHz
Ambient temperature
Degree of protection
Mass (Includes a 3m prewired cable)
–25 to +70°C
IP67 (IEC)
90g
PE-LS10
10mm
Detecting of height and thickness of product
Amplifier
PE-LAMM
2–10mm
30 x 30 x 1t
2kHz
Sensor
PE-LSM
OUT1
OUT2
Reject signal
OUT1
Setting level
OUT2
Setting level
A line
Conveyor
B A B A
B line
120g
220g
Product
Position control for laser beam machine
Amplifier
PE-LA쏔쏔
Amplifier
Analog output
Description
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Analog output
Resolution
characteristic
Linearity
Switching output
Differential
characteristic
Adjustment
Analog
1 Volt adj.
function
output
voltage
adjustment 5 Volts
adj.
DC supply
12/24V DC
30mA max.
AC supply
110, 220V AC, 50/60 Hz*
40mA max.
0.05% of full scale
±1.5% of full scale
1 to 5% of rated operating distance
Adjustment for output voltage of 1 Volt at 20% of
rated operating distance
Adjustment for output voltage of 5 Volts at rated
operating distance
Adjustment for operating position of ON/OFF
output
Analog output
1 to 5 Volts
Switching
output
NPN transistor output 100mA max.
(30V DC)
SPAN indicator, Switching output indicator
–10 to +55°C
100g
180g
TP28S, TP28X, ATX1NS (8-pin)
Note: * Operating voltage range
Output 1
Output 2
Sensor
PE-LS쏔
Motor
control
Measuring of plate and welded joint thickness
Switching Output
1 adj.
output
adjustment Output
2 adj.
Indicator
Ambient temperature
Mass
Socket
05/138
PE1LA02-M
PE1LA05-M
PE1LA10-M
■ Application examples
Type
Rated operating distance
Standard material of target
Operating distance range
Standard target size (Iron) t: thickness
Response frequency
Output
Ordering
code
Sensor
PE-LS쏔
Amplifier
PE-LA쏔쏔
Recorder
etc.
ON/OFF output
Anolog output
V
ON/OFF output
Detecting level
Analog output
Motor
control
Detecting
of welded
joint
I
Feed control for grinder wheel
Amplifier
PE-LA쏔쏔
100V: 85-121V AC
200V: 170–242V AC
Analog output Motor
control
Sensor
PE-LS쏔
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number (ordering code)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
PE-L
PE-LS5
6
5
5
5
4
3
2
4
3
2
1
0
0.8
1.2 1.6 2.0
Distance (mm)
2.4
3
2
0
2.8
Size of target-Linearity
PE-LS2
4
1
0
0.4
1
2
3
4
5
Distance (mm)
6
7
PE-LS5
2
10
8
8
8
5×5mm
4
8×8mm
12×12mm 18×18mm
2
0
8×8mm
6
4
2
18×18mm
12×12mm
0
1.2
1.6
Distance (mm)
Material of target-Output voltage
PE-LS2
6
30×30mm
3
4
5
Distance (mm)
2
5
Fe
AI
3
2
1
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.4
2.8
4
2
30×30mm
–2
60×60mm
2
4
6
3
2
8
10
Distance (mm)
Stainless
(SUS304)
5
Fe
AI
4
0
05
15×15mm
Brass
1
0.4
14
6
6
Stainless
(SUS304)
Cu
Brass
Cu
12
12×12mm
PE-LS10
6
Output voltage (V)
5
1
PE-LS5
Stainless
(SUS304)
Brass
4
–2
2.0
6
8
10
Distance (mm)
0
Output voltage (V)
– 2 30×30mm
0.4
0.8
0
Linearity (% of FS)
10
6
4
PE-LS10
10
Linearity (% of FS)
Linearity (% of FS)
Output voltage (V)
6
1
Output voltage (V)
PE-LS10
6
Output voltage (V)
Output voltage (V)
■ Typical characteristic data
Distance-output voltage
PE-LS2
Cu
Fe
AL
4
3
2
1
1
Distance (mm)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
2
3
4
5
Distance (mm)
6
7
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
Distance (mm)
05/139
Proximity Switches
PE-L
Amplifier-unit
TP28X
93
10
2
F
4
4
5
4.5
M3.5 x 8
34
43.5
Mounting rails
TP28S
TH35-7.5 (Steel)
7.5
1
4.5
44 x 20 = 880
12
20 20 10
9
71
56
52
(48)
7.5
15
20
93.4 For TH35-15
85.9 For TH35-75
Socket/Surface mounting
(33)
30
6.9
58.3
5
35
E
17
24
36
27
B
20
30
40
10
A
M12×1
M18×1
M30×1.5
9
72.5
6
Type
PE-LS2
PE-LS5
PE-LS10
71
56
52
(48)
PE LA
AWG 27
5.5
A
Shielded wire
Mass: 53g
(33)
30
6.9
44 SQ
ø3.1
E
Socket/Rail mounting
48 SQ
3000
B
F
4.5
■ Dimensions, mm
Sensor
900
5
Mass: 290g
7.5
15
4.5
43.5
20
TH35-7.5AL (Aluminum)
Mass: 56g
Socket/Soldering terminal
27
Adaptor/Flush mounting
44 x 20 = 880
12
7.5
1
ATX1NS
20 20 10
76
60
900
4 5
Mass: 140g
33
6
7
TH35-15AL (Aluminum)
25
1 8
15
1
Mass: 18g
44 x 20 = 880
12
35
27
25
35
5.5
3
2
47
5.5
34
43.5
35
M3.5 x 8
20 20 10
900
Mass: 220g
■ Wiring diagrams
DC
■ Timing diagrams
AC
Switching Output 2
Setting of sensing point
Power source for loads
(DC10 – 30V)
Shield
Sensor
Switching output 1
Switching output 2
6
5
4
3
Shield
Switching
Load
output 1
Load
Switching
4 3
output 2
Sensor
6
5
Position target
Switching Output 1
Setting of sensing point
100%
20%
7
8
1
2
+ –
V
Analog output
7
8
1
+ –
V
2
Analog output
Power source
Internal circuit of output (DC)
4.7kΩ
05/140
ON
SPAN indicator
Load Load
7
4.7kΩ Load Load
3
Switching Output 2
(indication)
Switching Output 1
(indication)
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Internal circuit of output (AC)
Load Load
3
4
4
2
5
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
PE-L
■ Handling of the amplifier unit
Indicators and output adjusting dial
Adjustment of analog output
PE-LA
Order
6
7
1
Position of
target
2
3
1/5th of rated operating distance
Rated operating distance
–
5
1
Adjusting
dial
–
Method of
adjusting
4
3
2
Connect voltmeter to
terminal 1 and 8
SP-385
Method I
1 1V adjusting dial
Shield
Output 1
Output 2
Used to adjust the output voltage to 1V
when the standard size target is
positioned at a point 1/5th of the rated
operating distance.
6
5
4
3
7
8
1
2
Method II
4 Operating distance adjusting dial
–
(For switching output 1)
5 Operating indicator (Red)
This lamp is used to indicate the
operating state of output 1. (Lights up
when the output is ON. Goes out when
the output is OFF)
Adjustment of sensitivity
6 Operating indicator (Red)
Position of
target
Lights up when the linear output voltage
is within the range from 1 to 5 Volts.
Position the standard size
target at a point 1/5th of
the rated operating
distance and turn the 1V
adjusting dial
counterclockwise so that
the SPAN indicator goes
out, and then turn it
clockwise slowly until the
SPAN indicator lamp lights
up.
Position the standard size
target to the position at the
rated operating distance
and turn the 5V adjusting
dial clockwise slowly so
that the SPAN indicator
goes out, and then turn it
counterclockwise until the
SPAN indicator lamp lights
up.
PE-LA M0
(For switching output 2)
7 SPAN indicator (Green)
Position the standard size
target to the position at the
rated operating distance
and turn the 5V adjusting
dial clockwise slowly (to
increase the output
voltage) or
counterclockwise so that
the output voltage is 5V.
V
3 Operating distance adjusting dial
This lamp is used to indicate the
operating state of output 2. (Lights up
when the output is ON. Goes out when
the output is OFF)
Position the standard size
target to the position at a
point 1/5th of the rated
operating distance and
turn the 1V adjusting dial
clockwise slowly (to
increase the output
voltage) or
counterclockwise so that
the output voltage is 1V.
-
+
2 5V adjusting dial
Used to adjust the output voltage 5V
when the standard size target is
positioned at the rated operating
distance.
5V
1V
S
Adjusting
dial
Method of
adjusting
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Position the standard size target in position and turn the
detecting distance adjusting dial clockwise slowly until the
operation indicator lights up. Move the standard size target so
as to check that it operates at the specified position.
05/141
05
Proximity Switches
PE2-C
Inductive proximity switches–
Cylindrical type, PE2-C
The lineup of PE2-C series proximity
switches has been augmented by the
addition DC 3-wire system switches with
NPN and PNP transistor outputs and 2wire system switches usable for both AC
and DC applications.
These new switches are characterized
by:
• A stable operating indicator composed
of a two-color (red and green) LED that
enables easy and reliable setting of
detection range
• Smaller dimensions and longer
detecting distance due to incorporation
of new IC
• Four ways to configure DC 2-wire
systems, DC 3-wire systems (which
provide NPN and PNP transistor
outputs) and two-wire systems usable
for both AC and DC applications. This
wide choice of configurations makes it
possible to choose appropriate switch
for the circuit.
The DC 2-wire system
• Reduces wiring cost and labor
• Can be connected to such high
impedance load as small relays, PLC,
and NC equipment without risk of reset
failure due to leakage currents of not
exceeding 0.8mA and a residual
voltage of 3V.
• Consumes very little current and
places no burden on the power supply
serving PLC.
Make a power supply for the sensor
unnecessary.
• Enables easy connection on site to
load equipment having sink- and
source-current input specifications.
• Has protective circuit to protect against
short-circuit, reverse polarity, and
surges.
The DC 3-wire system:
• Available in 16 types of units, shielded
or unshielded, of varying diameter, and
providing two types of output
• Also available with PNP output
transistors for European machine tool
applications.
PE2-C
AF91-505
• Has the same external dimensions as
the PE1 series which is not equipped
with stable operating indicator.
The 2-wire system switch usable for both
AC and DC applications:
• Can be operated from sources from 20
to 250V DC and 40 to 250V AC.
• Reduces wiring cost and labor.
• Is unpolarized, eliminating hazard of
reverse polarity connection.
■ Specifications
Description
Operating system
Operating
distance
(mm)
Target
External Response
size (mm) diameter frequency
(iron)
(Hz)
Supply
voltage
Output
Shielded
DC supply/2-wire,
current output
2
3
7
10
8×8×1
12×12×1
18×18×1
30×30×1
M8
M12
M18
M30
1500
1000
500
400
12/24V DC
3 to
PE2-CSN2S PE2S02-S
100mA PE2-CS3S PE2S03-S
PE2-CS7S PE2S07-S
1NO
PE2-CS10S PE2S10-S
DC supply/3-wire,
NPN transistor
output
2
3
7
10
8×8×1
12×12×1
18×18×1
30×30×1
M8
M12
M18
M30
1500
1000
500
400
DC supply/3-wire,
PNP transistor
output
2
3
7
10
8×8×1
12×12×1
18×18×1
30×30×1
M8
M12
M18
M30
1500
1000
500
400
3
12×12×1
M12
1000 (DC)
25 (AC)
7
18×18×1
M18
500 (DC)
25 (AC)
10
30×30×1
M30
400 (DC)
25 (AC)
4
8
14
24
20×20×1
30×30×1
30×30×1
60×60×1
M8
M12
M18
M30
1000
800
400
100
DC supply/3-wire,
NPN transistor
output
4
8
14
24
20×20×1
30×30×1
30×30×1
60×60×1
M8
M12
M18
M30
1000
800
400
100
DC supply/3-wire,
PNP transistor
output
4
8
14
24
20×20×1
30×30×1
30×30×1
60×60×1
M8
M12
M18
M30
1000
800
400
100
Metal
AC/DC supply/2-wire,
thyristor output
Nonshielded
Metal
05/142
DC supply/2-wire,
current output
Operating
voltage range
10 to 30V DC
Type
Ordering
code
200mA PE2-CS2D
max.
PE2-CS3D
PE2-CS7D
1NO
PE2-CS10D
PE2S02-D
PE2S03-D
PE2S07-D
PE2S10-D
200mA PE2-CS2Q
max.
PE2-CS3Q
PE2-CS7Q
1NO
PE2-CS10Q
PE2S02-Q
PE2S03-Q
PE2S07-Q
PE2S10-Q
24/48/100/200V DC 5 to
48/100/200V AC
100mA
PE2-CS3W PE2S03-W
Operating
voltage range
20 to 250V DC
40 to 250V AC
PE2-CS7W PE2S07-W
12/24V DC
Operating
voltage range
10 to 30V DC
1NO
PE2-CS10W PE2S10-W
3 to
PE2-C4S
100mA PE2-C8S
PE2-C14S
1NO
PE2-C24S
PE2C04-S
PE2C08-S
PE2C14-S
PE2C20-S
200mA PE2-C4D
max.
PE2-C8D
PE2-C14D
1NO
PE2-C24D
PE2C04-D
PE2C08-D
PE2C14-D
PE2C24-D
200mA PE2-C4Q
max.
PE2-C8Q
PE2-C14Q
1NO
PE2-C24Q
PE2C04-Q
PE2C08-Q
PE2C14-Q
PE2C24-Q
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
PE2-C
■ Specifications
Type
PE2-C쏔S
(DC supply/2-wire)
PE2-C쏔D
PE2-C쏔Q
(DC supply/3-wire)
PE2-C쏔W
(AC/DC supply/2-wire)
Output
Tranisistor output
NPN transistor,
open collector
output
Thyristor output
PNP transistor,
open collector
output
Ambient temperature
–25 to 80°C (no icing)
Differential distance
Max. ±10% of operating distance
Variation due to
temperature fluctuation
Max. ±10% of operating distance at 20°C within a temperature range of –25 to 70°C
Variation due to
voltage fluctuation
Max. ±2% of operating distance at rated voltage when operated within ±15% of power supply voltage
Current consumption
—
25mA max. (at 24V DC)
—
Leakage current
0.8mA max. (at 24V DC)
—
0.8mA max. (at 24V DC),
1.3mA max. (at 240V AC)
Residual voltage
3V max. (at 100mA)
1.5V max. (at 24V DC, 200mA)
6V max. (DC), 10V max. (AC)
Dielectric strength
1000V AC, 1 minute
Insulation resistance
50MΩ or more (500V DC megger)
Degree of protection
IP67 (IEC Standards)
Vibration
10–55Hz, 1.5mm double amplitude (in X, Y, Z direction respectively for 2 hours)
Shock
500m/s2
Circuit protection
Short-circuit, reverse polarity, surge voltage
■ Response curve for iron (Typical)
PE2-CS(N)2쏔
PE2-C4쏔
PE2-CS3쏔
PE2-C8쏔
05
Surge voltage
PE2-CS7쏔
PE2-C14쏔
PE2-CS10W
PE2-C24쏔
X
X
Y(mm)
8
Y
Y
Y(mm)
4
PE2-C4쏔
Target 20×20×1mm
Iron
3
1
0
Y(mm)
Y
30
PE2-C14쏔
Target 30×30×1mm
Iron
10
25
20
4
PE2-CS(N)2쏔
Target 8×8×1mm
Iron
1
2
15
PE2-C8쏔
Target 30×30×1mm
Iron
6
2
3
Y(mm)
X
Y
X
1
2
15
PE2-CS3쏔
Target 12×12×1mm
Iron
2
6
3
X(mm)
4
2
0
PE2-C24쏔
Target 60×60×1mm
Iron
2
4
6
X(mm)
■ Accessories (optional)
Mounting bracket
PE2-CS7쏔
Target 18×18×1mm
Iron
5
10
5
10
5
0
5
20
10
X(mm)
10
0
PE2-CS10W
Target 30×30×1mm
Iron
10
20
X(mm)
Sensor surface cover
B
A
C
A
B
C
D
KK02-301A
Type
(Ordering code)
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
Screw
Used with
Type
(Ordering code)
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
Used with
PX1-P8
(PE1Z0037)
18
10
18
28
M4×20
PE2-CS(N)2쏔
PE2-C4쏔
PX1-C12S
(PE1Z0030)
φ15
5
0.6
PE2-CS3쏔
PX1-P12
(PE1Z0033)
24
12.5
20
37
M4×25
PE2-CS3쏔
PE2-C8쏔
PX1-C18S
(PE1Z0031)
φ22.5
8
1.1
PE2-CS7쏔
PX1-P18
(PE1Z0034)
32
17
30
47
M5×32
PE2-CS7쏔
PE2-C14쏔
PX1-C30S
(PE1Z0032)
φ35
12
1.6
PE2-CS10W
PX1-P30
(PE1Z0035)
45
17
50
60
M5×50
PE2-CS10W
PE2-C24쏔
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/143
Proximity Switches
PE2-C
■ Residual voltage characteristics
PE2-CS쏔S, C쏔S, 12V DC
Residual output voltage
12
PE2-CS쏔S, C쏔S
Residual output voltage
10
ON
8
ON
20
16
V
V
12
6
12V
DC
A
4
24V
DC
A
8
mA
DC
V
Prox. switch
(OFF)
1.0
0.5
4
Residual load voltage
Residual load voltage
OFF
5
10
20
30
OFF
PE2-CS쏔W, 24V DC
10
5
50
100
Load current (mA)
0
50
100
Load current (mA)
PE2-CS쏔W, 100V AC
Load voltage (V)
ON
20
20
10
Supply voltage (V)
PE2-CS쏔W
Residual output voltage
Residual output voltage
24
30
20
16
V
100
ON
80
V
60
12
24V
DC
A
Leakage current (mA)
2
Load voltage (V)
Leakage current (mA)
24
Load voltage (V)
Load voltage (V)
■ Leakage current characteristics
PE2-CS쏔S, C쏔S, 24V DC
100V
AC
A
mA
V
AC
Prox. switch
(OFF)
1.0
AC
DC
40
mA
8
0.5
DC
V
20
4
Residual load voltage
Residual load voltage
OFF
OFF
5
10
20
30
50
100
Load current (mA)
PE2-CS쏔W, 200V AC
Residual output voltage
Load voltage (V)
Prox. switch
(OFF)
200
5
10
20
■ Wiring diagrams
DC supply/2-wire system
Indicator
50
200
150
Supply voltage (V)
Brown
Indicator
Load
120
200V
AC
10 - 30V
DC
Proximity
switch
80
Proximity
switch
Black
10 - 30V
DC
Blue
Blue
Load
40
100
PE2-C쏔N NPN output
Brown
Load
V
A
0
DC supply/3-wire system
PE-C쏔S
ON
160
50
30
100
Load current (mA)
Residual load voltage
OFF
5
10
20
50
30
100
Load current (mA)
DC supply/3-wire system
AC/DC supply/2-wire system
PE2-C쏔P PNP output
PE2-C쏔W
Brown
Indicator
Proximity
switch
Indicator
Load
Blue
05/144
10 - 30V
DC
Proximity
switch
Brown
Load
Blue
Load
20 - 250V DC
or
40 - 250V AC
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
PE2-C
■ Dimensions, mm
PE2-C4쏔
5
Indicator
Mass: 100g
4 Toothed
lock
washer
30
ø6
37
ø6
52
68
2000
Mass: 160g
PE2-C24쏔
Mass: 160g
ø6
M30 P=1.5
Indicator
Toothed
lock
washer
4
30
17
57
2000
58
Mass: 280g
PE2-CS10S
42
5
Wave washer
Indicator
Plug for connector
2m : PX2-CN2SX2
5m : PX2-CN2SX5
39
ø14
M18 P=1
M30 P=1.5
4 Wave
Indicator
washer
Mass: 30g
ø6.7
42
PE2-CS7S
Indicator
IV cable
0.5mm2
15
36
M12 P=1
Wave
washer
2000
Mass: 340g
PE2-CS3S
5
05
Indicator
IV cable
0.5mm2
36
53
2000
Wave
washer
5
IV cable
0.5mm2
10
24
53
Mass: 170g
Indicator
M18 P=1
ø6
M18 P=1
IV cable
0.5mm2
2000
64
PE2-CS10W
4 Wave
washer
37
48
Mass: 70g
PE2-C14쏔
Indicator
IV cable 0.5mm2
24
2000
43
4 Wave Indicator
washer
24
M18 P=1
ø4
IV cable
0.3mm2 for 2-wire
0.2mm2 for 3-wire
7
17
4 Wave
washer
Indicator
Mass: 70g
PE2-CS7쏔
2000
58
ø6
2000
43
17
2000
M30 P=1.5
IV cable
0.3mm2 for 2-wire
0.2mm2 for 3-wire
IV cable 0.3mm2
45
PE2-CS7W
M12 P=1
ø4
M12 P=1
Indicator
30
17
Indicator
Mass: 40g
PE2-C8쏔
4 Toothed
lock
washer
Toothed
lock
washer
IV cable 0.14mm2
27
37
Mass: 40g
PE2-CS3쏔
4
ø4
ø3
4
13
2000
37
Toothed
lock
washer
M12 P=1
PE2-CS3W
IV cable 0.14mm2
27
13
Indicator
ø3
4 Toothed
lock
washer
M8 P=1
M8 P=1
PE2-CSN2S, PE2-CS2쏔
IV cable 0.5mm2
37
24
67
36
62
Mass: 60g
Mass: 170g
Note: A mark band is attached when the oscillation frequency differs from that of standard products.
■ Mutual interference:
Be sure to space two switches at a
distance greater than that shown in the
table at right to prevent mutual
interference.
A
B
Type
A (mm)
B (mm)
PE2-CS(N)2쏔
PE2-CS3쏔
PE2-CS7쏔
PE2-CS10W
PE2-C4쏔
PE2-C8쏔
PE2-C14쏔
PE2-C24쏔
20
30 (15)
50 (25)
100 (50)
80
120 (60)
200 (100)
350 (175)
15
20 (12)
35 (18)
70 (35)
60
80 (40)
120 (60)
250 (125)
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
Note: The values in parentheses are applicable
when using two switches with oscillation
frequencies different from each other.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/145
Proximity Switches
PE-X3D
Inductive proximity switches–Flat
type, PE-X3D
Easy-to-mount thin inductive type
proximity switches
Operating system:
DC supply/3-wire system
Operating distance: 3mm
■ Features
• A mere 7mm height
• Only two screws are needed to affix
each switch, eliminating the need for
exclusive mounting brackets
• Incorporates a stable operating level
indicator
• Equipped with surge suppression
circuits and protection circuits against
reverse polarity
PE-X3D
AF92-374
■ Specifications
■ Wiring diagram
Type (Ordering code)
PE-X3D (PE1X03-D)
Operating system
DC supply/3-wire
Output
NPN transistor, current output, 1NO
Operating distance
3mm ±10%
Target size
12 × 12 × 1mm (iron)
Differential distance
Max. ±10% of operating distance
Power supply voltage
12/24V DC
Operating voltage range
10 to 30V DC
Current consumption
15mA max. at 24V DC
Switching capacity
100mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5V max. at 24V DC 100mA
Response frequency
50Hz or more
Ambient temperature
–25 to +70°C (no icing)
Humidity
35 to 95% RH
Circuit protection
Surge voltage, reverse polarity
Variation due to temperature
fluctuation
Max. ±10% of operating distance at 20°C within temperature
range of –25 to +70°C
Variation due to voltage
fluctuation
Max. ±1% of operating distance at 12/24V DC when operated
within 85% to 115% of power supply voltage
Dielectric strength
1000V AC, 1 min.
Insulation resistance
50M⏲ (500V DC)
Degree of protection
IP66 (IEC Standard)
Vibration
10–55Hz, 1.5mm double amplitude
Shock
500m/s2
2
1
5
4
05/146
3
2
1
0
1
2
3
4
5 6
X (mm)
IV cable
0.14mm2
2.5
1.5
13.5
10
30
1
0
2.5
7
ø3.2
2
1000
ø6.4
0.5
Sensor
surface
ø3
5
13
Operating distance (mm)
X
6
■ Dimensions, mm
Indicator
3
3
10-30V
DC
Blue
Target 12 x 12 x 1 mm, Iron
Y (mm)
Load
Black
Proximity
switch
■ Material of target–Operating
distance
■ Response curve for iron
Y
Brown
Mass: 20g
■ Mutual interference
Be sure to space two switches at a
distance greater than that shown in the
figure below to prevent mutual
interference.
50mm
50mm
Fe
Stainless
(SUS304)
Brass
Al
Cu
40
10
20
30
Length of one side of target (mm)
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
PE-G4D
■ Features
• Degree of protection meets the
requirements of IEC IP67, thus
permitting operations in unfavorable
environment.
• Only two screws are needed to affix
each switch, eliminating the need for
exclusive mounting brackets.
• Incorporates surge suppression
circuits and protection circuits against
reverse polarity and short-circuits.
Inductive proximity switches–
Square type, PE-G4D
Operating system:
DC supply/3-wire system
Supply voltage range: 10 to 30V DC
Operating distance: 4mm
PE-G4D
AF90-849
■ Response curve for iron
Y (mm)
4
■ Specifications
X
Target 20 x 20 x 1mm, Iron
3
Type (Ordering code)
PE-G4D (PE1G04-D)
Operating system
DC supply/3-wire
Output
1NO
Operating distance
4mm ±10%
Target size (iron)
20×20×1mm
Differential distance
Max. ±10% of operating distance
Rated voltage
12/24V DC (10 to 30V DC)
Switching capacity
50mA max.
Current consumption
15mA max. at 24V DC
Residual voltage
1.5V max. at 50mA
Response frequency
200Hz
Variation due to voltage
fluctuation
Max. ±1% of operating distance at 12/24V DC when
operated within 10 to 30V DC
Variation due to temperature
fluctuation
Max. ±10% of operating distance at 20°C within
temperature range of –25 to +70°C
Dielectric strength
2000V AC, 1min.
Insulation resistance
50M⏲ or more (500V DC)
Degree of protection
IP67 (IEC)
Ambient temperature
–25 to +70°C (no icing)
Type
A (mm)
B (mm)
Humidity
35 to 95% RH
PE-G4D
60
60
Vibration
10–55Hz, 1.5mm double amplitude
Shock
500m/s2
2
1
05
5
A
B
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
2000
28
24.5
10.5
17
Black
17
Load
Proximity
switch
5
X (mm)
■ Mutual interference
Be sure to space two switches at a
distance greater than that shown in the
figure below to prevent mutual
interference.
■ Dimensions, mm
Brown
0
ø4
■ Wiring diagrams
Y
10-30V
DC
Indicator
Blue
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
2-ø3.3
Mass: 40g
05/147
Proximity Switches
Magnetically operated reed switches
PM
Magnetically operated reed
switches, PM
Standard type
Operating distance: Maximum 35, 70,
120mm
Reed switch:
1NO, 2 Amps
X-806
■ Features
• Power source not required
• Comprises sensing magnetic element
and reed switch
• Resin molded construction
• Water- and dust-tight, shock-resistant
• Breaking capacity: 0.5Amps at 220V
AC
• Operating distance is longer than
oscillating type.
• Economically priced
• 1 meter color-coded lead wires
X-806
X-806
PM-4M
PM-10M
PM-2S
■ Specifications
Magnet (standard type)
Type
Operating distance
Differential
Ambient temperature
PM-2M
25 – 40mm
5 – 15mm
–10° to +65°C
PM-4M
50 – 70mm
5 – 20mm
–10° to +65°C
PM-10M
80 – 120mm
15 – 40mm
–10° to +65°C
PM-4MH
40 – 70mm
5 – 20mm
–20° to +130°C
PM-10MH
100 – 140mm
15 – 40mm
–20° to +130°C
Magnet (High temperature using type)
Type
Operating distance
Differential
Ambient temperature
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
(Specify reed switch and magnet
separately.)
PM-2MH
25 – 40mm
5 – 15mm
–20° to +130°C
PM2S, PM-2SH read switches
Rated operating voltage: 220V AC, DC (Max.)
Rated operating current: 0.5A (Max.)
Make and break capacity: 50W DC, 50VA AC (Max.)
Mechanical: durability 100 million operations
Electrical:
2 million operations at 200V AC 0.125A
1.4 million operations at 100V AC 0.25A
Insulation resistance: Over 100MΩ at 500V DC
Dielectric strength:
700V AC rms. 1 minute (Contact to contact)
Ambient temperature: –10 to +65°C (For 130°C use is also available)
1 meter lead wires are normally provided.
■ Response curves, typical
Short axis
M: Magnet
Sw: Reed switch
PM–2S +PM–2M
PM–2SH+PM–2MH
Y
M
PM–2S +PM–4M
PM–2SH–PM–4MH
Y(mm)
PM–2S +PM–10M
PM–2SH+PM–10MH
Y(mm)
Y(mm)
Sw
OFF
ON
M
Y
X
OFF
ON
80
30
OFF
ON
160
M
Y
40
Sw
60
120
Sw
X
X
20
10
40
30
20
X(mm)
10
0
10
20
-X(mm)
30
80
60
40
X(mm)
PM-2S
20
0
40
80
20
40
20
40
-X(mm)
160
60
120
80
X(mm)
40
0
40
80
-X(mm)
PM-2S
120
PM-2S
■ Dimensions, mm
19
35
ø4.7
ø8.2
35
21
IV Cable
0.75mm2
1000
81
95
Mass: 1300g
6
5
R2.5
PM-10M
PM-10MH
7
21
42
High temperature type
Standard type
PM-4M Mass: 440g
PM-4MH
50
60
110
125
40
95
170
186
146
50.5
PM-2M Mass: 170g
PM-2MH
19
39
PM-2S Mass: 210g
PM-2SH
20
19
25
19
25
20
ø10
ø6
Notes: • Reed switch and magnetic element are mounted on anti-magnetic material. The operating distance will be decreased when mounted on magnetized
materials.
• Both reed switch and magnetic element cannot be used in over 5-gauss magnetic fields.
05/148
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
Magnetically operated reed switches - slot type
PM1U
Magnetically operated reed switches–Slot type
PM1U
■ Features
• Stable switch operation is ensured by inserting the object for
detection 35mm into the switch slot.
Ideal for detecting the position of a ferromagnetic-material
plate passing in the switch slot.
• Magnetically operated switch using a sealed contact is never
affected by electrical noise, ensuring highly reliable detection.
• The built-in permanent magnet enables switching of both AC
and DC signals without using a power supply.
• Models with an output indicator are also available.
• Our advanced design assures superior environmental
protection complying with IP67 (IEC).
PM1U
KK02-304A
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number (ordering code)
■ Specifications
Contact
arrangement
Output
indicator
25mm
+4 ±6mm
10mm (Max.) 1NO
Not
(ON: Detected) provided
Provided
–4 ±6mm
7mm (Max.)
1NC
Not
(OFF: Detected) provided
Provided
Type
(=Ordering code)
Measurement conditions for an operating
position and hysteresis
05
Detecting distance
Object moving direction
PM1U-25ALF
Hysteresis
Reset distance
Object moving direction
PM1U-25ALF2
PM1U25BLF
PM1U-25BLF2
0
Z
Reed switch
Hysteresis
Permanent
magnet
Detecting
distance*
35
(Object insertion length)
Operating
slot width
X
0
Y
Z
Reference object for detection
SPCC60(W)×100(H)×t1.6)
Note
*: The detecting distance and hysteresis are defined in the standard detecting conditions shown above.
Type
Output indicator
Operating slot width
Object insertion length
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating current
Make and break current
OFF ➝ ON response time
ON ➝ OFF response time
Life expectancy (Mechanical)
Life expectancy (Electrical)
Ambient temperature
Humidity
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Output resistance at ON
Switch residual voltage at ON
Insulation resistance
Degree of protection
Maximum signal cable length
PM1U-25ALF
PM1U-25ALF2
PM1U-25BLF
PM1U-25BLF2
Not provided
Provided
Not provided
Povided
25mm
35mm (Min.)
220V AC, DC (Max.)
0.2A (Max.)
0.2A (Max.)
2ms (Max.)
0.5ms (Max.)
1×107 operations (Min.)
2×106 operations (Min.) Load: Miniature control relay HH54P 220V AC/7mA
3×106 operations (Min.) Load: Miniature control relay HH54P 100V AC/14mA
2×106 operations (Min.) Load: Resistance (24V DC/0.2A)
1×107 operations (Min.) Load: Resistance (12V DC/0.2A)
–10 to +65°C
45 to 95%HR
10 to 55Hz, 1.5mm peak-to peak amplitude, 2-hour for each of X, Y, and Z axes
300m/s2, three-time for each of X, Y, and Z axis
6Ω (Max.)
–
6Ω (Max.)
–
–
4V (Max.)
–
4V (Max.)
100MΩ (Min.)
IP67 (IEC standard)
300m
Note: The LED indicator becomes dark when the load current is 10mA or less. (Switches with an output indicator)
1 meter lead wire is provided.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/149
Proximity Switches
PM1U
■ Object detection area (Examples)
PM1U-25A
PM1U-25B
Object to be detected
SPCC 100×60×t1.6
Object to be detected
SPCC 100×60×t1.6
0
0
Object to be detected
SPCC 100×60×t1.6
Y(mm)
10
Detecting position
Reset position
10
20
10
Detecting position
Reset position
10
20
5
5
-10 -5 0
-5
Object to be detected
SPCC 100×60×t1.6
Y(mm)
30
-10 -5 0
-5
X(mm)
5 10
40
-10
40
Detecting position
Reset position
50
-10 -5 0
30
X(mm)
5 10
-10
Y(mm)
5 10
-10 -5 0
Z(mm)
Note: The Y - Z characteristics are
symmetrical to the Z axis.
100
Y
60
Z
35
Z
100
100
35
Z(mm)
Y
60
X
Y
60
Note: The X - Y characteristics are
symmetrical to the X axis.
Y(mm)
5 10
100
Y
60
X
Detecting position
Reset position
50
Note: The X - Y characteristics are
symmetrical to the X axis.
Note: The Y - Z characteristics are
symmetrical to the Z axis.
■ Wiring diagrams
Switch with no output indicators
Switch with an output indicator
LED (Red)
Brown
Load
Reed switch
Brown
Load
Reed switch
Power
supply
Power
supply
+
–
Blue
Blue
Note: When using a DC power supply, connect the brown
terminal to (+) and blue terminal to (0V).
Otherwise, the indicator will not go on.
■ Operation chart
■ Dimensions, mm
PM1U-25A쏔
Object to be detected
40
Present
25
Counter-bore for M6 nut
(7mm-deep)
Reed switch
ON
38
Not present
OFF
LED output indicator
Lit
2
6mm-dia., 0.5mm PVC pair cable (1m)
Not lit
Output indicator
46
52
Present
67
Object to be detected
29
PM1U-25B쏔
Not present
OFF
7
Reed switch
Lit
Not lit
3
ON
LED output indicator
ø6.2
Embedded metal with inside threads for M6 screw
(10mm-deep)
30
(60)
05/150
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Proximity Switches
Magnetically operated reed switches
AES
Magnetically operated reed switches
AES
Small size
Operating distance: Max. 20, 27mm
Reed switch:
1NO
Rated thermal current: 2.5A (AES402)
2.5A (AES502)
AEQ020-1T
AES402B-1A
AEQ010-1A
■ Features
• Power source is not required.
AES402 is small size, soldering
terminal.
AES502 is provided with lead wire.
• Epoxy resin molded, shock-resistant.
• Make and break capacity:
Max. 50VA, 50W (AES402)
Max. 50VA, 50W (AES502)
• Operating voltage:
Max. 220V AC, DC (AES402)
Max. 220V AC, DC (AES502)
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
SB-131
FA-1446
AES502L-3A
■ Specifications
Type
Contact AES402B-1A
Magnet AEQ010-1A
Ordering code
Contact
Magnet
AES502L-3A
AEQ020-1T
PM2B
PM34
PM2D
PM35
Contact
1NO
Operating distance
Differential
14–20mm
1–12mm
Repeat accuracy
0.5mm or less
Ambient temperature
–20°C to +80°C
20–27mm
1–14mm
05
Dielectric strength
Between open contacts 700V AC, 1 min.
Terminal to ground
1500V AC, 1 min.
Insulation resistance
Life
expectancy
350V AC, 1 min.
1500V AC, 1 min.
100MΩ or more
at 500V DC
100MΩ or more
at 500V DC
Mechanical 10 million operations
Electrical
■ Response curves
■ Dimensions, mm
Short axis
AES402B-1A
2 million
operations at
100V AC 3.3VA
2 million
operations at
100V AC 3.3VA
AEQ010-1A
6
33
ø4.1
40.6
20
15
AES402
AES502L-3A
10
AEQ020-1T
ON
5.2
5
30
25
20
15
10
0
5
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
X [mm]
ø7.2
Contact: AES502L-3A
Magnet AEQ020-1T
42
30
9
15
9
17
52
62
52
Y [mm]
Y
AEQ020
X
OFF
AES502L
40
■ Wiring
30
AES402B-1A
20
ON
50
40
30
20
10
Mass:
AES402B-1A: 20g
AES502L-3A: 85g
AEQ010-1A: 20g
AEQ020-1T: 25g
2-ø5.5
14
23
35
7
IV cable 0.5mm
2
17
OFF
6
17.5
Y
X
12.6
25.4
30
AEQ010
15.4
14.2
4.1
4.5
25.4
49.2
Y [mm]
20.6
3.2
Contact: AES402B-1A
Magnet AEQ010-1A
AES502L-3A
Load
10
0
10
20
30
40
AC, DC
50
AES
502L
Load
X [mm]
AC, DC
Notes:
• The operating distance will be decreased when mounted
on ferromagnetic material such as iron.
• Both reed switch and magnetic elements can not be
used in over 5-Gauss magnetic fields.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/151
Proximity Switches
Magnetically operated reed switches
AER
Operating distance: 4.0–5.5mm (at 1NO)
Reed switch:
1NO or 1NC
Rated thermal current: 2.5A
■ Features
• Sensing magnetic element and reed
switch element are integrated in an
epoxy molded housing.
• Power source is not required.
• Travelling direction of the metal object
is not limited.
• Make and break capacity:
Max. 50VA AC, 50W DC
• Operating voltage: Max. 220V AC, DC
• Water- and dust-tight
■ Construction
Silicon tube
Reed switch
Permanent magnet
Case
Epoxy resin
molded
Packing
AER201L-1A
FA1445
Wires
■ Response curves
Notes: • The operating distance will be decreased
when mounted on ferromagnetic material
such as iron.
• This switch cannot be used in over
5-Gauss magnetic fields.
• Keep a distance of over 100mm from
other limit switches.
AER20 Short axis
Target
2 × 50 × 50 mm Iron
Y
Magnetically operated reed switches
AER
X
■ Specifications
Insulation resistance
Life expectancy
Mechanical
Electrical
Notes: • 1 meter lead wires are normally provided.
• The standard detected object is iron plate of 50 × 50 × 2 (mm). If the object is smaller, the operating
distance is reduced.
■ Wiring
AER20 Long axis
Target
2 × 50 × 50 mm Iron
X
Y
AER201L-1A (PM1A)
AER211L-1A (PM1B)
1NO
1NC
220 max.
220V max.
2.5A
2.5A
Max. 0.5A AC, DC
Max. 0.5A AC, DC
4.0–5.5mm
3.5–5.0mm
1–5.5mm
1–5.5mm
Less than 0.5mm
Less than 0.5mm
–20° to +80°C
–20° to +80°C
350V AC rms. 1 minute (Between open contacts)
1500V AC rms. 1 minute (Terminal to ground)
Over 100MΩ at 500V DC
10 million operations
2 million operations at 100V AC 3.3VA (Inductive)
2 million operations at 100V DC 1.6W (Inductive)
10 million operations at 12V DC 6W (Resistive)
AER21 Short axis
Target
2 × 50 × 50 mm Iron
Y
Type (Ordering code)
Contact arrangement
Rated voltage AC, DC
Rated thermal current
Make and break current
Operating distance
Differential
Repeat accuracy
Ambient temperature
Dielectric strength
X
■ Dimensions, mm
48.6
41
22
Load
6.5
24
31
AC, DC
AER21 Long axis
3.5
Target
2 × 50 × 50 mm Iron
ø7.2
Y
1000
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
0.5mm
X
2
Mass: 100g
05/152
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Photoelectric Switches
General information
Selection guide
Basic type
PH21A
PH1C
Photo
AF91-669
XX03-013A
d
e
u
ntin
Description
A slim photoelectric switch with a built-in amplifier. Offers
a fine sensitivity adjustment function as a standard
feature. Useful for the detection of small objects and
objects having insufficient contrast.
Detecting method
Transmission type
Diffuse reflection type
Operation mode
Dark-ON/Light-ON selectable
Dark-ON/Light-ON selectable
Special function
Self-diagnosis
Fine sensitive adjustment
–
Supply voltage
10 to 30V DC
12 to 24VDC ± 10% (ripple ± 10% or less)
Output configuration
Detecting:
NPN transistor, voltage/current output
Self-diagnosis:
NPN transistor, open collector output
Detecting:
NPN transistor, open collector output
Output
(switching capacity)
100mA max.
(Self-diagnosis output: 50mA max.)
100mA max.
Detectable object
(material)
Transparent, opaque, black line against white background
Transparent, opaque
Detecting distance
See page 05/134
1m, 3m, 4m, 10m
Response time
Operation: 1ms
Reset:
Approx. 40ms
1ms
Ambient temperature
Operation: –25 to +55°C
Storage:
–40 to +70°C
Operation: –25 to +55°C
Storage:
–40 to +70°C
Degree of protection
IP66 (IEC)
IP67 (IEC)
Page
05/155
05/163
7
o
0
c
0
s
Di ar. 2
Highly compact photoelectric switch with dimensions of
10.8x31x20mm.
Energy saving design with long-distance detection and a
built-in amplifier.
Meets CE Mark requirements.
Transmission type
Retroreflective type
Diffuse reflection type
M
05
■ Detecting method
Transmission type
Light source
Receiver
Refroreflective type
Light source/
receiver
Reflector
Diffuse reflection type
Light source/
receiver
Object
Object
Object
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/153
Photoelectric Switches
General information
Basic type
PH4C
PH8AU
Photo
XX03-002A
KK02-303A
Description
AC/DC dual supply voltage.
Highly compact with dimensions of 18 x 50 x 50mm.
Retroreflective type equipped with mirror surface rejeciton
function
Slot-type photoelectric switches ideal for conveyor
applications, such as elevators and multi-level parking lifts.
Same mounting method as our slot-type magnetically
operated reed switches (type PM1U).
Detecting method
Transmission type
Retroreflective type
Diffuse reflection type
Slot type
Operation mode
Dark-ON or Light-ON
Dark-ON or Light-ON
Special function
–
–
Supply voltage
24 to 240V AC±10%
12 to 240V DC±10%
Output configuration
Relay output
NPN transistor, open collector output
Output
(switching capacity)
3A max. (250V AC res. load)
10mA max. (5V DC)
–
Detectable object
(material)
Transparent, opaque
Opaque
Detecting distance
30cm, 2.5m, 3.5m, 4m, 5m
30mm
Response time
30ms max.
1ms or less
Ambient temperature
Degree of protection
Operation: –25 to +55°C
Storage: –30 to +70°C
IP64 (IEC)
Operation: -25 to +55°C
Storage: -30 to +70°C
IP66 (IEC)
Page
05/168
05/172
(ripple ±10% or less)
10 to 30V DC
■ Operation mode
Transmission type
Retroreflective type
Diffuse reflection type
Dark-ON
(operates when light
is interrupted)
without object
Light-ON
(operates when light
is incident)
with object
05/154
Slot type
without object
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Photoelectric Switches
PH21A-PRN, PGN, PIN
Photoelectric switches
PH21A series
■ Description
PH21A are optical fiber type photoelectric switches and they are provided
with a built-in amplifier.
PH21A amplifier is used with PH2F type
plastic fiber unit.
A response time as fast as 1ms. is
possible, thus permitting detection of
rapidly moving objects.
Objects can be detected from far way as
100cm max. when switches are used
with lens attachment.
■ Features
• High-speed response time of 1ms.
• Provided with built-in amplifier
• Provided with stable operating level
indicator and output indicator
• Provided with short-circuit current
protective function
• Wide supply operating voltage range
from 10 to 30V DC
Ordering code
Light emitting element
Supply voltage
Current consumption
PH21A-PRN
PH21A-PRND
i
D
Output
Detecting output
Self-diagnosis function
(light level indicating) output
SM-1471
Plastic fiber unit PH2F
SK-247
Curled plastic fiber
unit PH2F SM-1476
Lens PX3-F01
• Can be mounted on 35mm DIN and
IEC rails
• Provided with fine sensitivity
adjustment dial
■ Type number nomenclature
Amplifier unit
PH21A-P R N D
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number or ordering code
PH7A-AN
PH7A-AND
Red LED
PH21A-PGN
PH21A-PGND
PH21A-PIN
PH21A-PIND
PH7A-BN
PH7A-BND
PH7A-SN
PH7A-SND
Green LED
Infrared LED
2
.
r
a
M
10 to 30V DC (Peak must be within this range)
50mA or less
Load current 100mA max.
(NPN transistor, voltage/current output)
LIGHT ON/DARK ON selectable (changeover switch)
Load current 50mA max. (for D types)
(NPN transistor, open collector output)
Response time
1ms operation/reset (for D type, operation: 1ms
reset: 30 to 70ms)
Indicator
Operation indicator (Red LED)
Stable operating level indicator (Green LED)
Ambient operating
illumination
Incandescent lamp: 3000 lx or less at receiving surface
Sun light: 10000 lx or less at receiving surface
Ambient temperature
Operating: –25°C to +55°C (no icing)*1
Storage: –40°C to +70°C
Degree of protection
IP66 (IEC)*2
Insulation resistance
20MΩ min. (500V DC megger)
Dielectric strength
1000V AC 50/60Hz, 1 minute
Vibration
10 to 55Hz, 1.5mm double amplitude
Shock
500m/s2
Mass
70g
70g
Special function
Blank : Without selfdiagnosis
function
D : With self-diagnosis
function
Output
N : DC 3-wire system
(NPN transistor,
voltage/current
output)
Light emitting element
R : Red LED
G : Green LED
I : Infrared LED
Type of fiber connector
P : For polyester sheath
Basic type
Fiber type built-in
amplifier
d
e
nu
i
t
n
7
o
0
c
0
s
■ Specifications
Amplifier unit
Type
AF90-250
Amplifier PH21A
Fiber unit
PH2F-D A 6 S
Fiber shape
Blank : Standard
S : With stainless
sleeve
Mounting screw size
3 : M3
4 : M4
6 : M6
Material of fiber
Blank : Standard plastic
fiber
A : Coaxial plastic fiber
B : Fine plastic fiber
C : Curled plastic fiber
L : Plastic fiber for long
range
Detecting method
T : Transmission type
D : Diffuse reflection type
Basic type
PH2F : Plastic fiber unit
70g
Notes: *1 Ambient temperature range is –25°C to 50°C when the units are mounted side-by-side on the rail.
*2 Degree of protection is IP50, when amplifier unit is used with the fiber unit type PH2F-TB3, TB3S,
DB3, DB3S, DC6 or DC6S.
See page 05/161 for self-diagnosis and 05/162 for fine sensitivity adjustment functions.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/155
05
Photoelectric Switches
PH21A-PRN, PGN, PIN
■ Specifications
Plastic fiber unit
Detecting
method
Fiber unit (Length of cable: 2 m)
Shape
Transmission
type
Diffuse
reflection type
Mounting
screw
Type
Ordering
code
Mass (g)*
Standard
M4
PH2F-T4
PH7XFTN4
23
Standard
M3
PH2F-T3
PH7XFTN3
23
Standard (for long range)
M4
PH2F-TL4
PH7XFTL4
24
With stainless sleeve
M4
PH2F-T4S
PH7XFTS4
24
Curled
Curled with stainless sleeve
M4
M4
PH2F-TC4
PH2F-TC4S
PH7XFTC4
PH7XFTX4
30
30
Fine
Fine with stainless sleeve
M3
M3
PH2F-TB3
PH2F-TB3S
PH7XFTB3
PH7XFTW3
11
11
Standard
Standard (for long range)
Coaxial
With stainless sleeve
M6
M6
M6
M6
PH2F-D6
PH2F-DL6
PH2F-DA6
PH2F-D6S
PH7XFDN6
PH7XFDL6
PH7XFDA6
PH7XFDS6
24
24
24
25
Curled
Curled with stainless sleeve
M6
M6
PH2F-DC6
PH2F-DC6S
PH7XFDC6
PH7XFDX6
30
30
Fine
Fine with stainless sleeve
M3
M3
PH2F-DB3
PH2F-DB3S
PH7XFDB3
PH7XFDW3
10
10
d
e
nu
* Including fiber cable cutter (5g)
i
t
n
7
o
0
c
0
s
Accessories and detecting distance
Fiber unit
type
Accessories
to be used
Type
PH2F-T4
–
Lens
Side viewer
–
–
PX3-F01 PH7X-F1
PX3-F02 PH7X-F2
15cm
100cm
15cm
25mm
12mm*
Opaque ø1mm min.
Opaque ø3mm min.
Opaque ø2mm min.
PH2F-T3
–
Spot viewer
–
–
PX3-F03 PH7X-F3
15cm
2cm
25mm
12mm*
Opaque ø1mm min.
White mat paper 10 × 10mm
PH2F-TL4
–
–
–
30cm
50mm
25mm*
Opaque ø1.5mm min.
PH2F-T4S
–
–
–
15cm
25mm
12mm*
PH2F-TC4
–
Lens
Side viewer
–
–
PX3-F01 PH7X-F1
PX3-F02 PH7X-F2
10cm
60cm
10cm
Opaque ø1mm min.
Opaque ø3mm min.
Opaque ø2mm min.
PH2F-TC4S –
–
–
10cm
Opaque ø1mm min.
PH2F-TB3
–
PH2F-TB3S –
–
–
–
–
3.5cm
3.5cm
PH2F-D6
PH2F-DL6
PH2F-DA6
PH2F-D6S
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5cm
6.5cm
5cm
5cm
PH2F-DC6 –
PH2F-DC6S –
–
–
–
–
1.5cm
1.5cm
PH2F-DB3 –
PH2F-DB3S –
–
–
–
–
1.2cm
1.2cm
i
D
Ordering
code
Detecting distance
Detectable object
PH21A-PRN PH21A-PGN PH21A-PIN
PH21A-PRND PH21A-PGND PH21A-PIND
2
.
r
a
M
Operating and storage ambient temperature range: –40°C to +70°C
■ Supplied accessories
Description
Type
(Ordering code)
Packed
with
Mounting
bracket
PX32-P3F
All PH21A
amplifier
Plastic fiber
cable cutter
PX3-Z1
(PH7XA)
Fiber unit
05/156
Opaque ø1mm min.
Opaque ø0.5mm min.
8mm
15mm
8mm
8mm
4mm*
8mm*
4mm*
4mm*
White mat paper 3 × 3cm
White mat paper 1.5 × 1.5cm
* Indicates detecting distance
when 2m long fiber cable is used.
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Photoelectric Switches
PH21A-PRN, PGN, PIN
■ Typical characteristic data/PH21A-PRN, PRND
Receiver output–Distance
Amplifier:
Fiber:
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH2F-T4
Amplifier:
Fiber:
Lens:
Operating range
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH2F-T4
PX3-F01
Amplifier:
PH21A-PRN, PRND
Fiber:
PH2F-T4
Side viewer: PX3-F02
Amplifier:
PH21A-PRN, PRND
Fiber:
PH2F-T3
Spot viewer: PX3-F03
5000
3000
5000
3000
5000
3000
1000
1000
1000
8
500
6
300
4
2
300
Operating level
100
50
30
500
300
Operating level
100
100
Y (mm)
500
Receiver output (mV)
Receiver output (mV)
Receiver output (mV)
X
Operating level
10 X 10 mm white mat
paper
0
50
2
30
30
4
0
0
50
Y
10
5
10
15 20
X (cm)
25
0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
X (cm)
30
40
50
Operating level
6
0
20
8
5
10 15 20
X (cm)
25
Operating range
Amplifier:
Fiber:
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH2F-D6, D6S
Amplifier:
Fiber:
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH2F-DB3, DB3S
Amplifier:
Fiber:
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH2F-DA6
Amplifier:
Fiber:
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH2F-DC6, DC6S
05
40
50
X (mm)
Y
5
10
15
20
X (mm)
X
20
30
40
50
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH2F-T4, T3, T4S
Amplifier:
Fiber:
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH2F-TC4, TC4S
D Mar
Amplifier:
Fiber:
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH2F-TB3, TB3S
Amplifier:
Fiber:
Lens:
40
50
0
50
100 150 200
50
Y (mm)
20
15
X (mm)
0
50
20
100
150
X (mm)
200
10
50
10
40
100
100
0
10
20
20
25
30
X (mm)
Y
X
30 40 50
X (mm)
60
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH2F-T4
PX3-F01
150
20
Y (mm)
100
10
4
X (mm)
7
o
0
c
is . 20
Setting range of light source and receiver head
Y (mm)
10
5
2
Y
X
Amplifier:
Fiber:
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
25
0
0
20
40 60
80 100 120 140
X (mm)
50
20
Y
Y
Y
X
100
X
X
Y
30
8
6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
Y (mm)
20
8
6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
Y (mm)
10
2
X
Y (mm)
8
6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
Y (mm)
Y (mm)
4
Y
4
150
X
Length of fiber cable–Detecting distance
0
2
10
20
Length of fiber cable (m)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Residual voltage
Voltage output
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH2F-D6
30
2.0
1.0
30V DC
Receiver output (mV)
150
140
130
120
110
100
90 Standard fiber
80
70
60
50
Amplifier:
Fiber:
Residual voltage (V)
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH2F-T4
Detecting distance (mm)
Detecting distance (mm)
Amplifier:
Fiber:
24V DC
20
10 12V DC
Standard fiber
2
10
20
Length of fiber cable (m)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
0
50
100
Load current (mA)
0
1
2
Current (mA)
05/157
Photoelectric Switches
PH21A-PRN, PGN, PIN
Operating range
Amplifier: PH21A-PGN, PGND
Fiber:
PH2F-T4
Amplifier: PH21A-PGN, PGND
Fiber:
PH2F-D6
Amplifier: PH21A-PGN, PGND
Fiber:
PH2F-D6
5000
5000
3000
3000
1000
1000
100
50
30
500
300
100
Operating level
5
50
30
4
X
3
2
White mat
paper
30
a
Operating level
Amplifier: PH21A-PGN, PGND
Fiber:
PH2F-D6
Distance (mm)
300
Detecting distance–
Size of target
Y
500
Y (mm)
Receiver output(mV)
Receiver output(mV)
■ Typical characteristic data/PH21A-PGN, PGND
Receiver output–Distance
a
20
10
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0
70
3
Distance(cm)
6
9
12
15
18
0
21
2
4
Distance(mm)
6
8
10
0
12
20
40
60
Length of target a (mm)
X(mm)
Setting range of light source
and receiver head
Amplifier: PH21A-PGN, PGND
Fiber:
PH2F-T3, T4, T4S
Y
X
10
10
20
30
40
d
e
nu
50
X (mm)
i
t
n
7
o
0
0
sc
■ Typical characteristic data/PH21A-PIN, PIND
Receiver output–Distance
500
Receiver output (mV)
Receiver output (mV)
Amplifier: PH21A-PIN, PIND
Fiber:
PH2F-T3, T4, T4S
300
Operating level
50
500
300
100
50
30
30
2
.
r
a
M
X
1000
3
Operating level
0
5
10
15
20
4
2
25
6
8
12
X (mm)
X (mm)
Detecting distance–
Size of target
X
15
Y
2
Y (mm)
Di
X
1000
0
Setting range of light source
and receiver head
Amplifier: PH21A-PIN, PIND
Fiber:
PH2F-D6, D6S
3000
3000
100
Operating range
Amplifier: PH21A-PIN, PIND
Fiber:
PH2F-D6
Amplifier: PH21A-PIN, PIND
Fiber:
PH2F-T4
Y
0
X
Y (mm)
Y (mm)
20
1
0
10
5
0
2
4
X (mm)
6
8
5
10
15
20
Distance X (mm)
Bending radius–
Receiver output
Amplifier: PH21A-PIN, PIND
Fiber:
PH2F-D6
20
Rate of variation (%)
15
a
Distance (mm)
White mat paper
a
10
5
0
10
20
Length of target a (mm)
05/158
30
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
PH2F- DB3
PH2F- D6
5
10
15
20
25
30
Bending radius (mm)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Photoelectric Switches
PH21A-PRN, PGN, PIN
■ Dimensions, mm
Amplifier unit
7
7.2
8.1
Operation check
terminal
7.4
ø4
13.3
Operating
Dark- ON Light-ON
Fine sensitivity
indicator
changeover switch
Stable operating adj.dial
Coarse sensitivity
Cable 2m
level indicator
adj.dial
(0.2mm )
(66.5)
PH21A-PRN, PRND
PH21A-PGN, PGND
PH21A-PIN, PIND
2
11
6.2
49.2
3.5
5
11
12
7
31.3
11.1
A
ø3.2
5
20
34.5
3.2
AF91-669
5
10.6
17.5
4.5
16
Mass: 70g
3
ø3.2
Mounting rail 35mm width
IEC or mounting bracket (PX32-P3F).
3.2
35.4
Mounting rails and bracket
A
Rail or
Type
bracket
3.5
Rail
TH35-7.5
3.5
Rail
TH35-7.5AL
11
Rail
TH35-15A
2
Bracket PX32-P3F
Ordering
code
RR7F
RR7A
RR15A
7.5
Fiber unit/transmission type
Fiber unit/transmission type
Fiber unit/diffuse reflection type
PH2F-T4
PH2F-TB3S
PH2F-DC6
23
ø 20
400
ø2.2
15
0.5 - 1
2000
2000
PH2F-DL6
15
ø1
80
0.5 - 1
2000
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
ø 2.2
2.5
ø4
13
18
ø 2.2
ø4
ø 2.5
10
ø 2.2
ø 3.5
ø1
M3(P=0.5)
M6
(P=0.75)
PH2F-D6S
M6(P=0.75)
90
ø3
ø3.5
ø 2.2
M6(P=0.75)
ø 2.5
20
ø2
PH2F-TB3
15
10
15
400
ø2.2
ø20
ø2.5
ø1.5
ø1
2.5
ø 0.5
M3(P=0.5)
12
80
2000
8
0.5 - 1
PH2F-DB3S
ø 0.5
12
17
15
2000
PH2F-TC4S
80
ø 20
10
2000
ø1.5
ø2.5
ø20
ø2.2
400
PH2F-DA6
2.5
M4(P=0.7)
ø3.5
12
15
13
16
2000
ø1
M3(P=0.5)
ø2.2
PH2F-DB3
ø1
2.5
2 - ø1
90
ø 2.2
ø 2.2
PH2F-D6
PH2F-TC4
12
15
90
2000
ø 0.5
ø1
13
16
ø2
2000
M2.6
M4
(P=0.45) (P=0.7)
M6
(P=0.75)
2000
ø4
80
M
80
ø 2.5
12
17
ø 2.2
2000
Fiber unit/diffuse reflection type
ø 2.2
ø1.5
ø2.5
M4(P=0.7)
90
2.5
ø1
12
15
ø1.5
ø1
ø4
M4 (P=0.3)
M2.6 (P=0.45)
7
o
0
c
0
s
2
i
D ar.
2000
PH2F-T4S
13
16
2- ø 1
ø 2.2
15
0.5 ~ 1
PH2F-DC6S
ø2.2
ø3
8
ø1
15
400
PH2F-TL4
M3(P=0.5)
ø 3.5
ø3
2000
PH2F-T3
ø1
10
2000
15
M6(P=0.75)
ø1
80
M6(P=0.75)
ø4
15
8
ø 0.5
2.5
ø 2.5
ø2.2
12
05
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
M3(P=0.5)
ø 2.2
M4
(P=0.7)
ø 0.9
M2.6
(P=0.45)
2000
13
2 - ø1.5
16
2000
05/159
Photoelectric Switches
PH21A-PRN, PGN, PIN
■ Dimensions, mm
Accessories
Spot viewer PX3-F03
PX3-F01
5 5
15
ø4
ø3.6
ø3.5
7
3.5
Light
source side
Receiver side
3
Mass: 2g
Mounting bracket PX32-P3F (supplied with
amplifier unit)
10
Adjustable range
2~6 15
5
10
16
Lens PX3-F01
M3
Mounting hole
4-ø3.5
10
16
Mass: 7g
1.2
20
5
30
Side viewer PX3-F02
Plastic fiber cable cutter (supplied with fiber unit)
PX3-Z1
45
8
10
Light
emitting hole
23.5
ø4
2
ø2
PX3F02
Mass: 2g
Mass: 5g
■ Wiring and timing diagrams
i
t
n
7
o
0
c
0
s
PH21A-PRN, PGN, PIN
Operating Stable operating
indicator level indicator
Red
Brown (10–30V DC)
Green
i
D
1.5mA
Photoelectric
switch
Load
Black
Blue (0V)
d
e
nu
Fiber cable insert hole
“Light-ON” mode
“Dark-ON” mode
Transistor ON when light is
incident. Set changeover switch
to L-on side.
Transistor ON when light is
interrupted. Set changeover
switch to D-on side.
Light is incident
Light is interrupted
2
.
r
a
M
Indicator (Red)
ON
OFF
Indicator (Red)
ON
OFF
Output transistor
ON
OFF
Output transistor
ON
OFF
Load (Relay)
ON
OFF
Load (Relay)
ON
OFF
Output voltage
(Logic circuit)
PH21A-PRND, PGND, PIND
Operating Stable operating
indicator level indicator
Red
Green
Photoelectric
switch
1.5mA
Light is incident
Light is interrupted
H
L
(Red-White)
(White-Black)
Output voltage
(Logic circuit)
H
L
(Red-White)
(White-Black)
“Light-ON” mode
“Dark-ON” mode
Transistor ON when light is
incident. Set changeover switch
to L-on side.
Transistor ON when light is
interrupted. Set changeover
switch to D-on side.
Brown
(10–30V DC)
Light is incident
Light is interrupted
Black
(Detecting output)
Indicator (Red)
Light is incident
Light is interrupted
ON
OFF
Indicator (Red)
Approx. 40 ms
Orange
(Self-diagnosis function output)
Output transistor
ON
OFF
Blue
(0V)
Load (Relay)
ON
OFF
Output voltage
(Logic circuit)
H
L
Output transistor
ON
OFF
Load (Relay)
ON
OFF
(Red-White)
(White-Black)
ON
OFF
Approx. 40 ms
Output voltage
(Logic circuit)
H
L
(Red-White)
(White-Black)
Light-ON/Dark-ON changeover switch
AF90-247
05/160
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Photoelectric Switches
PH21A-PRN, PGN, PIN
Special functions
■ Indication lamps
Incident light indicator (red “Light” lamp)
Lights upon exposure to incident light in either the Light-ON or
Dark-ON operating mode.
Stable operating level indicator (green “Stab” lamp)
Indicates that the amount of light or shade for detection by the
light source is at a stable and suitable level for operation. This
lamp lights when the amount of light or shade detected by the
element is no less than 1.15 times the operating level.
Relationship between quantity of light received, output
and indication lamp
■ Time chart of the self-diagnosis function
The self-diagnosis output is OFF when the quantity of light
received has reached the range from 66 to 115% of the
operating level due to the deflection of the optical axis or
buildup of dirt and this situation has continued over delay time.
Self-diagnosis function timing diagram (Light-ON)
Quantity of light received
Stable light
receiving area
115% Operating level
Reset level
100%
77%
66%
Stable light interrupting area
PH21A-PRN, -PGN, -PIN
Output transistor
Incident light indicator
ON
OFF
Detecting
output
Dark-ON
OFF
ON
Self-diagnosis ON
output
Light-ON
Lights up
Goes out
Dark-ON
Lights up
Goes out
Stable operating level Light-ON
indicator
Dark-ON
Lights up
i
D
Light-ON
Goes out
Lights up
15
%
Stable light
interrupting
area
Dark-ON
ON
Dark-ON
ON
Incident light indicator Light-ON
Dark-ON
Stable operating level Light-ON
indicator
Dark-ON
Quantity of light received
15
%
0.3~1.5s*
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Goes out
Lights up
Goes out
Lights up
Lights up
Goes out
Lights up
Lights up
Goes out
Lights up
Stable
light
receiving
area
15
%
115%
ON
*
0.3~1.5s
OFF
ON
Lights up
Incident light Goes out
indicator
Lights up
d
e
nu
Stable operating
level indicator
Goes out
Lights up
Goes out
Lights up
Goes out
* Delay time
■ Optical axis adjustment
Transmission type
• Position the tips of the optical fibers so that they face each
other and encompass the sensing position.
• The incident light indicator lights (red) when the optical axes
are aligned. Check also that the stable operating level
indicator (green) lights.
2
.
r
a
M
OFF
ON
Light-ON
Lights up
OFF
i
t
n
7
o
0
c
0
s
PH21A-PRND, -PGND, -PIND
Self-diagnosis output
Goes out
Lights up
Stable light
receiving
area
Quantity of light received
Output transistor
Time
ON
OFF
Light-ON
Differential
travel
100%
15
%
Stable
light
interrupting
area
Diffuse reflection type
• Visually align the sensor positions.
• The characteristics of detection depend on the material and
shape of the target object.
• Upon detection of the target object, the incident light indicator
lights (red). Check also that the stable operating level indicator
(green) lights.
77% 66%
Light-ON
Operating
level
Reset
level
Light-ON
Reset
level
Operating
level
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/161
05
Photoelectric Switches
PH21A-PRN, PGN, PIN
Special functions
■ Procedure of sensitivity adjustment
• When carrying out a normal detection, set both dials at the
maximum sensitivity value by turning them fully clockwise.
• When a photoelectric switch is used for detection of an object
with inadequate contrast, sensitivity adjustment should be
carried out.
Carry out the sensitivity adjustment as follows.
State of detected object
Transmission type
Coarse adjustment dial
Fine adjustment dial
d
e
nu
Diffuse reflection type
1. Set the fine adjustment dial at the
central position.
i
t
n
7
o
0
c
0
s
2. Set the coarse adjustment dial at
approximate operating position.
i
D
2
.
r
a
M
3. Obtain the operating position at the
time of presence or absence of the
object to be detected by means of the
fine adjustment dial, and set at the
middle position.
Setting position of the
coarse adjustment dial
A
B
Setting position of the
fine adjustment dial
a
b
AF90-247
Coarse adjustment dial
Fine adjustment dial
05/162
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Photoelectric Switches
PH1C
Photoelectric switches with built-in amplifier
PH1C
■ Features
• Highly compact with dimensions of 10.8 x 31 x 20mm
• Energy-saving design
• Covers a wide range of detection with distances of 10m
(transmission type), 3 or 4m (retroreflective type), or 1m
(diffuse reflection type)
• Retroreflective type equipped with mirror surface rejection
function
• High-speed response time of 1ms
• Light-ON/Dark-ON selectable with operation mode switch
• Equipped with various protective functions
• High degree of protection of IP67 (IEC) enables use even in
environments where exposure to water is possible.
• Improved alignment (±2.5˚) of optical and mechanical axes
simplifies adjustment (transmission type, retroreflective type)
• Environment-friendly lead-free solder used
• Meets CE Mark requirements.
XX03-014A,15A
Transmission type
PH1CT
XX03-013A
Retroreflective type
PH1CR
Diffuse reflection type
PH1CD
XX03-007A
Reflector
PH1X
05
■ Types
Detecting method
Transmission type
Light source
Detecting
distance
10m
Receiver
Light
Output
emitting
element
Red LED NPN
transistor,
open
collector
output
Object
Retroreflective type
0.1 to 3m
Red LED
(with mirror surface rejection ) (using PH1X-R1)
Light source/receiver
0.1 to 4m
Reflector
(using PH1X-R1S)
PH1X
Output
operation
mode
Dark-ON /
Light-ON
selectable
Type
Supplied item
Cable length
PH1CT-M1DC
PH1CT-M1DCSN
PH1CT-M1DCST
PH1CT-M1DCR
PH1CT-M1DCRLN
PH1CT-M1DCT
PH1CT-M1DCTLN
PH1CR-3MDC
PH1CR-3MDCLN
Light source and
receiver
Light source/
receiver
2m
5m
10m
2m
5m
2m
5m
2m
5m
PH1CD-1MDC
PH1CD-1MDCLL
Light source/
receiver
2m
3m
Receiver
Light source
Object
Diffuse reflection type
Light source/receiver
1m
Infrared
LED
Object
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/163
Photoelectric Switches
PH1C
■ Ratings and specifications
Detection method
Transmission type
Type
Light emitting element
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Detecting distance
PH1CT-M1DC
Red LED
12 to 24V DC ±10% (ripple ±10% or less)
Light source: 15mA, Receiver: 20mA 30mA max.
10m
0.1 to 3m (using PH1X-R1)
0.1 to 4m (using PH1X-R1S)
Opaque 12mm dia. min.
Opaque 75mm dia. min.
Light source and receiver: 3 to 15°
Light source/receiver: 2 to 10°,
each
Reflector: 30°
–
NPN transistor, open collector output
Load current: 100mA max. (26.4V DC)
Residual voltage: 1V DC max. at load current less than 10mA
2V DC max. at load current of 10 to 100mA
Dark-ON / Light-ON selectable
1ms max. (operation/reset)
Orange LED (Light source: power
Orange LED
supply indicator)
Green LED (Receiver)
Green LED
Detectable target
Directional angle
Differential
Detecting output
Output operation mode
Response time
Indicator Operation indicator
Stability level
indicator
Connection
Sensitivity adjustment
Ambient operating illumination
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Degree of protection
Protective function
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
Vibration
Shock
Material Casing
Lens
Mass
Accessory (option)
Retroreflective type (with mirror
surface rejection)
PH1CR-3MDC
Diffuse reflection type
PH1CD-1MDC
Infrared LED
1m (white mat paper 30 x 30cm)
Transparent or opaque
–
Max. 20% of detecting distance
Orange LED
Green LED
Attached cable (2m, 0.2mm2)
Dial
Incandescent lamp: 3000 lx max. (at receiving surface)
Sunlight: 10000 lx max. (at receiving surface)
Operating: –25 to +55˚C (no icing), storage: –40 to +70˚C
Operating: 35 to 85%RH (no condensation), storage: 35 to 95%RH
IP67 (IEC)
Reverse polarity (input), short-circuit Reverse polarity (input), short-circuit, reverse polarity (output) and
and reverse polarity (output)
mutual interference
20MΩ (500V DC megger)
1,000V AC for 1min
10 to 55Hz, 1.5mm double amplitude or 300m/s2 (2 hours for each X, Y, Z direction)
500m/s2 (3 times for each X, Y, Z direction)
Polybutylene terephthalate resin (PBT)
Polyarylate resin (PAR)
Methacrylic resin (PMMA)
Polyarylate resin (PAR)
Approx. 120g
Approx. 65g
Approx. 65g
Mounting bracket (PH1X-P1, PH1X-P2)
Note : Reflectors PH1X-R1 and R1S (for retroreflective type PH1CR use) are sold separately.
■ Type number nomenclature
PH 1C T-M1 D C
Basic type
PH : Photoelectric switch
Series
1C : With built-in amplifier
Detecting method
T : Transmission type
R : Retroreflective type
D : Diffuse reflection type
Detecting distance
1M : 1m
3M : 3m
M1 : 10m
05/164
Cable length
Blank : 2m
Supplied item
LL : 3m
Blank : Light source and receiver,
LN : 5m
(PH1CR, PH1CD)
SN : 5m (PH1CT-M1DC)
T : Light source
ST : 10m (PH1CT-M1DC)
R : Receiver
Output operatoin mode
C
: Dark-ON, Light-ON selectable
Output
D
: NPN transistor, open
collector output
Ordering information
Specify the following
1. Type number
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Photoelectric Switches
PH1C
PH1CR-3MDC, PH1CD-1MDC
Light source/receiver
Receiver
Operation indicator
(Orange)
Stability level indicator Operation mode
(Green)
changeover switch
Sensitivity adjuster
Operation mode
changeover switch
Stability level indicator
(Green)
Sensitivity adjuster
2.1
31
15.5
18
2-M3
2-M3
Cable: 2m, 0.2mm2
2–lens (ø7)
4 4
Receiving section
Optical axis
25.4
15.5
31
11
18
25.4
15.5
17
17
Lens
Optical axis
31
11
18
2.1
Lens
Optical axis
7.2
17
2.1
7.2
4.3
3.2
10.8
10.4
10.8
10.4
10.8
Power supply indicator
(Orange)
Operation indicator
(Orange)
4.3
3.2
8
20
12.5
8.8
10.4
20
20
12.5
8.8
25.4
■ Dimensions, mm
PH1CT-M1DC
Light source
2-M3
Light source section
Cable: 2m, 0.2mm2
Cable: 2m, 0.2mm2
05
■ Dimensions, mm (sold separately)
7.5
3
23.2
16.2
20
ø3
8.7
.2
7.2
18
35.3
31
36
25.4
36
31.2
16.2
PH1X-P2
Stainless
Stainless
6
13.7
4.5
3
29
20
2-M3
2.1
25.4
31
8.8
1.2
3.2
0.2
R25.4
39
ø
2–
10.8
Optical 10.4
axis
3.5
15.5
10
16
3.2
PH1CD-3MDC with
mounting bracket
12.4
3.4
3.4
13.7
14°
7
1.2
0
3.4
29
R2
A
0.5 : PH1X-SP
1.0 : PH1X-S1
2.0 : PH1X-S2
8.7
31.2
Slit
PH1X-SP, PH1X-S1, PH1X-S2
32.2
2–M3
14.1
Optical
axis
9
3.5
14
3.4
4.5
10.8
10.4
6
1.6
3.2
2.7
Reflection surface: Methacrylic resin (PMMA)
Reverse side: Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin (ABS)
10.4
A
2.1
9
8
20°
5.4
6
18
52
Reflection
surface
R2
59.9
23.2
10.1
.5
PH1CD-3MDC with
mounting bracket
1.2
22.8
ø3
Stainless
40.3
34
7
38.3
2–
Mounting bracket
PH1X-P1
1.2
Reflector
PH1X-R1, PH1X-R1S
10°
Detection characteristics using PH1X slit
Photoelective switch
Slit width (mm)
Detecting distance (m)
Minimum detectable target (mm dia.)
PH1CT-M1DC
0.5×10
1×10
0.7
1.5
0.2
0.5
2×10
3.5
0.8
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/165
Photoelectric Switches
PH1C
■ Characteristic curve, typical
Receiver output-Distance
PH1CR-3MDC + Reflector
10
7
5
3
Operating level
Operating level
1
0.7
0.5
0.3
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
30
10
7
5
3
1
0.7
0.5
PH1X-R1S
PH1X-R1
0.3
0.1
70
Operating level
30
0.1
100
70 Detecting target: White mat paper 30×30cm
50
100
70
50
Receiver output allowance
(times)
Receiver output allowance
(times)
100
70
50
PH1CD-1MDC
Receiver output allowance
(times)
PH1CT-M1DC
30
10
7
5
3
1
0.7
0.5
0.3
0.1
0
2
4
6
8
Distance (m)
10
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
Distance (m)
Distance (m)
Setting range of light source and receiver head
PH1CT-M1DC + Slit
600
Y
400
X
200
PH1CR-3MDC + Reflector
200
Distance Y (mm)
Distance Y (mm)
Distance Y (mm)
PH1CT-M1DC
Y
150
X
100
50
0
10
20
30
40
50
200
Y
150
X
100
50
0
Distance X
(m)
200
1
2
3
PH1X-SP
50
4
5
6
Distance X
(m)
PH1X-S1
100
0
2
4
6
8
10
Distance X
(m)
50
100
PH1X-R1S
400
150
150
PH1X-R1
PH1X-S2
200
200
600
Size of detecting target - Distance
Operating range
PH1CD-1MDC
PH1CD-1MDC
■ Wiring diagrams
d
4
d
SUS (glossy)
3.5
3
Distance Y (mm)
Distance Y (m)
PH1CT receiver, PH1CR, PH1CD
4.5
50
40
Operation indicator
(Orange)
PH main
circuit
Y
Black carbon paper
30
X
20
Stability level indicator
(Green)
10
2.5
0
2
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
20
30
Black carbon paper
0.5
White mat paper
SUS (glossy)
40
(Orange)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Load
Blue
0V
PH1CT light source
Power supply
indicator
White mat paper
1
Black
100mA or less
3.5
Distance
X (m)
10
1.5
3
Brown 12 to 24V DC
50
12 to 24V DC
Brown
PH main
circuit
Blue
0V
Target size d (cm)
■ Timing diagrams
"Light-ON" mode (switch: L side)
"Dark-ON" mode (switch: D side)
Light is incident
Light is interrupted
Light is incident
Light is interrupted
Operatiion
indicator (Orange)
ON
OFF
Operatiion
indicator (Orange)
ON
OFF
Output transistor
ON
OFF
Output transistor
ON
OFF
Load (Relay)
ON
OFF
Load (Relay)
ON
OFF
05/166
(Brown-Black)
(Brown-Black)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Photoelectric Switches
PH1C
■ Indicator
Operation indicator (Ope)
Lights when the switch is activated (output transistor ON) irrespective of Light-ON, Dark-ON.
Stability level indicator (Stab)
Lights when the incident light or shaded light is good enough for stable level.
Status of incident light
Light-ON
Dark-ON
Indicator
Stab
(green)
Ope
(orange)
Stable incident
Stable shade
ON
ON
Unstable incident
Unstable shade
OFF
ON
Unstable shade
Unstable incident
OFF
OFF
Stable shade
Stable incident
ON
OFF
Allowance
Operation level ×1.11
Operation level
Operation level ×0.86
■ Optical axis adjustment
Transmission type
Swinging the light source and receiver up and down and right
and left when no objects exist, set and fix the light source and
receiver to the center within the range where the operation
indicator (orange) is lit or is turned off (Dark-ON). At the same
time make sure that the stability level indicator (green) is lit.
Retroreflective type
Swinging the unit and reflector up and down and right and left
when no objects exist, set and fix the unit and reflector to the
center within the range where the operation indicator (orange) is
lit or is turned off (Dark-ON). At the same time make sure that
the stability level indicator (green) is lit.
■ Sensitivity adjustment
When carrying a normal detection, set the sensitivity adjuster at the maximum sensitivity value by turning it fully clockwise.
Sensitivity adjustment is necessary for the following cases.
• Transmission type: To detect translucent or minute objects
• Reflection type: To detect objects with inadequate contrast
Carry out the sensitivity adjustment as follows. (When excessive power is added to the sensitivity adjuster, it might be damaged.)
Step
State of detected object
Transmission type
1
Reflection type
Operation indicator and
sensitivity adjuster
Light-ON
Dark-ON
Detected object
A
A
Min.
2
Max.
Min.
Max.
Background object
B
Min.
3
Max.
Min.
Min.
lit,
Max.
set
B
Max.
By turning the sensitivity adjuster,
obtain point A and B at that the status
of the operation indicator changes.
Unless the status changed, two points
at finishing turning the sensitivity
adjuster will be point A or B.
B
set
A
Note:
Step
A
Min.
B
An intermediate position between point
A and B will be the optimum position.
Max.
not lit
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/167
05
Photoelectric Switches
PH4C
Photoelectric switches with AC/DC input PH4C
■ Features
• Highly compact with dimensions of 18 x 50 x 50mm
• Accepts a wide range of supply voltage with AC/DC dual
input
• Retroreflective type has a wider range of detecting distance.
3.5m for PH4CR-2HR, 5m for PH4CR-4MR (using a
separately-sold reflector PH1X-R1S)
• Retroreflective type equipped with mirror surface rejection
function
• Meets CE Mark requirements
XX03-003A
Transmission type
PH4CT
XX03-002A
Retroreflective type
PH4CR
XX03-007A
XX03-001A
Diffuse reflection type
PH4CD
Reflector
PH1X-R1S
■ Types
Detecting method
Detecting
distance
Transmission type
Light source
5m
Light
emitting
element
Infrared
LED
Receiver
Output
Operation
mode
Relay
output
(SPDT)
Light
Reflector
source/receiver RH1X
Without mirror
surface rejection
0.1 to 4m
(0.1 to 5m)*
With mirror surface
rejection
0.1 to 2.5m
(0.1 to 3.5m)*
Red LED
Supplied item
Cable length
Light-ON
PH4CT-5MRA
Light source and
receiver
2m
–
Dark-ON
PH4CT-5MRAR Receiver
PH4CT-5MRT
Light source
PH4CT-5MRB
Light source and
receiver
2m
2m
2m
Light-ON
2m
2m
Dark-ON
PH4CT-5MRBR Receiver
PH4CR-4MRA Light source/
receiver
PH4CR-4MRB
Light-ON
PH4CR-2HRA
2m
Dark-ON
PH4CR-2HRB
Light source/
receiver
Light-ON
PH4CD-3CRA
PH4CD-3CRB
Light source/
receiver
2m
Dark-ON
Object
Retroreflective type
Type
Object
Diffuse reflection type
Light source/receiver
30cm
Infrared
LED
Object
Note: * The distances in ( ) are the values where a separately-sold reflector PH1X-R1S is used.
05/168
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Photoelectric Switches
PH4C
■ Ratings and specifications
Detection method
Type
Light-ON
Dark-ON
Light emitting element
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Detecting distance
Transmission type
Retroreflective type
Without mirror surface
rejection
Diffuse reflection type
With mirror surface
rejection
PH4CT-5MRA
PH4CR-4MRA
PH4CR-2HRA
PH4CT-5MRB
PH4CR-4MRB
PH4CR-2HRB
Infrared LED
Red LED
24 to 240V AC ±10% 50/60Hz, 12 to 240V DC ±10% (ripple ±10% or less)
3W max.
2W max.
5m
0.1 to 4m
0.1 to 2.5m
(using PH1X-R1) *
(usingPH1X-R1) *
0.1 to 5m
(using PH1X-R1S) *
PH4CD-3CRA
PH4CD-3CRB
Infrared LED
30cm
(white mat paper 10x10cm)
0.1 to 3.5m
(using PH1X-R1S) *
Detectable target
Opaque 14.8mm dia. min. Opaque 75mm dia. min.
Transparent or opaque
Directional angle
Light source and
receiver: 3 to 20˚ each
–
–
Differential
Light source/receiver: 1 to 5˚, Reflector: 40˚
Max. 20% of detecting
distance
Contact output: 250V AC 3A (cos ø =1), 5V DC 10mA
Mechanical 50 millions operations (at 18,000 operations/hour)
Electrical
100,000 operations (at 1,800 operations/hour)
Response time
30ms max. (operation/reset)
Indicator
Red LED (on when light is incident) Power supply indicator for light source
Connection
Attached cable (2m, 0.3mm2)
Sensitivity adjustment
–
Ambient operating illumination Incandescent lamp: 3,000 lx max. (at receiving surface)
Ambient temperature
Operating: –25 to +55˚C (no icing), storage: –30 to +70˚C
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45 to 85%RH (no condensation), storage: 35 to 95%RH
Degree of protection
IP64 (IEC)
Insulation resistance
20MΩ (500V DC megger)
Dielectric strength
1,500V AC 50/60Hz for 1min
Vibration
10 to 55Hz, 1.5mm double amplitude (2 hours for each X, Y, Z direction)
Shock
500m/s2 (3 times for each X, Y, Z direction)
Material
Casing
Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin (ABS)
Lens
Methacrylic resin (PMMA)
Mass
Approx. 420g
Approx. 250g
Accessory (supplied)
Mounting bracket (PH4X-P1), reflector PH1X-R1 (only for retroreflective type)
05
Detecting output
Relay durability
Dial type
Approx. 250g
Note: * Reflector PH1X-R1 is supplied, PH1X-R1S is sold separately.
■ Type number nomenclature
Ordering information
Specify the following
1. Type number
PH 4C T-5M R A
Basic type
PH : Photoelectric switch
Series
4C : with AC/DC supply voltage
Detecting method
T : Transmission type
R : Retroreflective type
D : Diffuse reflection type
Detecting distance
3C : 30cm
2H : 2.5m
4M : 4m
5M : 5m
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Supplied item
Blank : Light source and receiver,
(PH4CR, PH4CD)
T : Light source
R : Receiver
Operatoin mode
A : Light-ON
B : Dark-ON
Output
R : Relay output
05/169
Photoelectric Switches
PH4C
■ Dimensions, mm
PH4CT, PH4CR, PH4CD
Sensitivity adjuster
(Diffuse reflection type only)
21
2–M6 or ø6
12
42
6.4
22
12
40
Panel drilling
4
9
6.4
ø6
18
7
42
PH4CR, PH4CD
18
Incident light indicator
A *1 13.4 Lens
50
40
25
40
40
Light
source section
Optical
axis
28
50
Optical
axis
36.5
21.5
28
Lens ø14.8
60
Indicator *2
18
13.4
A *1
5
PH4CT
50
Cable: 2m, 0.3mm2
R56.6
10
Receiving section
Mounting bracket
Mounting bracket
58
*1 Mounting bracket can be fit on the side "A" too.
*2 Power supply indicator for light source, incident light indicator for receiver
7.5
12
4
9
6.4
18
42
50
30
4.4
10
5
3
10
Reflection surface: Methacrylic resin (PMMA)
Reverse side: Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin (ABS)
60
Operating 1
level
°
60
22
.6
R5
6
1.6
45°
4
2.7
4.
31
8
40
45°
52
100
7
50
40
2–ø
2
Reflection
surface
Receiver 1,000
output
500
allowance 300
(times)
5
.5
■ Characteristic curve, typical
Receiver output - Distance
PH4CT-5MR
ø6
ø3
6.4
40.3
34
7
2–
59.9
Mounting bracket
PH4X-P1
22
12
Reflector for PH4CR
PH1X-R1 (supplied)
PH1X-R1S (optional)
24
58
°
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Distance (m)
PH4CR-4MR + PH1X-R1 (supplied)
PH4CR-2HR + PH1X-R1 (supplied)
Receiver 100 Reflector: PH1X-R1
output
allowance 50
(times)
30
Receiver 100 Object: White mat paper 10×10cm
output
allowance 50
(times)
30
Receiver 100 Reflector: PH1X-R1
output
allowance 50
(times)
30
10
10
10
5
5
5
3
3
3
1
Operating 1
level
Operating 1
level
Operating
level
0
1
2
3
4
5
Distance (m)
05/170
PH4CD-3CR
0
1
2
3
4
Distance (m)
0
10
20
30
40
50
Distance (cm)
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Photoelectric Switches
PH4C
■ Characteristic curve, typical
Setting range of light source and receiver head
PH4CR-2HR + Reflector
60
40
PH4CR-4MR + Reflector
15
Distance Y(cm)
Distance Y(cm)
Distance Y(cm)
PH4CT-5MR
PH1X-R1S
10
5
20
15
PH1X-R1S
10
PH1X-R1
5
PH1X-R1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
7
1
2
3
4
Distance X(m)
5
0
6
20
Y
Optical
axis
10
X
Y
Optical
axis
10
15
PH4CD-3CR
Distance Y(cm)
Size of detecting target - Distance
PH4CD-3CR
Distance Y(mm)
Operating range
White mat paper
Black carbon paper
SUS (glossy)
Al foil (mat back)
40
30
20
0
100
200
300
4
400
5
6
7
Y
X
Optical
axis
PH1X-R1
500
05
400
White mat paper
Black carbon paper
SUS (glossy)
Al foil (mat back)
300
10
10
3
Distance X(m)
PH1X-R1
X
15
60
50
2
5
5
40
1
Distance X(m)
200
20
100
30
40
50
0
Distance X(cm)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Target size (cm)
■ Wiring diagrams
PH4CT light source
PH4CT receiver, PH4CR, PH4CD
Power supply indicator (Red)
PH main
circuit
Power
Supply
Brown
24 to 240V AC
12 to 240V DC
Power
Supply
Brown
Operation indicator (Red)
PH main
circuit
Blue (No polarity)
Blue
Tc
Ta
Tb
24 to 240V AC
12 to 240V DC
(No polarity)
White
Black
Gray
■ Timing chart
Type
Timing chart
PH4CT-5MRA
Light incident
Light shaded
PH4CT-5MRB
PH4CR-2HRA
PH4CR-2HRB
PH4CR-4MRA
PH4CR-4MRB
PH4CD-3CRA
PH4CD-3CRB
Incident light
indicator
ON
OFF
Light-ON
(PH4C첸-첸첸RA)
(Ta) ON
OFF
Dark-ON
(PH4C첸-첸첸RB)
(Ta) ON
OFF
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/171
Photoelectric Switches
PH8AU
■ Features
• Protective structure conforms to IP66
(IEC standards), so the product can be
used safely in environments with water
droplets.
• High speed response time of 1ms.
• Wide supply operating voltage range
from 10 to 30V DC.
Slot-type photoelectric switches
PH8AU
■ Description
Slot-type photoelectric switches ideal for
conveyer application, such as elevators
and multi-level parking lifts.
The emitter and receiver are constructed
as a single unit, eliminating the need to
adjust the optical axis or sensitivity.
Same mounting method as our slot-type
magnefically operated reed switches
(type PM1U).
PH8AU
KK02-303A
■ Specifications
Type
PH8AU-30DALF
Operating distance (slot width)
30mm
PH8AU-30DBLF
Detectable object
Opaque, over 6mm diameter
Light emitting element
Infrared LED
Supply voltage
10 to 30V DC (Peak must be within this range)
Current consumption
45mA or less
Detecting output
(NPN) transistor open collector output, load current
Dark-ON
Light-ON
Response time
1ms or less
Indicator
Output indicator (Red LED)
Connection
1m attached cable
Ambient operating illumination
Incandescent lamp: 3000 lx or less, sun light: 10000 lx or less at receiving surface
Ambient temperature
Operating: -25 to +55°C
Storage: -30 to 70°C (no icing)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 35 to 85%RH
Storage: 35 to 95%RH
Degree of protection
IP66 (IEC)
Insulation resistance
20MΩ min. (500V DC Megger)
Dielectric strength
1000V AC 50/60Hz 1 minute
Vibration
10 to 55Hz, 1.5mm double amplitude (X, Y, Z direction respectively 2 hours)
Shock
500m/s2 three times for each of three directions X, Y and Z
Protection circuit
Reverse connection and surge voltage
Material
Lens
PC
Casing
PPS
05/172
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
Photoelectric Switches
PH8AU
■ Wiring diagrams
M6
Black
Load
Power supply
10 to 30V DC
Center of lens
12
M6
depth 10mm
Blue
52
12
Photoelectric
switch main
circuit
30
Brown
30
Incident
light
indicator
■ Dimensions, mm
30
40
62
6.5
IV cable
ø6
1000
3
14
67
Indicator
3-wire, 0.3mm2
05
Mass 150g
■ Type number nomenclature
■ Ordering information
Specify the following:
1. Type number (ordering code)
PH8A U-30 D A LF
Basic type
Detecting method
U: Slot type
Detecting distance
30: 30mm
Cable length
LF: 1m
Operation
A: Dark-ON
B: Light-ON
Power supply and output
D: DC supply, NPN transistor open collector output
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd./D & C Catalog
Information subject to change without notice
05/173
D&C05 hyo 2, 3 Black
D & C CATALOG DIGEST INDEX
Individual
catalog No.
LOW VOLTAGE PRODUCTS Up to 600 Volts
01
Magnetic Contactors and Starters
Thermal Overload Relays, Solid-state Contactors
02
DUO series
Manual Motor Starters and Contactors
Combination Starters
03
Industrial Relays, Industrial Control Relays
Annunciator Relay Unit, Time Delay Relays
Electronic Counters
04
Pushbuttons, Selector Switches, Pilot Lights
Rotary Switches, Cam Type Selector Switches
Panel Switches, Terminal Blocks, Testing Terminals
05
AS-Interface, Limit Switches
Proximity Switches
Photoelectric Switches
06
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
07
Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers
Earth Leakage Protective Relays
08
Circuit Protectors
Low Voltage Current-Limiting Fuses
Air Circuit Breakers
09
Measuring Instruments, Arresters, Transducers
Power Factor Controllers
Power Monitoring Equipment (F-MPC)
10
AC Power Regulators
Noise Suppression Filters
Control Power Transformers
HIGH VOLTAGE PRODUCTS Up to 36kV
11
Disconnecting Switches, Power Fuses
Air Load Break Switches
Instrument Transformers — VT, CT
12
Vacuum Circuit Breakers, Vacuum Magnetic Contactors
Protective Relays
Catalog Disclaimer
The information contained in this catalog does not constitute an express or implied warranty of quality, any warranty of
merchantability of fitness for a particular purpose is hereby disclaimed.
Since the user's product information, specific use application, and conditions of use are all outside of Fuji Electric FA
Components & Systems'control, it shall be the responsibility of the user to determine the suitability of any of the
products mentioned for the user's application.
One Year Limited Warranty
The products identified in this catalog shall be sold pursuant to the terms and conditions identified in the
"Conditions of Sale" issued by Fuji Electric FA with each order confirmation.
Except to the extent otherwise provided for in the Conditions of Sale issued by Fuji Electric FA, Fuji Electric FA warrants
that the Fuji Electric FA products identified in this catalog shall be free from significant defects in materials and
workmanship provided the product has not been: 1) repaired or altered by others than Fuji Electric FA; 2) subjected to
negligence, accident, misuse, or damage by circumstances beyond Fuji Electric FA's control; 3) improperly operated,
maintained or stored; or 4) used in other than normal use or service. This warranty shall apply only to defects appearing
within one (1) year from the date of shipment by Fuji Electric FA, and in such case, only if such defects are reported to
Fuji Electric FA within thirty (30) days of discovery by purchaser. Such notice should be submitted in writing to Fuji
Electric FA at 5-7 Nihonbashi Odemma-cho, Chuo-ku, Tokyo, Japan. The sole and exclusive remedy with respected to the
above warranty whether such claim is based on warranty, contract, negligence, strict liability or any other theory, is
limited to the repair or replacement of such product or, at Fuji Electric FA's option reimbursement by Fuji Electric FA of
the purchase price paid to Fuji Electric FA for the particular product. Fuji Electric FA does not make any other
representations or warranties, whether oral or in writing, expressed or implied, including but not limited to any
warranty regarding merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Except as provided in the Conditions of Sale, no
agent or representative of Fuji Electric FA is authorized to modify the terms of this warranty in writing or orally.
In no event shall Fuji Electric FA be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages, including but not limited to, loss
of use of the product, other equipment, plant and power system which is installed with the product, loss of profits or
revenues, cost of capital, or claims against the purchaser or user of the product by its customers resulting from the use
of information, recommendations and descriptions contained herein. The purchaser agrees to pass on to its customers
and users, in writing at the time inquiries and orders are received by buyer, Fuji Electric FA's warranty as set forth above.
Caution "Safety precautions"
• Operate (keep) in the environment specified in the operating instructions and manual. High temperature, high humidity,
condensation, dust, corrosive gases, oil, organic solvents, excessive vibration or shock might cause electric shock, fire,
erratic operation or failure.
• Follow the regulations of industrial wastes when the product is to be discarded.
• The products covered in this catalogs have not been designed or manufactured for use in equipment or systems which,
in the event of failure, can lead to loss of human life.
• If you intend to use the products covered in this catalog for special applications, such as for nuclear energy control,
aerospace, medical, or transportation, please consult tour Fuji Electric FA agent.
• Be sure to provide protective measures when using the product covered in these catalogs in equipment which, in the
event of failure, may lead to loss of human life or other grave results.
• Follow the directions of the operating instructions when mounting the product.
D&C05 hyo 1, 4 Black
DIC174
05
AS-INTERFACE
LIMIT SWITCHES
PROXIMITY
SWITCHES
PHOTOELECTRIC
SWITCHES
INDIVIDUAL
CATALOG
from D&C CATALOG 19th Edition Revised
INDIVIDUAL
CATALOG
5-7, Nihonbashi Odemma-cho, Chuo-ku, Tokyo 103-0011, Japan
URL http://www.fujielectric.co.jp/fcs/eng
Information in this catalog is subject to change without notice.
05
from D&C CATALOG 19th Edition
Revised
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd.
Printed on 100% recycled paper using soy-based ink
Printed in Japan 2006-3 FIS DEC1905a
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd.
AS-i gateway
Limit switches
AS-i cables
Proximity switches
Analog slaves
Proximity switches
A/B slaves
Photoelectric switches
7-segment display
LOW
VOLTAGE
EQUIPMENT
Up to 600 Volts

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Download as-interface limit switches proximity switches photoelectric switches